MASTER 
 NEGA TIVE 
 NO. 92-80719 
 
MICROFILMED 1992 
 COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY LIBRARIES/NEW YORK 
 
 „ as part of the 
 
 Foundations of Western Civilization Preservation Project" 
 
 Funded by the 
 NATIONAL ENDOWMENT FOR THE HUMANITIES 
 
 Reproductions may not be made without permission from 
 
 Columbia University Library 
 
COPYRIGHT STATEMENT 
 
 The copyright law of the United States - Title 17, United 
 States Code ~ concerns the making of photocopies or other 
 reproductions of copyrighted material... 
 
 Columbia University Library reserves the right to refuse to 
 accept a copy order if, in its judgement, fulfillment of the order 
 would involve violation of the copyright law. 
 
AUTHOR: 
 
 CROSBY, ALPHEUS 
 
 TITLE: 
 
 GREEK LESSONS 
 
 CONSISTING OF . 
 
 PLACE: 
 
 BOSTON 
 
 DA TE : 
 
 1854 
 
COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY LIBRARIES 
 PRESERVATION DEPARTMENT 
 
 BIBLIOGRAPHIC MirROJFORM TARDFT 
 
 Master Negative # 
 
 Restrictions on Use: 
 
 Original Material as Filmed - Existing Bibliographic Record 
 
 I 
 
 887,82 
 G881 • 
 
 887.22 
 C83 
 
 "T^^^mwi*" 
 
 ■r^«^Piww»»n 
 
 ■P 
 
 wm 
 
 Crosby, Alpheus, 1810-1874*. 4 • 
 
 Greek lessons, consisting of selections from 
 Xenophon's Mabasis, with directions for the study 
 of the grammar, notes, exercises in translation 
 from English into Greek, and a vocabulary. 
 Boston, Phillips, 1854.- 
 
 vii, cl3;,-121 p. 20 cm. 
 
 Another copy, 1859. 
 
 o 
 
 .N ^ 
 
 r_ 
 
 J 
 
 TECHNICAL MICROFORM DATA 
 
 REDUCTION RATIp:___^/^ 
 
 FILM SIZE:__3_5^ 
 
 IMAGE PLACEMENT: lAf IIA; ID, IIL 
 
 DATE FILMED: ^ITlIpll^ INITIALS__/f- C 
 
 HLMEDBY: RESEARCH P UBLiqATlON.S. INC WOOnnRIDGE. CT 
 
c 
 
 Association for information and Image IManagement 
 
 1100 Wayne Avenue, Suite 1100 
 Silver Spring, Maryland 20910 
 
 301/587-8202 
 
 Centimeter 
 
 123456789 10 11 
 
 iiiiiiiii iiiiiiiiilii[iiii|ilii|iiiiiiL 
 
 12 3 4 
 
 Inches 
 
 12 13 
 
 iilniiliiiiliiii 
 
 1.0 
 
 1.25 
 
 
 2.8 
 
 5.0 
 
 5.« mil 3.2 
 
 6.3 
 
 17.1 
 
 1 1 " 
 
 i4.o 
 
 CiUU 
 
 1.4 
 
 2.5 
 
 2.2 
 
 2.0 
 
 1.8 
 
 1.6 
 
 ITT 
 
 14 15 mm 
 
 I 
 
 \> 
 
 MnNUFfiCTURED TO flllM STflNDfiRDS 
 BY APPLIED IMRGEp INC. 
 
 \ 
 
I ii 
 
 If 
 
 ^ 
 
 it 
 
 <■■-. 
 
 
^. 
 
 %%1.%^ 
 
 c<%% 
 
 (Bnhtmhta Untitrratlo 
 Cibrarg 
 
 Ifrnrg Cmtngatnn (SlfnmaB 
 
 BORN 1835-DIED 1903 
 
 FOR THtRTY YEARS CHIEF TRANSLATOR 
 DEPARTMENT OF STATE, WASHINGTON, D. C. 
 
 LOVER OF LANGUAGES AND LITERATURE 
 
 HIS LIBRARY WAS GIVEN AS A MEMORIAL 
 
 BY HIS SON WILLIAM S. THOMAS, M. D. 
 
 TO COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY 
 
 A. 0. 1905 
 
 
 C-T^L (^ J 
 
GREEK LESSONS: 
 
 CONSISTING 
 
 OF SELECTIONS FROM XENOPHON'S ANABASIS, WITH DIRECTIONS FOR 
 
 THE STUDY OF THE GRAMMAR, NOTES, EXERCISES IN 
 
 TRANSLATION FROM ENGLISH INTO GREEK, 
 
 AND A VOCABULARY. 
 
 By ALPHEUS CROSBY, 
 
 k V 
 
 PKOFKSSOK OP THB GREEK LANGUAGE AND LlTERATUaB Ul 
 DARTMOUTH COLLEGE. 
 
 A^PXV ^^ ^o* fjfiia-v iravTos. 
 
 HSdIOD. 
 
 BOSTON; 
 PHILLIPS, SAMPSON, AND COMPANY. 
 
 1859. 
 

 
 PREFACE. 
 
 \ 
 
 " The language of Xenoplion is remarkable for sweetness, variety, p3i 
 spicnity, and elegance ; — rich without a superfluity of figures, and smooth 
 without sameness and tedious uniformity. His sentiments are such as 
 might hare been expected from the most faithful and judicious of all the 
 disciples of Socrates. They are just, elevated, and apposite; and do 
 credit both to his heart and his understanding." — Dunbab. 
 
 " Xenophon's pure strain, 
 Like die clear brook that steals along the vale." 
 
 Thomson. 
 
 Entered according to Act of Congress, in the year 1849, by Alpheus Crosby, in the Clerk's 
 Office of the District Court of the District of New Hampshire. 
 
 University Press, Cambridge : 
 Printed by Welch, Bigelow, and Company. 
 
 It might once have been necessary to introduce a 
 work like this with a labored argument to prove the 
 importance of connecting exercises in reading and 
 writing a language with the study of its grammar. 
 Happily for the cause of education, that necessity no 
 longer exists. At the same time, it appears to me 
 entirely obvious, that it is best, in most cases, that the 
 student should learn the first principles of a language 
 from the grammar which he is afterwards to use, and 
 not from a book of lessons or exercises which he will 
 study for a short time, and then throw aside not to 
 be again taken up. No one is ignorant of the pecu- 
 liar tenacity of first impressions, and of the great de- 
 pendence of the memory upon local association. It 
 may be added, that, in the gradual work of learning 
 the grammatical system of a language, it contributes 
 greatly to rapid, thorough, and permanent attainment, 
 that each point, as it is learned, should be learned 
 in its appropriate place as a part of the system. 
 Classification thus goes hand in hand with acquisi- 
 tion ; and, instead of constituting a separate work 
 requiring additional labor, presents itself as a light- 
 ener of the student's toils. For these reasons, the 
 
 391358 
 
IV 
 
 PREFACE. 
 
 PEEFACE. 
 
 following work is designed as an accompaniment to 
 the systematic study of the grammar, and not as an 
 introduction to it ; and those parts of the grammar 
 which are required in connection with each exercise 
 are referred to, and not extracted. 
 
 The Selections for Reading which are here presented 
 have been taken entirely and without change from the 
 Anabasis of Xenoph6n. That the student should 
 obtain his first impressions of a language in its classic 
 purity and familiar prose form will not, I think, be 
 questioned in words, however much it may have been 
 neglected in practice. This becomes especially im- 
 portant, when the reading lessons are made, as they 
 always should be, models for composition in the lan- 
 guage. 
 
 The selections have been restricted to a single 
 author and a single work for several reasons. It 
 seems undesirable that the student, in his first attempts 
 to read and write a language, should be distracted by 
 diversities of style.. In reading detached passages, 
 one often wishes to examine the connection from 
 which they have been taken. This can be done 
 with ease, when they have been all extracted from 
 a single familiar work. For those who will pass from 
 these Lessons to the Anabasis, there are special advan- 
 tages. They will come to the reading of that charm- 
 ing work no strangers, but having already a familiarity 
 with its vocabulary, and some degree of acquaintance 
 with its style and subject-matter. And, as they read 
 sentence after sentence upon its attractive pages, they 
 will recognize many an old friend; and will now 
 obtain that intimacy of acquaintance which, with 
 sentences as with men, can only be got at their 
 
 nomes. Their introductory acquisitions have now 
 lost that isolated, lifeless character, which is so apt to 
 belong to mere select sentences; and have become 
 vital parts of an interesting whole. The student 
 leaves his first lessons, not, as too often happens, to 
 forget them, but to repeat them as portions of a 
 delightful narrative. It may be added, that the very 
 character of the Anabasis excludes, for the most part, 
 those abstract sentences, which are wont to be the 
 special stumbling-blocks in introductory lessons. 
 
 The Notes and Vocabulaiy, in connection with the 
 author's Grammar, which contains so many citations 
 from the Anabasis, will, it is hoped, be found to 
 supply abundant aid and illustration; and yet, it is 
 believed, not more than is desirable in a work of this 
 kind. It is not wise to harass a student's first essays 
 in a new language with needless difficulties. Upon 
 this principle, I have sought rather to diminish than 
 to multiply the number of distinct words introduced ; 
 and have sometimes chosen to repeat a selection with 
 additions, rather than introduce one that should be 
 entirely new. 
 
 To give unity to the student's labors, and to avoid 
 all unnecessary increase of them, the Exercises in. 
 Translation from English into Greek have been simply 
 based upon the reading lessons, and require no words 
 which have not previously occurred in these lessons. 
 Indeed the close conformity of the two series will, 
 it is believed, afford valuable assistance in the read- 
 ing lessons themselves. No English-Greek vocabulary 
 •has been given ; because, constructed as the exercises 
 are, it has been supposed that such a vocabulary would 
 not only be useless, but positively injurious, diverting 
 
■ I 
 
 ▼1 
 
 PREFACE. 
 
 PREFACE. 
 
 VU 
 
 I 
 
 ! 
 
 the student from the proper source of aid, the Green 
 text. In all cases in which it was thought possible 
 that the student could be at a loss, reference has been 
 made to the page and line where the required word 
 or construction has occurred. 
 
 A few SPECIAL SUGGESTIONS aud EXPLANATIONS arc 
 subjoined. 
 
 1. It is earnestly recommended, that these Lessons should be 
 studied, paragraph by paragraph, according to the following method. 
 (I.) Let the student observe the special directions prefixed to the 
 Notes, and carefully learn the portions of the Grammar there pointed 
 out. (IL) Let him then learn to construe the paragraph, and to 
 parse every word in full according to the table in ^ 65. (IIL) Let 
 him translate into Greek the corresponding Exercises, never omitting 
 to do this before proceeding to a new paragraph. 
 
 2. The numbers inclosed in parentheses at the bottom of a page 
 of the Greek text denote the lines upon the page, and are followed 
 by references to the parts of the Anabasis from which the selections 
 commencing in each line have been taken. These references are made 
 to book, chapter, and section, according to the common division. 
 
 3. By the Greeks, soldiers, generals, and captains mentioned in the 
 text will be generally understood those belonging to the army with 
 which Cyrus the Younger made his ill-fated expedition against his 
 brother Artaxerxes ; and by the countries, cities, villages; rivers^ 
 barbarians, and enemies, those which these Greeks found in their 
 route. 
 
 4. Numbers preceded by the mark § refer to sections of the 
 author's Greek Grammar ; and those proceeded by the mark ^, to 
 paragraphs of the Tables prefixed to the Grammar. The letter f 
 immediately attached to a number signifies and the following. 
 
 5. In the Exercises (pp. 67-89), a few words are printed in Italics, 
 to show that they are to be omitted in the Greek ; a few are inclosed 
 in brackets [ ], to show that they are to be inserted in the Greek ; 
 and a few are printed in small capitals, to direct special attention to 
 them. The Greek idiom is sometimes given in Italics at the bottom 
 of the page. The small figures at the top of the line refer to page 
 and line of the Greek text. 
 
 6. The Greek has, in general, great freedom in respect to the 
 
 arrangement of words ; and their position depends, in no small 
 degree, upon their comparative emphasis, and upon the eflfect produced 
 on the ear. In general, the first place in a clause is the most 
 emphatic, and the last place the next so. The student will observe 
 carefully the special precepts upon the position of words, which he 
 finds either here or in the Grammar ; and, in all doubtful cases, will 
 be wise in adhering closely to the order of his models in the Greek 
 text. 
 
 7. In the Vocabulary, the words inclosed in parentheses to mark 
 derivation or composition are translated, except when they also occur 
 in the alphabetical arrangement ; and a few words not belonging to 
 the text are inserted in brackets to avoid repeated translation. Some 
 Enghsh words derived from Greek words, or cognate with them, are 
 inserted in small capitals, chiefly as aids to the memory. The gender 
 of nouns has been marked in the usual way, except when general 
 rules rendered it needless (^^ 74. j3, 75, 76). 
 
 8. Of the abbreviations which occur, compos, denotes compo- 
 sition ; cons., consonant; dim., diminutive; esp., especially; im- 
 pers., impersonal; indecl., indeclinable; L., Line; Less., Lesson; 
 P., Page ; pers., person or personal ; prop., properly ; R., Rule ; r., 
 root ; subst, substantively; Voc, Vocabulary. Most of the abbrevia- 
 tions, as occurring in the Grammar and there explained, require no 
 special notice. 
 
 9. Let the student, amid those introductory difficulties and toils 
 from which no worthy pursuit is wholly exempt, cheer himself with 
 the assurance, that the sa)ring of old Hesiod, The beginning is half 
 of the whole work, applies to nothing with greater force than to the 
 learning of a language ; nor let him forget that -other proverb, Eu troi 
 TO jxiKkov €^ei, rjv to irapov ev ridjjsj Your future course will be pros- 
 perous, if your present work be well done. Especially, let him bear in 
 mind, that he is studying the language which has been the most 
 celebrated of all for beauty and perfection of structure ; — the lan- 
 guage in which are enshrined, as jewels in a casket of gold, the 
 most wonderful monuments of ancient genius, and the priceless 
 treasures of the Christian revelation ; — the language in which Homer 
 sung, Socrates conversed, Demosthenes harangued, Paul wrote, and, 
 highest honor of all, the words of Him who spake as never man svake 
 were recorded. 
 
fcv 
 
 GREEK LESSONS. 
 
 L 
 
 \,> EinpovKeveL. ^EirL^ovkeuovarLv,' ^ Ein^ovXeveLV, 
 H XviifiovXevo), ^^"SvfjLpovXevei. C> Svfi^ovXevere, 7 Ilalec, 
 i Uacovo-L Kac ^aXKovaLV, ■; Uale, Trale, fiaXXe, ^dWe. 
 / 2, Aeyovaiv. - Aiyei^, / -LAeyerco. ' jGavfjud^ecv. ' Ov 
 Oavfid^co. J ^7] Oav/jbd^ere, . » Ovk ideXco. / KaUcv, ' Kai- s 
 (Ofiev.^jMr) fieXXcofjLCV, ■ -Mav6dvov(nv dp'^eiv,' i^Apyerco, 
 2 lSvXXafi^dv€c. • AiBacrKeTco, '/Nofii^co, ' ^El fiev ^vfi^ov 
 XevoLfLc. ^C^dfic^e Be, . 'NofiL^ere, 
 
 11. 
 
 1 . / SvXXafifidvet Kvpov. < Kvpo<; (TvXXafi^dvec, : Ue/A- 
 irec AvKLOv. ^ Kai> irejiTrovac KaXXlfia^ov, Xetpc<TO(f)0'; lo 
 irefjiTrec, L- EvravOa Brj Xeyec Xeipicro^o^. ^EirL^ovXeveu 
 Kvpo), ? *f2 Kvp€y XiyovcTiv. ' ^epovau Xl6ov^. ^^''Ap- 
 ')(pvcrL AaKeBacjiidvcot. 'SI ^aXlve, Oavfjid^co. 
 
 2. UXola irefiiTovaiv. _ Kvpo^ i^eXavvec. ^EvrevOev 
 e^eXavvet (TTadfiov^ irevre. r ^Apyvpiov e'^ofxev, :' UXola v 
 yap OVK e^ofiev, . KXeap'^e koI Upd^eve. '^HXco<; dvia-xe^* 
 E^ai(f)V7j<; a/covofJL€v Oopv^ov, ^Apyvpiov fiev ovk ej^o). 
 
 'C AirayyiXXere ^Apiaico, ^Ava/Sacvec XeLplao<f>o^, 
 
 (L. 1.) I. 6. 1: III. 1. 35: I. 2. 20. (2.) I. 6. 9: III. I. 5 : V. 6. 12: VT. 1. 5. (3.) 
 in. 4. 49 : V. 7. 21. (4.) I. 7. 5 : II. 1. 20 : I. 3. 15 : III. 5. 13: VH. 1. 25. (5.) I. 3. 3; 3. 10 ; 
 6. 2 : m. 5. 6. (6.) III. 1. 46 : I. 9. 4 : V. 7. 10. (7.) I. 1. 3 : V. 7. 11 : HI. 2. 29 : V 
 6. 4. (3.) VI. 6. 24: I. 4. 16. (9.) I. 1. 3 j 6. 4; 10. 14. (10.) V. 6. 14: IV. 5. 22 
 (11.) IV. 7. 3: I. 6. 1. (12.) I. 7. 5: IV. 7. 25: VI. 6. 13. (13.) H. I. 10. (14.) V 
 6. 35 : I. 4. 9 5 4. 10. (15.) VII. 3. 5 : V. 4. 5. (16.) I. 5. 16 : V. 7. 6. (17.) V. 7, 21 . 
 Vn. 7.53. (18.) 11. I. 4: IV. 1.7. 
 
 2 
 
 \ 
 
14 
 
 GREEK LESSONS. 
 
 GREEK LESSONS. 
 
 15 
 
 III. 
 
 1. BovXeverac, BovXevo/ieOa, BovXeveaOat, Mav 
 Odvovaiv apx^iv re kolI apx^a-OaL, BovXofjiat. El 
 fiovXeaOe, Xeyere. " 'AXXa, el ^ovXei, fiive. yE6eX(o 
 TTopevea-Oai, AXXa TropevcofieOa, Ov ^ovXeaOe avfiTTO- 
 
 5 peveaOai, 
 
 2. Kvpov Be fieraTre'fjLTreTaL, UeiOerai. Ov OeXere 
 'Treideo-Oat ovBe eireaOai, ■ El Be XPV^^^^* iropevov, ' Mi], 
 TTpo^ Oecop, fiaivcofieOa. Mr) ovv olov. ^aivea^co. Sco- 
 ^ocaOe T€ aa<f>aX(o^. Nvu Be aTrepxofiau . ^E^ep^ovrac 
 
 10 Br] (Tvv BoparloL^ kcll aaKoh, Ovk alayvveaOe ovre 6eov<; 
 ovT avupcoTTOV^ ; 
 
 IV. 
 
 1. KrTja-ia^ Xeyet. Kvpo<i a-vXXafiffdvei ^Op6vn]v, 
 EvrevOev e^eXavvei aTa6p.ov<; TreWe, irapaaajya^ rpi- 
 uKovra, - Ayaata^ SrufK^aXLOt; Xoxdyo^ TiTpdaKerac, 
 i9A7}<TTr]<i Be Trpoa-epx^rai. 
 
 2.:'E^€Xavvei Bia ^pvyia(!.\ Tp(u\>eL eTrKrroXrjv. Sv' 
 
 a-Ofiov KOI fieXivrjv koi Keyxpov kol 7rvpov<; kcll KpiOa^ 
 
 <f>epei, 'Efc OaXcLTTT]^ eh OdXarrav, ' ^TparicoTUi, firj 
 
 Oavfid^ere. "Epxerai ML0piBdr7}<i, AeKa d/j,a^ai irerpcjp. 
 
 ViHevdrj^ Xeyei, SevOij^ Trefiirei 'A^po^eXfiTjv, 
 
 V. 
 
 1. napoBo<; orevrj. EU (jiiXiav x<^P^^* "Ovoi aypiou 
 
 floTrep ve<f>eXT) Xevxr]. '03o9 dfia^irof;, opOla laxypck* 
 
 npo<; icrxypa ^wp/a. TerpaKoa-cot OTrXlrai. JJapaady' 
 
 yai x^^ioi, E^epxovrai Bi] avv Boparloiq koi d<7Koh koL 
 
 25 0vXaKoi<; Kai dXXoi^ dyyeioi^y eU Bio^tX/ou? dvBpwirov^, 
 
 (L. 1.) I. i. 4: III. 2. S: I. 3. II ; 9. 4. (i) m. 1. 25: V. P. 37. (i) HI. 4. 41; 
 4. 41. (4.) IV. 7. 7: La 5. (6.) I. 1. 2; 1. 3: a 6. (7.) III. 4. 41 : VIL 1. 29^ 
 (a)n. LI2: V. 7. 10: VI. 6. 13. (9.) A1L6. aj: YI. 4. 2a (10.) H. 5. 39. (12.) L 
 a 27; 6. 4. (la) L 4. 10. (14.) VIL S. 19. (15.) VL 1. S. (16.) L 2. 6; 6. 3; 
 2. 22. OS.) L 2. 22; a a (19.) IIL a 1 : IV. 7. 10. (20.) VIL 6. 44; 6. 43. 
 (21.) L 7. 15: ra. 2. 9: I. 5. 2. (22.) I 8. 8; 8. 21. (23.) IV. 6. 11: L 4. 3: Vn. 
 Si 26. (84.) VI. 4. 23. 
 
 ■ 2, 01 arpaTLcorat (pepovai XlOovfi, *fl (rrparia ovtco 
 yiyvdaKec. Terdprri B' rjfiepa Kara/SaipovarLv eU to ire- 
 Btov. SvyfcXecovac rd^ TruXa?, koI top fidxXov efi/SdX- 
 Xova-Lv. ^ KoLv^^ a-(0T7}pca^ BeofieOa, 'AXXd <f)vyfj Xel- 
 
 TTOVaC TO X^P'OV. g 
 
 ^ 3. ^Tjfialvec 6 aaXinyKTri<i, 'EvTavOa Br] Kvpov diro- 
 Te/iveTac i) KecfyaXrj. Ac airovBal fxevovrcov. Kal 6 6eh 
 lam dyu oua-o)?. ^evyovai Bp6ix(p, koX epLTrlirTovaiveh 
 Ti]v OdXaTTav. 
 
 4. AvaPalvei ovv 6 Kvpo^. '^Epxerat irp^x; top Kvpov. lo 
 ' E^eXavvei Bui Ti}^ AvBia^. TldXtv (pacpeTac 6 MLOpcBd' 
 tt;?. 'O Be 'Et€ovIko^ ei9 Tr]p dxpap diro^evyeu 'E-irl 
 Tah TTTjyaU Tod Mapavov ircTafiod. 'Ep Tah Kio^iaK; Toiq 
 VTrep Tov TreBiov tov irapd top KePTpcTTjp TroTUfiop, 
 
 5. 'O BeairoTT]'; eKdcrnr}^ t^9 olKca^, Ilepl Be tov Ka-is 
 Xw? diroOpi^a-fceiv dycovt^opTau Aid fieaov Be tov irapa- 
 Belaov. ^ 'Eirl t^p rjfieTepap %W|oai/ epxeaOe. Ol tov e/iov 
 aBeX<f)ov <\>lXol, 'Att' eKetprj^ r^? v/^epa^, Uavcfiac eKel- 
 vr]<; Trj<; Biapola^. 'Etc TrjaBe T779 xcopa?. ^ 
 
 ^\ '-^^J^ y^ ^PX^^^^ AaKeBaifjLopcoc koI ip ttJ OaXdr-^ 
 T7J Top^ vvp xpovop. "Ep T^'irpoaOep Xdycp. "OirXlTcu 
 fiep fivpcoc Koi xi-^Lot, 7reXTa<rT(u Be dfi<l>l tov<; BicrxiXi- 
 ovj. J Tia-(7a(j)epv7}<; BuifidXXec top Kvpop irpo^ top d^eX- 
 <f>op. MoXi<; Biafiaipovcri top KdiKOP iroTafiop, AeyeTai 
 Be Koi Tovg aXXoi/9 Jlepaaf; '^tXah t(U9 Ke(f)aXah ep T(^25 
 7roXe/x(j) BiaxLpBvpeveip, 
 
 s, 1' -^PX^y^P^^ o 'Apye7o^. 01 dXXoi OTpaTrjyoL Ol 
 h aXXov OTpaTicoTaL iralovat koI ^dXXovatp, Ol iroXi- 
 fiioL^ e7rL(*>aivoPTac ep tco ireBio). Tdp t€ KXedpeTOP diro- 
 fcreivovai koi t(op dX'Kcop <Tvxyov<;, 'O hepo^; top hepov^ 
 iraiei, EkkXIpovctlp ol fidp^apot, kol (f>evyova-LP. 
 
 (L. 1.) IV. 7. 25: VI. I. 19. (2.) IIL 4. 31. a) Vn. 1. 13. (4.) UI. 2. 32: IV 2 
 12. (6.) IV. a 32: L iO. 1. (7.) II. 3. 24: VL a 13. (3.) V. 7. 25 (10 ) I 1 2- 
 1. 10. (H.) L2.5: m. 4. 2. (12.) VH. 1. 20: L 2. 8. (1-3.) IV. a L (15.) Ml 4! 
 14: IIL 1. 4a (16.) L 2. 7. a?.) IV. S. 6: L 7. 6. (1?.) L 7. IS: V. 6. 31. (19.) VIL 
 7.7. (20.)^-L6. la (2l.)nL LI: L2.9. (2a) L L a (24.) VU. 8. 15: L a 6. 
 (27.) IV. 2. 17: L 2. 15: IH. 4. 49. (23.) IH. 5. 2. (29.) V. 7. 16. (30.) VL I. 5. 
 (3L) L a JV 
 
 ik 
 
16 
 
 GREEK LESSONS. 
 
 GREEK LESSONS. 
 
 17 
 
 m\} 
 
 '41! 
 
 !^^ 
 
 8. Kvpo<; T7]v KCkLaaav et? jriv KCkiKtav airoiri^irei, 
 Ty h varepata fjueraTre/jLTreTac tov<; aTpaT7jyov<i. Aec- 
 irovcTLV OL 0ap/3apoc afia-^r^jl rov Xocfyov. Kvpo<; Be fieTa 
 Tcov aWcov e^eXavvec Sta Ka7nraBoKla<;, K\eap^o<; /col 
 
 5oL eKecvou, Ot Be ajJL^t, Tcaa-a^epvrjv Kai Apialov. Ol 
 awo Tcop ev Be^ta olklcov. Ue/iTreL Avklov top SvpaKoaLov 
 Kac aWov eirt rov \o<^ov, 
 
 9. Ta virep tov \o(f)ov, Ta '^fierepa. Aafi^avecv ra 
 eTTtTTjBeia, Ey(o^ev yap ra CKeivcov. Ta irepl Tlpo^evov, 
 
 10 AXko<; aXka 'Keyei, To ApKaBiKov ottXitlkov, ^Ep 
 fiea-o) Trj<; ovKaBe oBov, EU KaXop ^k€T€, Ol Idrpoi Kal- 
 ovo'C Kat, TefJbPovdLP eir ayaOco. Kal eirl fxep to UKpop apa- 
 paipeL XeLpKTO^o^;, Hfcere €(,? to iieaop rov crTparoTreBov, 
 
 10. 'O Be TrelOeral re Kal crvWa/n^dpec Kvpop. 'O 
 isBe T0V9 Tj^eTepov^ irdvov^ ^X^'" -^^klo^ 6 UoXvcrrpdjov 
 
 'A67]pa?o<;, 
 
 11. T^ Be avTYj '^fJLepa, EfXtfoyLfcewt etc rov avTov, 
 AvTa Ta airo tcop olkicop ^v\a, Ol Be (TTpaTLcoTaif 
 OL T€ avTov eKeiPOv Kat ot aWoi, Nvp avTOc Kaiovaip, 
 
 20 Tca-cra(peppr]<; Kai, ol avp avTM. * Svp o\iyot<; toI^ irepi 
 avTOP, Tia(Ta(f>eppr}(; Bca^aWei, top Kvpop 7r/)09 top 
 aBe\(f>op, 0)9 eTTL^ovXevoL avTcp. ^ Airoa-TeXXeL Tov<i dyye- 
 Xov^y Kat (Tvp avTolf; Xeipiao(j)OP, Avto<: Be tcop ttcoXcop 
 Xafx/Sapei, O Be Xeyec avTco, Ayovcrip avTop irapd top 
 
 isKXeap^op, Kal cf>pd^ovaLPy a Xeyei, 
 
 VI. 
 
 1. EXeye to?? orpaTLcoTai^, Ol fidpfiapoc eTo^evop 
 Kat effaXXop, EkcIpo^; eOrjpevep airo lttttov, "EXeyop, 
 OTC Oavfid^oiep. *0 KXeap'^o<; e^ovXevero, ^E^ovXev- 
 
 (L. 1.) I. 2. 20. (2.) Vn. 2. 14: IV. 2. 15. Q.) I. 2. 20. (4.) L 2. 15. (5.) III. 5. 1: 
 V. 2. 24. (6.) I. 10. 14. (3.) I. 10. 14; 3. S>: V. 1. 7. (9.) V. 1. 9: II. 5. 37. (10.) 
 n. 1. 15: IV. 8. 18: lU. 1. 2. (11.) IV. 7. 3. V. 8. 18. (12.) IV. 1. 7. (13.) III. 1: 46. 
 (14.) L 1. 3: vn. 6. 9. (15.) III. 3. 20. (17.) L 5. 12: II. 4. 11. (18.) n.2. 16: I. 3. 7. 
 (19.) m. 5. 5. (20.) III. 5. 3: I. 5. 12. (21.) I. 1. 3. (22.) H. 1. 5. (23.) IV. 5. 35. 
 (24.) m. 4. 39: II. 4. 18. (26.) IV. 8. 14; 2. 12. (27.) L 2. 7: V. 7. 18. (98.) 
 n. 3 S: V. 1. 2. 
 
 10 
 
 OPTO irepL T7j<; Xoi'irrjq nropela^, ^EpTavOa Br) kolpji effov- 
 XevoPTO, EpTavOa ol ireXTaaTcii iBlcoKOP, Ol Be rjBeco<; 
 eireiOoPTOy eiriaTevop yap avTw. ^EinaTevofnjp Be vtto 
 AaKeBatfjLopccop.' Ecj)aipeT0 cypca iinrcop, Ol S' eXeyop, 
 OTC irepi airovocop rjKocep, 
 
 2. Edavfjua^op, OTC ovBafiou Kvpo<; cpacPOCTO, ^EttI 
 TOP aBeXcf)OP ApTa^ep^p eaTpaTeveTo. Ol Be cTTpaTcco- 
 Tac e^aXeiracpop to2^ (TTpaTrjyoh, Ol Be Xo'^dyol eirl 
 Tah 6vpac<i e/iepop, Trj S* vaTepaici eiropevoPTO Bca tov 
 TreBcov, AvTO<; Be avp toI<^ \0t7r0t9 eiropeveTo hn top 
 BevTepop X6(j)0P. '0 3' avT(p ovk eTrlcTTevep. 'EirlaTevop 
 yap Toc^ x^pcoc'^. Kcil ttclXcp ttj vcTTepaici eOveTO, 
 
 3. npoeTpe'X^ep airo tov BepBpov. UpocreTpe'^op Bvo 
 peapccTKco, MeTeirefiTrero top KXeap^ov, Kal aXXoc hrl 
 Ta<; ocKca<s apel3acpop. KaTe^atpep eU ireBlop. ^EirelB* 15 
 r]fiepa vire^acpep, eiropevoPTO crcyrj. Upoa-e^aXXop 7rpo<; 
 TO '^(opLop, Oc cTTpaTCcoTac direXecTTOP avTOv^^ff^l Be 
 aBcKoc eire^ovXevop. Kal Trpoae^aXXop Trpo^ tov<s ottXi.- 
 Ta9 aacj)aXcD<;. 
 
 4. Ae^cap eXa^op. ''EXa^op tt}^ ^cop7]<; top ^OpoPTTjp^ 
 errc OapaTco. TLXrjya^ epejSaXep. ^Oktco fiopov^; KaTeXc- 
 TTop. Ace^acpop ttjp ye(f>vpap, Avto<; eire^ovXevep, */29 
 
 r) TpOTTTj eyepeTOy BcaairelpoPTac Kal ol Kvpov e^aKocrioc, 
 AeyeTac 7^9 TeXevTrj^; Tvyecp. ^AXXa (j^vyrj aXXo<i aXXrj 
 eTpairero, AireOapep vtto NckclpBoov. AcaXaiiBapovcrc^ 
 TO airo TCOP ac^aXcoTcop apyvpcop yepofiepop, 
 
 VII. 
 
 1. AcrcBaTi]<; co-tIp cp tw ireBlcp, ^'Etoc/jlcS^ elfic. 
 HXlOcoc eafiep. ApOpcoiro'^'ecfic, EXeyoPTo B\ ol Xa\- 
 Baloc eXevOepoc re Kal aXKCfioc eJpac. *EpTavOa r^p irapa 
 
 (L. 1.) IV. 7. 4. (2.) VI. 6. 29 : 1. 2. 2. (3.) VII. 6. 33. (4.) I. 6. 1 : II. 3. 4. (6.) 
 
 1. 10. 16: II. 1. 1. (7.) L 4. 12. (3.) H. 5. 31. (9.) IH. 4. 18. (10.) IV. 2. 13. 
 (11.) \1I. 8. 2: V. 4. 2. (12.) VI. 4. 20. (13.) IV. 7. 10; 3. 10. (14.) L 3. 8: V. 
 
 2. 22. 05.) I. 2. 22: IV. 2. 7. (16.) V. 2. 4. (17.) VI. 5. 4: H. 6. 20. (IS.) VL 3. 7 
 (20.) I. 6. 6 ; 6. 10. (21.) L 5. 11 : VL 3. 5. (22.) IL 4. 24 : V. 6. 29 : L 8. 25. (24.) 
 n. 6. 29: IV. 8. 19. (25.) V. 1. 15 j 3. 4. (27.) VIL 8. 9 : IV. 6. 17. (28.) IL 5. 21 : 
 VI. 1. 26 : IV. 3. 4. (29.) I. 2. 13. 
 
18 
 
 GREEK LESSONS. 
 
 GREEK LESSONS. 
 
 19 
 
 l)7fl 
 
 TTjv oBov KprjVT}, Hv ycLp 7} 7rdpoBo<; crrev^. ^EfiTTopLov 
 S rjv TO ')((t3piov, ^AybyvoOirat 8' ol Oeol elaiv, 
 
 2. EvravBa i-jaav Kcofiai,. Ovtco Se €^€i, $/\o9 re kuc 
 
 (rv/iifiaxo<i €LPac ^ovXerai. Kal ol p.ev a-TparTjyoi eirvv' 
 
 tOavovTO irepc rov Sevdov, Trdrepa irdXip.Lo^; elr) rj (f>l\o<i, 
 
 EXeyero Be 6 aroXo^ etvai, eh TleiaiBa^, TIaprjv Be xac 
 
 Xecpt,ao(j)o<; 6 AaKeBai/xovLo^. Kal ttjv oBov el^oajei^, y 
 
 3.' TTroyjriai fiev rjcrav. -^IIv Be Trapa tov Si(^pdTrjv 
 
 10 7rapoBo<; oTepTj fiera^u rod Trorafiov Koi 'm^Td(j)pov, 
 
 yAvdyKTj ecTTL fid')(ea6aL. i/^HvLKa 5* r}V BelXrjy^^aTrlvTj^ ol 
 
 TToXefiiot eTri<j)aivovTac ev tw 7reBia>. J' ^Eirei Be op6po<; rjV, 
 
 ep^erac tt/jo? top XeiplaocpovX ^Errrel 8* rjfiepa rjV oyBorj,^ 
 
 y Kai rjv fiev (tkoto^ tjBtj, Me^c o-koto^; iyevero. Ov yap 
 
 15 7JP 'xppTo^, Ov yap €(TTL irXota, ^Akovo) Se, Kd)fJLa<i etvat 
 
 KaXa^, Evda Btj iraXtv aOvfiia ^u, 
 
 4. '^^fp-avda Kvpa ^acriXeca ^v fcal irapdBeiao^. Toh 
 Be vTTQyjna fiev rjv, Atto tov avrofidrov Bpo/JLO<^ eyevero 
 T0t9 OTparicoTai^ eirc Ta<; aKrjvdf;, Hv airw irdXe/xof; 
 
 flOTrpo? neia'iBa<; zeal Mv(tov<;, 
 
 5. Oi/re yap rjv, "HBrj Be Kal oyjre rjv, ^Oyjre eyl- 
 yvero, Kal tjBtj fiev dfi<f)l rjXlov Bvafia^ ^v. . "HXio<i 
 eBvero. Eirel Be irpb<; rjfiepav ^v, 
 
 6. EoTL Xafi^dveiv. Ovk rjv Xapelv, '^E^eari 
 'Qirepv avTov yjrevBeaOai, Ta yap eTrcr-qBeca ovk eariv 
 
 e^eiv. 
 
 7. I2pa Be ^ovXeveaOai, *AvdyK7) Be 'iropeveaOai ijBrj, 
 Kal dvdyKT) fid'^eaOau "flpa Xeyeiv, 5'xoX^ roU tto- 
 XefiioL<; XrjC^ecrOaL, Tov Be kvkXov tj TrepioBos ef Trapa- 
 
 30 aayyau 
 
 (L. 1.) I. 4. 4} 4. 6. (2.) m. 1. 21. (3.) I. 4. 19: V. 6. 12: VH. 6. 3. (4.) VIL 1. 
 14. (6.) in. 1. 9 : 1. 4. 3. (7.) IV. 5. 34. (9.) H. 5. 1 : I. 7. 15. (II.) IV. 6. 10 : m. 
 6. 2. (12.) IV. a a 03.) rV. e. l. (14.) IV. 5. 17; 2. 4 : L 5. 5. (15.) VI. 4. 12: m. 
 2.34. (16.) in. 3.11. 07.) L 2. 7; 3. 21. (18.) L 2. 17. (19.) I. 9. 14. (21.) VI. 5. 31: 
 U. 2. 16 : in. 4. 36. (22.) VI. 4. 26 : L 10. 15. (23.) IV. 5. 21. (34.) I. «. 3 ; 5 2: 
 n. 6. 28. (25.) II. 2. 3. (27.) IV. 6. 7 : VI. 4. 12. (28.) VI. 4. 21 : L 3. 13: V. I. 9. 
 
 (29.) m.4.n. 
 
 VIII. 
 
 1. Sv Xeyec<;, Svfi^ovXevco eyd, Svfi^ovXeveo vfiiv, 
 Hfie2<i oLofieOa. Ovk ovtco^ ^ftet?, w KXeap'^e, ovre dxd- 
 yicTTOi ovre rjXLdtoi ecrfiev, 'Tfxeh ydp eaTC o-rpaTTjyoLj 
 vfieh Ta^Lap')(OL Kai Xo'^ayoL ^ AiroTrefrKe Se 7;/xa9. -^ 
 
 Tfiei^ efioi ov QeXerre irelOeaOai ovBe eireaOai, ^'Eirea-OaL 5 
 vfiLV ^ovXofiai, Sv efiQL eTri^ovXevec^ Kal rrj crifv efiol 
 a-rparta, HXola Be tj/ieU ovk e^ofiev, ^Tfieh eirl rrjv 
 rjfierepav ywpav ep'^eaOe, ^H firjKeri fie Kvpov vofil^ere, 
 
 2. AvTO'i eire^ovXeve BiaffdXXeiv fie tt^o? vfia<^, Aeo- 
 fiai vfioiv (7T paTeveaOac crvv efioL Sx^^V "^^h TroXe fico c<; lo 
 XTjC^eaOai * Kao BiKaLOi^ rjfiiv eiri^ovXevovcnVj e^ofiev ydp 
 ra eKeuvcov. Kal vvv e^eartv vfuv Trla-rd Xa^elv ' irap' 
 rjficov. 'O auT09 vfiiv a-ToXot; earl Kal rjfiiv, Mtj dva- 
 fievcofiev aXXov^ €<^' r}fia<i eXOelv, 
 
 3. AcpcTTTrevet erri, rrjv eavrov (tktjv^v. Ho lav 3' ^\fc-i5 
 Kiav efiavTM eXOelv dvafievo) ; "Slpa rj/uv ^ovXevecrOai, 
 VTTep rjfiojv avTwv, E^vXarrovTO Be afKfxjrepoi toanrep 
 TToXefiLov^ aXXTJXov^;. IlXrjydi; evereivov dXXi^XoL<;, Ov 
 ydp eycoy ere dpxco, dXXd AaKeBacfidvcoi, 
 
 IX. 
 
 1. A6vfioTepo<; rjv, ^Haav iroXv irpoOvfiorepoL, Ba-20 
 aiXiKcoTaro^ re Kal ap^eiv a^idfTaTo<;. ' ^12 OavfUKricorare 
 avOpcoTre, ^o^epd^rarov 8' eprffiia. ^evyeiv airroU 
 a(T<f>aXecrTepov ecrrcv, rj rjfjuv, Kal OpaavTepd^ elfic vvv t] 
 Tore, Ob Be orpaTiayrat ckotttov re rat; irvXa^t kcu eXe- 
 yovy OTL dBiKorara irdo-xptev eK^aXXdfievot eU tou9 7ro\e- 25 
 
 fllOV^, 
 
 2. fl KaKiare avOpooirwv ^Apuile, Kal ol dXXoc oa-ou rfre 
 
 0* I.) n. 1. 20: L 6. 9: U. 3. 20. (2.) H. 1. 20; 5. 21. (3.) HL 1. 37. (4.) 
 Vn. 7. 51. (5.) L 3. 6 : m. 1. 25. (6.) IL 5. 25. (7.) H. 2. 3: IV. 8. 6. (8.) L 4. 16. 
 (9.) V. 6. 29: Vn. 3. 10. (10.) V. 1. 9. (12.) n. 3. 26. 03.) H. 2. 10: m. 1. 24. 
 (15.) I. 5. 12: m. 1. 14. (16.) V. 7. 12. (17.) n. 4. 10. (18.) H. 4. 11 : Vn. 7. 10. 
 (20.) I. 4. 9; 7. 8; 9. 1. (21.) IIL 1. 27. (22.) H. 5. 9: UI. 2. 19. (23.) V. 8. 19. 
 (24.) VII. 1. 16. (27.) n. 5. 39. 
 
18 
 
 GREEK LESSONS. 
 
 GREEK LESSONS. 
 
 19 
 
 ii ' 
 
 hi 
 
 i 
 
 TTjv oBov KpT]vrj, Hv yap rj irdpoho^ arei^, ^EfiTTopiov 
 B rjv TO ')(a)ptov. ^AycovoOerai 8' ol Oeol elcnv, 
 
 2. EmavOa i-jcrav Kcofiat. Ovtco Be €^€i, ^lXo<; re kuc 
 cvfifia^of; euvat ^ovXerai. Kai oc fiev arparTjyoi eirvv- 
 
 'bOavovTO Trepl rov XevOoVj irorepa 7ro\€fMto<i clt) rj <f)l\o^. 
 
 E\ey€TO Be 6 aTo\o<; etvac eU HeiaiBaf;, Ilaprjv Be Kau 
 
 XeipL(TO<f)o<i o AaKeBaifi6vL0<i. Kal ttjv oBov €(f>pa^€Vf y 
 
 3. TTroyjnai fxev rjaav, -^Hv Be Trapa tov JBdi<j)pdT7jv 
 . 10 7rapoBo<f arevT] p^era^v rov Trorafiov koI iff; Ta^pov. 
 
 SAvdyKT] ia-Ti p.dx'^adaL.i/'HvLKa S* rjv Bei\7]^^a7riv7]<; ol 
 
 TToXep^coc eTTLf^aLvovrai ev rw ireBlw, J' ^Eirei Be op6po<; rjV, 
 
 epxerac tt/jo? tov Xeiplaocjiov, L 'Eirel B' rjpepa r^v oyBorj,* 
 
 "7 Kai rjv fiev axoTO^; rjBrj. Me^i ctkoto^ iyeveTO. Ov yap 
 
 15 rjv xopTo^, Ov yap €<tti TrXota. ^Akovco Be, K(op.a<; elvat, 
 
 Ka\a<;. Ev9a Bjj iraXiv a6vp,ia 7]v, 
 
 4. '^^ffravda Kvpo) pactkeia rjv Kal irapdBeiao^. Toh 
 Be vTTQyjna p,ev rjv. ^Atto tov avTop^aTov Bp6po<; eyeveTO 
 Toc^ aTpaTi(OTai<; CTrl ra? aKrjvd^, ^Hv avT^ 7r6Xejw<s 
 
 fl0 7r/JO9 IIeia-iBa<; Ka\ Mvaov^, 
 
 5. '0^€ yap ^v,^ "HBtj Be xal iyfri ^v. 'Ofe iyl- 
 yvero, Kal ijBrj p.ev dfKfyl rjXiov Bv(Tfia<! rjv. "HXio<i 
 eBvero, Eirel Be 7rpo<; rjfiepav rjv, 
 
 6. "Eart, Xafi^dveiv. Ovk tjv XajSecv, ''Efeor* 
 ^'^epl aiTov fevBeaOai. Ta yap CTnTriBeia oix eaTiv 
 
 7. 'Hpa B\ povXeveadai, 'AvdyKrj Be iropeveaOai rjBr}. 
 Kal^ dvdyKrj fidxeGOau "Hpa Xeyeiv, H^oX^ toU tto- 
 Xep,iot^ XyipaOai, Tov Bi kvkXov 77 Tre/j/oSo? If irapa- 
 
 30 Gayyai, 
 
 (L. 1.) I. 4. 4} 4. 6. (2.) III. 1. 21. (3.) I. 4. 19: V. 6. 12: VII. 6. 3. (4.) VIL 1 
 io^^V";,^•®•^•*•^• (^J IV. 5. 34. (9.) n. 6. 1 : I. 7. 15. (11.) IV. 6. 10: Hi! 
 «. a (12.) IV. 3. a 03.) IV. 6. 1. (14.) IV. 5. 17; 2. 4: L 5. 5. (15.) VI 4 12- m. 
 n^\i^VJ"'^"- <">I-2-7;3.21. (18.) L 2. 17. (19.) L 9. 14. (21.) VI. 6. 31 : 
 U 2. 16 : m. 4. 36. (22.) VI. 4. 26 : L 10. 15. (23.) IV. 5. 21. (34.) I. 6. 3 ; 5 2 : 
 ^ •m4n'"''-'- ^'-^^^-^-^^^^-I^. («.)VI.4.2i;i.3.12:V.l.a. 
 
 VIII. 
 
 1. Xv Xey€L<;, Svp,fiovX€vco eyd, Xvfi^ovXevco vpHv, 
 *Hp.eh olop,eda. Ovk ovtco^ ij/^et?, w KXeapx^i ovtc aXo- 
 yuaTOL ovTe '^Xldcol eap^ev, 'Tp^eU ydp eaTe oTpaTrjyoi, 
 vpeh i^^ictpxoc Kal Xo^ciyoL ^ AiroTrep/we Be rjp.a<;, -^ 
 ^Tp.el<; ep^ol ov OeXeTe irelOeadac ovBe eireaOai, EireaOaL 5 
 vpHv ^ovXop^ai, Sv ep^ol emfiovXevei^ Kal Ty (tvv epoi 
 aTpaTia, UXola Be r^z-tet? ovk e^op^ev. 'Tp^el^ eirt, rrjv 
 rjp^eTepav ^fopav epx^o'Oe. ^H p.r}KeTt, p.e Kvpov vop,i^eT€. 
 
 2. AvTo<; hre/SovXeve Bta^aXXeiv p.e Trpo? u/x-a?. Aeo- 
 p,aL vp,a)v (TTpaTeveaOaL aw ep,oL Sx^^V ''"^^^ 7ro\€/itot9 lo 
 Xrjt^ea-Oai • Kal BiKalo)^ rjplv hnpovXevovaw, €Xop>€V yap 
 TO, eKelvcov, Kal vvv e^ecrTiv vp2v TrlcTa Xa^eLVf irap 
 rjp^wv, *0 auTO? vpA,v cToXot; eaTl Kat rjpuv, Mrj ava- 
 p^evaypev aXXov<: e<j> t]p^a<; eXdetv, 
 
 3. ^ A^LiTirevei ein ttjv eavTOV crKrjvriv, Uoiav B rjXc- 15 
 Kiav ep^avTM eXOelv dvap,evco ; "Slpa rjpHv ^ovXeveaOai, 
 inrep rjp>a)V avTwv, * EcjyvXdTTOVTO Be ap^(f>0Tep0L (aairep 
 woXepLLOV<i dXXriXov^, ItXrjya'i eveTCLVOV aXXrjXoA?. Ov 
 yap eycoy^ €TC apx"^* aXXa AaKeBaip^ovioL, 
 
 1. ^ AdvpLOTepo<i rjv, ^Harav ttoXv Trpo6vp>oT€poi, JBa-20 
 (TiXiKiTaTo^ Te Kal apx^i'V a^i,(OTaT0<;, 12 Oavp^aa-ccoTaTe 
 avOpcoire, ^o^epcoTaTOV B* ep7}p,la. ^evyecv avToh 
 d(T<j)aX€(TT€p6v eaTiv, rj r]p2v, Kac 6pacrvT€po<i eip^L vvv rj 
 Tore. Ol B\ aTpaTianai, ckotttov Te Ta<! wvXa^;, Kat, eXe- 
 yov, oTi, dBiKd>TaTa 7rdaxoi>€v eK^aXXop^evoi, et? tov<; TroXe- 25 
 
 fJLlOV^, 
 
 2. ^S2 KaKiaTC dvOpiirtov ^Apuue, Kal ol aXXot, oa-oc rjT€ 
 
 (L. 1.) n. 1. 20: I. 6. 9: U. 3. 20. (2.) H. 1. 20; 5. 21. (3.) IIL 1. 37. (4.) 
 Vn. 7. 51. (5.) I. 3. 6 : HI. 1. 25. (6.) II. 5. 25. (7.) H. 2. 3 : IV. 8. 6. (8.) I. 4. 16. 
 (9.) V. 6. 29: VH. 3. 10. (10.) V. 1. 9. (12.) IL 3. 26. 03) H. 2. 10: IH. 1. 24. 
 (15.) L 6. 12: m. 1. 14. (16.) V. 7. 12. (17.) H. 4. 10. (18.) IL 4. 11 : VIL 7. 10. 
 (20.) L 4. 9; 7. 8; 9. 1. (21.) IIL 1. 27. (22.) n. 5. 9: lU. 2. 19. (23.) V. 8. 19. 
 (24.) VIL 1. 16. (27.) IL 5. 39. 
 
20 
 
 GREEK LESSONS. 
 
 
 Kvpov <f)c\ot, ov/c al<T^vp€cr6e ovt€ 6€ou<; ovr dv6p(07rov<; ; 
 
 EirrevOev Kvpo<i ttjv KcXccraav eU ttjv KiXiKiav diro- 
 
 irefiirei, r^v Taxlcm^v oSov. "ABecTrvot rjaav ol irXelaroL. 
 
 o. O Kvpof; <7vv Toh irepl avrov dplaroi^ Koi evBaifio- 
 
 5 v€(rTaTOL<;. "A^lol elcri ra €a')(aTa iraOeiv, Ta ^eXriara 
 
 ^vfi^ovKevetv, Tlpcarov fih yap koI iieyiaTov, Vi Oecov 
 
 r]fia<: opKOL Kcokvova-L 7ro\e/xiov<; elvai aXK^Xoi^;, UXtjo-c- 
 
 aiTaTO<; yap rjv. 
 
 4. Avcorepco twv fxaa-Twv. Tlokv yap tcov iinrcov 
 10 erpexov Oarrop, Ek ra^ iyyvrdrco fccofia^;. '-Eyyvrepov 
 lyiyvovTo, UoKv Be fiaXXov 6 KXeapxo<i eairevBev, Ty 
 varepala Kvpo^ hropevero rjp.eX'qp.ivm fiaXXov, 
 
 X. 
 
 1. Eyo) v(l>' vfjL&v TCfiwfiai. 'Opa derdv, 'HfieUye 
 viKO)fLev, IIoXXa7rXa<Ttov<: vficov avriov iviKare crvp toi<; 
 
 lseeo2<;, r« KXedpxcpJlSda.^ 'Efida Kal /3apl3apiK^^ Kal 
 'EXXrjpiKm. 'EprevOep eirecpcopTO cla-^dXXecp ek t7)v 
 KiXiKJap ' ^ Bl ela^oX^ ^p 6Bh dfia^iro^:, opOla Icrxvpax;. 
 Ueipdaeco ^piKap, "EXeye t^ SevOrj, ore ip iropripol^ rd- 
 TTOL^ a-KTjPMCP, Kal ttXtjctiop elep ol woXifiLoi, 
 
 20 2. Ob GTpaTLayrai ^epovac XtOov^, Kal itolovctl koXcd- 
 vop. 'O TTOTafioq KaXelrac Mapava^. Aia fieaov Be roi? , 
 irapaBelaov pel 6 MaiapBpo^ Trorafid^. 'Hfia<s Be d/iro-' 
 arepel top fiiaOop. Kvpop alre^p irXola, 
 
 3. Epravda dcjycKPelrai, 'Eirva^a. Ac6ov<; eU top tto- 
 
 25Tapi)p eppLTTTovp, 'E<t>o^ovPTo aijTop, *i29 ainh ai 
 6jioXoye:<:, ^ A{rrd^ elfit, ^p f^^Te??. 'Efiol oZp BoKel oi^ 
 0}pa ehai ^filp KaOevBeiP, ovB' dfieXelp 'fjfiwp aiTwp. 'O 
 Kvpo<i (TvXXa/i^dpet 'OpdpTrjp, Kal auyKaXel eU t^p iav- 
 Tov a-KTjp^jp Ilepffwp Toh dpicTov^ twp irepl avTOP eVra. 
 
 ,, w Vn h ^' ^' ^^'^ ^' ^°- ^^' ^^-^ ^- ^- ^- (5.> II. 6. 24 : V. 6. 2. (6.) n. 5. 7 
 i 7mX^Vl'^'^'':\^- <10)"-2l6:l.a8. (II.) H. 3. 13: 1. 7. 19. (13.) 
 
 ^" ' 1 4 ^-^ '• ^- ^^''^'^ ^- ^-^ ^' ^' ^'' «• ^- (26.) U. 4. 16: I. 3. II. 
 
 
 GREEK LESSONS. 
 
 21 
 
 4. * AirayyeKXere toIpvp avTm, otl fJi'axv^ ^^^ irpcoTOp, 
 ^H.Beco<i eiropovpy Kal 6appaXe(o<i Iktcopto. SKr]povfMep 
 viralOpioc. Xetplao^of; pip rjyeladco, eireiBi] Kat AaKe- 
 BaLfjLOPLO^ eaTLP, Ov BiKalQ)<; y' dp p.ot <^Bopolep. EvOa 
 Kvpo<; alB7]p.ope(TTaTO<; p.ep irpwrop tcop rjXiKL(OT(op eBoKec 5 
 ehaiy Tot? Te irpecr^vTepOLf; Kal tcop eavTov viroBeecTTepcDP 
 fiaXXop ireiOeaOai • eireiTa Be jiCXiTnTOTaTo^, Kau toi^ 
 iTrTrot^ apicTTa xpv^^^i" 
 
 : 5,^ ^A^Loviiep, Ol KpdTia-Toi dpx^i^v d^iovPTai, A^iovp, 
 ^Ex^Xou T0v<; tTTTTOv?. 'EcTTTOvBaLoXoyelTO, 0)9 BrjXoiT) ob? lo 
 
 TCfJLa, 
 
 6. Tov Be Xdyov rjpx^TO S)Be, 'HaOepet Aape2o^ Kal 
 vircoTTTeve TeXevTJjp tov j3cov, ^Slpyl^opTo Lax^pm tw 
 KXedpX(p' Kal ^pd>Ta avTOP, iroaop %/3U(rtoi' €xei» Ol 
 Xoxayol irdXiP avprjXOop, Ovk eOeXw eXdeip, Kat, ira- 15 
 peXOelp OVK r)p /Sea* rjp yap rj irdpoBo^ CTepr], Airriy 
 yeXXe Be, otl eiraLPolr] avTOv^ Kal ^Apa^l^Lo^ 6 pavapxo^ 
 Kai OL aXXoL, 
 
 7. Trj 8* vdTepala rjKep dyyeXo<;. Kvpo^ Be ovirw 
 rjKePy dXX^ ert TrpoariXavpep. Xcopla yap cokovp Lo-xvpasa 
 ol TdoxoL, Elica^op Be dXXoL dXXco^. Ol p.ep wxopto, 
 KXeapxo'i Be Trepiefiepep. EvplaKeTO Be kul pevpa rrroXXa 
 €P Tah Kdifiai^ koI pLoXv/SBo^;' oiCTe XPV^^^^ ^^^ "^^^ 
 cr(f)€pBdpa<;. "^Op a>eT0 iTLaTOP ol ehaiy Taxv avTOP evpe 
 KvpG) (ptXacTepop, rj eavT(p, ^Eirel Be d^LKOPTO et? to 25 
 avTOy da-fiepoL Te elBop aXXTjA-oi;?, Kac rjorra^opTO oxrirep 
 aBeX(j)ov^. 
 
 8. Ovk dpecpyop Ttf9 irvXa';, 'Ecopa avTOv<;* KaL 
 a\\o9 dXXop elXKep, Eta Kupo9. Xvpr\yayep eKKXTjatap 
 T(OP avTov aTpdTL(DT(op, *'S2(j)eXe fiep Kvpo^ ^rjp. EXe-do 
 yoPTO Be ol XaXBaloL eXevOepoi Te Kal dXKip^oL etpaL • 
 oirXa S* ^tX'^P yeppa fxaKpa KaL Xo'y%a9. 
 
 (L. 1.) II. 3. 5. (2.) I. 9. 19: V. 5. 21. (3.) III. 2. 37. (4.) V. 7. 10: L 9. 5. (9.) 
 V. 5. 9. : IV. 6. 16 : I. 3. 19. (10.) VII. 2. 21 : I. 9. 23. (12.) III. 2. 7 : L 1. 1. (13.) 
 I. 5. 11. (14.) VII. 8. 1 : m. 5. 14. (15.) I. 3. 10; 4. 4. (16.) VL 1. 16. (19.) L 2. 
 21 ; 5. 12. (20.) IV. 7. 1. (21.) I. 6. 11 : II. 1. 6. (22.) III. 4. 17. (24.) L 9. 29. 
 (25.) VL 3. 24. (28.) V. 5. 20 : VI. 6. 35 : V. 2. 15. (29.) L 4. 7 ; 3. 2. (30.) H. 1. 4: 
 IV. 3. 4. 
 
 Y\ 
 
22 
 
 GREEK LESSONS. 
 
 '< 
 
 l» f'l 
 
 I 
 
 
 9. Kac ovToc fiev e/i€vov, ol 8 aWoL eiropevovio* No- 
 fio<; yap rjv ovto^ acpiacv, Tavrrjv Btj ttjv TrapoBov Kvpo<i 
 T€ KUi 7] arparia iraprjXOe, Kau eyevovTo eicray ttj^ ra^pou. 
 TovTco aireOaveTTjv, Tovto earco. Kat KeXevec avTOv<i 
 
 sXeyeiv ravra rot? (TTparKoraL';, Kav avairecOeiv eTreaOac, 
 
 10. ToaovTOL 3' elal TrorafioL Ovto^ fiev Br] roiaina 
 enre • ^era Be tovtov KXeap'^o<; ecrre toctovtov. Toiavrrjv 
 e^ere yvcojuLTjv Trepl c^jLov. Kal ol aTpaTtcorac ravra e^ov- 
 \ovTO, OuT0<i Be 6 avTo<; KeXevet. 
 
 10 11. Kal ave/jL0(; ^oppa^ €vavTio<; ewvei, Kac Xeyere, 
 orav ^oppa<s rrverj^ tw? Kokoi ifKol eiaiv. Evvol rjaav, 
 HyecTO B avTwv Ta/jLco^; ALyv7rTto<; ef E^ecrov, ETreiBr) 
 Be ea)9 eyevero, Bie^aivov tt]v yecfivpav. '•fl<; ra'^tcTTa e&j? 
 V7re<f)aLvev, eOvovro, ^ Hv ol Oeoi t\e(d coaiv. 
 
 XL 
 
 15 1. ^Hfie2<; et el tt/do? ravra ^ov\evcrofjLe6a. EireiZav 
 
 €Ke7<7e eXOco/xeVy fiovXevo-o/JieOa. ^v ovu, rrpo^ Oecov, <rvfi- 
 
 povXevcrov rjfuv, Ol SKv6at ro^orai ero^evaav, *0 ^Ava^ 
 
 ft/3to9 eKXeiae ra<; 7rvXa<;. Hfia<; Bv^avnov airoKXelaec. 
 
 EKaXeae rov^ ayyeXov<^. KXeap'^ov Be Kat etaco irape- 
 
 soKaXeae avfi^ovXov. AKOvaare ovv fiov, ttdo? 6ecop, 
 Hoiar av aKovaaifjn,. 
 
 2. EirefMy^e fie Apialo^. Uefi-y^are avrov<; Bevpo, 
 Sweirefiyfrev avrrj arparicora^, Upo^evo^ avrov jxere- 
 7rep,yfraro, ' Eyjrovrat, Kvpcp. ^Eyoj Be avrUa rj^ay, 
 
 25 AXXa, fia rov<i 6eov<;, ovk eycoye avrov<; Bko^co. ^EKelvo'^ 
 Xeyei, on a^ei avrov^ irevre rj/Mepcoy eU '^coplov, o6ev 
 oy^ovrai OaXarrav. Aiarpiyfro/JLev rrjv r;fifiepov rjfiepav. 
 Ovk afMa^ec ravr eyco Xrp^opLai. Kal €t9 <f)vyr]v erpeyjre 
 
 (L. 1.) n. 5. 4: V, 4. a3. (2.) 1. 7. 16. (4.) II. 6. 30: I. 8. 17; 4. U. (6.) 
 II. 5. 18: 1.3. 14. (7.) Vn. 6. 35. (S.) VII. 2. 2. (9.) VII. 3. 3. (10.) IV. 5. 3: 
 V. 7. 7. (II.) II. 6. 20. (12.) I. 4. 2: U. 4. 24. (13.) IV. 3.*9. (14 ) VI. 6. 32. (15.) 
 
 I. 3. 20: VI. 1. 33. (IG.) II. 1. 17. (17.) III. 4. 15: VII. 1. 36. (18.) VI. 6. 13. (19.) 
 
 II. 3. 3: I. 6. 5. (20.) V. 7. 5. (21.) II. 5. 15. (22.) II. 4. 16; 5. 41. (23.) I. 2. 20: 
 m. 1. 4. (24.) I. 4. 13 : U. 1. 9. (26.) I. 4. 8 : IV. 7. 20. (27.) IV. 6. 9. (23.) I. 7, 9 ; 
 8.24. 
 
 GREEK LESSONS. 
 
 23 
 
 T0U9 e^aKi(T')(LXL0V<;» ''Eirefiyfrev rjfia^ r] arparca Trpo? ce, 
 <S KXeavBpe, 
 
 3. Ev re Xeyere, Kal TTOiriaw ravra, 'O ^e avrm 
 XeyeL • " Mr) iroiriar]^ ravra^ ^Hy7\(joyLai Be avro^i eyo), 
 Kal <Tol av BriXo}<T(Dy oOev eyco irepl aov aKov(o. Kvpov 5 
 Be fieraire^jLireraL aTTO t^9 apXV^» V^ cl^'^ov aarpaTnrjv 
 €7rolr](Tev. '^Eyjrovrai, vfuv, Kol rreLpaaovrai, fiifieladai. 
 ^EvravOa Tiacra^epvrjf; kol ol avv avra> Kaieiv eTre')(eip7}' 
 aav Ta9 K(ifia<;, *AXXa rovrov^ fiev ol 6eot aTroriaaivro, 
 ^Akovw, Ae^imzov Xeyeiv rrpo^ KXeavBpov, co9 ovk avio 
 eTTOiTjaev ^Ayaala^ ravra, el /jltj eyco avrov eKeXevcra, 
 
 4. Elirev ovv Xev6r}<;' "'0/3^w9 re Xeyere, Kal eyco 
 rw vofJLO) rat vjxerepco irelaofiai.^^ Edrjpevev airo lttttov, 
 OTTore yv/jLvcicrac ^ovXoiro eavrov re Kat, rov<i Linrov^. 
 
 5. 'O Be 7rXov<; ecrrai eh ^HpciKXeiav, XaXeirov earacis 
 Kal fievecv Kal airoirXelv • kclI yaj^ ev r^ yy ap'^ovai AaKe- 
 BacfJidvLot Kal ev rrj OaXarrr] rov-vvv '^povov, 
 
 6. ^EKTTopLovo-i rrj (Trpariar fiLadov, Ov Bwrjaerat 
 ra'^eco^ rropevecrOaL • t(rct)9 Be K,di' rcov emrr^Beicov cnravceL. 
 "£lpa Be jSovXeveaOaL, o7rco<; (»9 KoXXicrra dycovcov/jbeda.20 
 'Tfia<;, oTTorav yaXrjvr] §, ifi^L^co, Ov fia'xelraL BeKa 
 Tjfiepcov. 'HcTTTtt^fTO avrov, «9 arroirXevaovixevo^ tjBt]. 
 
 7. Mvplov<; eBcoKe BapecKov<;. Kvpo<; B' elirev, " Ovk 
 apa en /Ma'^elrat, el ev ravraL<; ov fia^elraL raU iifiepai^ • 
 eav S' dXr)6eva-r)<;, inri(r)(yovfial aoi BeKa raXavra. Tou- 25 
 ro ro ypvcTiov rore drreBcoKev, eireu TraprjXOov ac BeKa 
 rifiepaL, 
 
 XII. 
 
 ■ 1. El'^ov Be 6(!i)paKa^\ivov<;, KripvKa^ eTrefjuyfre irepv 
 (TTTovBcov, 11/309 T0U9 GpaKa<i eiroXe/jLTjcra, H yvvrj 
 avrov eireiaev. Kal Trefi'irovac KaXXtfJuaypv ApKaBa,ao 
 
 1 
 
 i) 
 

 1 
 
 
 tn 
 
 24 
 
 GREEK LESSONS. 
 
 Kxil TOVTO €Wori(TaT€y OTL hrl Tal<; 6vpaL<; t^9 EWaco<; 
 ia-fiev. Ta Be aOXa rjaav arXeyylBef; y^pvaal. Ore Se 
 Tavra rjv, (T')(ehov fiea-ai ^aav vvkt€<:. 
 
 2. Aapciov Kol napva-cLTLBo^ ylyvovTac TratSe? Bvo, 
 BTTpea^vrepoi; fiev ApTa^ep^r)^;, rewre/jo? Be Kvpo^. Eirev 
 
 Be ija-Oevec Aapelo<; koI inrwirTeve Te\evT7]v tov fiiov, 
 efiovXeTO rco TraiBe aficpoTepco Trapecvac, 
 
 3. * EirXeov r)^epav koI vvKra irvevfiarL Ka\a>. To Be 
 GTpdievfjLa 6 <t2to<; eireXiirev. HBia-r av aKovaaijic ro 
 
 10 ovo/ia, ^Eirel Be tovto eyevero, ep'^^ovrai tt/jo? r]fia<; oi 
 Kepaaovimoi, kol Xeyovav to Trpay/jLa. .Tai<i aairiaL 
 7r/309 Ta BopaTa eBovirrjcrav, To yap eiri'^apc ov/c ei'^eVj 
 aXK aec ^aXeTro? ^v kcu wfio^, 
 
 4. Kac OL aXKoL fiev Xo^dyot avvrjXOov, oc fiev arvv 
 15 7rpayiia<nv, ol Be avev irpayfiaTcov • oc Be 0paKe<;, ejret, 
 
 evTv^aav tovto to evTv^rj/xa, avve^ocov t€ dXXriXov<i, Kol 
 avveXeyovTO eppcofievco^ t^9 vvkto^, 
 
 XIII. 
 
 1. TavTa eyco airayyeXo), 'O Be iraXiv rjpoaTriae • 
 " STTovBa^; rj TroXefiov airayyeXw ; " EvTavOa efieive 
 
 20 Kvpo^ Tjfiepa/^ TpLaKovra • kclI tj/ce KXeap'^p^ 6 AaKeBai- 
 fjLovLo<; (j>vya^, 1*o>X^ '^^'' ^/^^^ aTroKpLvovfiat. AireKpl- 
 vaTo KXeap'^o';, Kai ev TavTrj ttj ApfjL7]VTj efieivav ol 
 CTpaTCcoTai rjjjLepas irevTe. Ou/c efjueivav tov<; OTrXtra?. 
 
 2. Kai airopaivovaLV et? KaX'n"rj<; Xifieva, tcuTa fieaov 
 25 TTO)? T^9 SpaKT]^. Ol, Be ' EXXtjvc^ aw yeX(OTC eirl ra? 
 
 aKTjvaf; 7]X6ov, Kat Xeyec, otl BapeLKo<i eKoxTTCd eaTat 
 fiL(T6o<; TOV fiT}vo<;, AapeiKov CKaaTOf; oLorec tov fir}vo<^ 
 vficov • Xo'^dyof; Be to BcttXovv • aTpaT7}yo<; Be to TeTpa- 
 ttXovv. Tfia>v Be t(op EXXtjvcov Kal aTecpavov eKoaTto 
 2iQ'Xpv(Tovv Booaco, 
 
 (L. 1.) VL 5. 23. (2.) I. 2. 10 : HI. 1. 33. (4.) I. 1. 1. (8.) VI. 1. 14 : 1. 5. 6. (9.) 
 n. 5. 15. (10.) V. 7. 20. (11.) I. 8. 13. (12.) II. 6. 12. (14.) VI. 3. 6. (18.) II. 3. 24; 
 I. 81 (19.) I. 2. 9. (21.) VI. 6. »4 : n. 1. 22. (32.) VI. 1. 17. (23.) IV. 4. 20. (24.) 
 VI. 1. 17. (25.) I. 2. 18. (26.) \U. 6. 1. (97.) VII. 6. 7. (29.) I. 7. 7. 
 
 GSEEK LESSONS. 
 
 25 
 
 /'v! 
 
 .X. 3. Avo Xoxoi' Tou Mevcovo^ aTpaTevpbaTO^ airwXovTO. 
 EvBv^ /jLeTa-TrefiTreTaL Ik XaXK7]Bovo<; (f>povpov^. 'Hyefiova 
 aiTelv Kvpov. Trj Be vdTepala dveu rjyefiovo^ eiropevovTO, 
 "EXeye Be KXedvcop. 'EvravOa Bi] Kvpov diroTefiveTai r) 
 kecfdXrj Kal x^lp rj Be^uL "Eirefi-^a^ 7rpo9 ep}, w Sevdi], 5 
 eU XdXKTjBova -rrpcoTov MrjBoa-dBrjv tovtovL Kal eKeXeve 
 KXeapxov fiev tov Be^cov Kepm I'lyeladac, Mevcova Be tok 
 OeTTaXov TOV evcovvfiov • avT0<; Be tou9 eavTOV BceTa^ev, 
 
 4. UaTepa e/jue eKoXehe. Uapva-aTL^; fiev Brj ?) firiTTjp 
 VTT^PX^ TO) Kvpw, Tov civBpa opw, 'Eyco, w dvBpe^ lo 
 "EXXTjve^, yetTcov oIkw tjj 'EXXciBt. 'EvravOa XeyeTac 
 'AiroXXcov eKBelpac Mapavav. Zrj 6 dvrip, Tama ol 
 (TTpaTTjyol Kvp(p dirriyyeXXov • 6 S' vireax^TOy avBpu 
 €Kd<TT(p Bcoaeiv irevTe dpyvplov fiva<;, eirdv et9 Ba^vX(Dva 
 
 ef 15 
 
 '>]KCOaLV. **^ 
 
 5. TeTTapa o-TciBia Bieux^TT^v rw (pdXayye air aXXrj' 
 Xcov. ^12 Kvpe, Xeyovai Ttve^. ' EvvKTepevaav dalTOi Kal 
 dvev TTVpo^ • Kol evTavOd T^e<; diriXovTO twv aTpaTico- 
 Tcov, STpovBov Be ovBeh eXa/Sev, 'Tiroy^riaL fiev rjaav, 
 (jyavepa Be ovBefila e^aiveTO einfiovXri, OvBeh rjfiapTa-w 
 vev dvBpo^. MrjBeh vf^cjv XeyeTco, ' HBiKria-ap^ev tovtov 
 
 ovBev, 
 
 6. r/9 ovTco fialveTai, octtl^ ov /SovXeTal aoi (J)lXo<; 
 elvau ; Tlplv B^Xov elvai, otl ol dXXoi "EXX7]ve<; diro- 
 KpivovvTat Kvpcp. Mevcov Be, irplv BrjXov elyai, tl rrroiT]-^ 
 aovaiv ol dXXoL aTpaTLcoTac, iroTepov eyjrovTat Kvpcp rj ov, 
 (TvveXe^e to avTov aTpdTevfia %cy/Dt9 tcdv aXXcov, Kau 
 eXe^e TdBe» Elire^ Tiva yvcofirfv e;\;6t9 Trepl T779 iropeia^, ^ 
 
 7. Ae^aTe ovv irpo^ p,e, tI ev va> e^ere, a>9 (jicXov re 
 Kal evvovv, Kal BovXofievov KOivrj avv vfuv top <7ToXov 30 
 iTOLelaOaL. AvTai TjpcoTcov avTov^, Tive^ euev, 2,v ovv, 
 7r/)09 Oewv, cvfipovXevaov rjfuv, o tl ctol BoKel KaXXiaTOV 
 
 (L 1.) I. 2. 25. (2.) VII. 1. 20: I. 3. 14. (3.) IV. 2. 24. (4.) II. 5. 39: I. 10. 1. 
 (5.) VIL 2. 24. (6.) I. 7. 1. (9.) VII. 6. 33 : I. 1. 4. (10.) L 8. 26 : II. 3. 18. (II.) L 
 2 8. (12.) V. 8. 10:. L 4. 13. (16.) L 8. 17. (17.) L 7. 5: IV. 5. 11. (19.)L5.3: 
 IL 5. 1. (20.) III. 4. 15. (21.) I. 3. 15: VIL 6. 22. (23.) II. 5. 12. (24.) I. 4. 14. 
 (25.) I. 4. 13. (28.) II. 2. 10. (29.) III. 3. 2. (31.) IV. 5. 10: IL 1. 17. 
 
 ^i\ 
 
 = ^i 
 
26 
 
 1 
 
 It 
 
 GREEK LESSONS. 
 
 A^^( 
 
 Kai apicjTQv €Lvaif Kai o aoi rifirjv ol(T61 eU rov CTreiTa 
 Xpopov. ' O TL ^6 TTOLrjo-oiy ou SceaTjfiTjvev, "Ot(o BokcI 
 ravra, avareLvarco ttjv ')(eipa. 
 
 ^- ^^.^^ "^^^ «^^o opa ^eXrlov, Xefaraj. ''flare rrj^ 
 5r]fi6pa^ o^Tj? BltjXOov ov irXeov irevre koI ecKoac aTuBicov, 
 aXXa SeLXi]<; acfyi/coPTO el? ra^ Kcjfia^. UXeLovq rj Bia^^^ 
 XcoL KaKLOv^ €1(71 ir€p\ Tjfiaf;, rj 7]fiei^ irepl €K€ipov<:, 
 
 XIV. 
 
 ^"^^f 
 
 ^1. Eia-ehvovTO eh tov<; TrdSaq ol LfidvTe<;, 'O Se Eej/o- 
 <t)a>v TOP flip apxoyTajy<i Kwfi7j<; TavT7}<; avvBeiTTVov ewoL- 
 ^Orjaaro, koI Oappelv ainov eKeXevev, 
 
 Z,^ liavje<^ OL TToXiTai Kac. oc .7rpo(TX(opoi, avSp€<; koI 
 yvvalfce^ fierelxov Tr)<; eopry^, ''Hpxov 'Be Tore iravrcov 
 Twi/ 'EXXiqvwv ol AaKeBai/MovLoi, Ov yap 7jv x^opro^, 
 ovSe aXXo ovBiv BevBpov, dXXa y}nX^ ^v airdaa ^ x^P^- 
 
 w 3. 'Ava^aiveL ovv 6 Kdpo<;, Xa^wv Ti(r(Ta(pepv7jv w? 
 <l)iXov. OvTo<; yap kuI t^v irarpiBa fcaTtii,(Txvpj£h zeal 
 iraaav r^v 'EXXdBa, 0Ti"EXXyi^ m jo^gino^i eaTiv. '0 
 fiev ovv 7rpe<T^vTepo<; irapwv ervyxavev'. Al Be ireXrat, 
 avTwv aXXoTC /cat aXXore BteAaipovro, yaXKal ovo-at 
 
 ^ JtLTreL yap rjfxepa eyepero, eiropevoPTo, ep Be^ca exopre^ top 
 TJXiop, Xoyi^ofiepoi rj^etp ap,a 'qXUo Bvpovtl ek Kwfia^; 7^9 
 Bal3vXcopia<;^ X(^pa<;.^ "Afia i^Xitp apaTeXXoPTL K^npdKa^ 
 eTre/jL-slre Trepl (tttopBwv, 
 
 4:. AKovaa<i Be TavTa 6 ^aX7po^ eyeXaaev. *0 Be 
 
 ^^Kvpo^^ inroXa^cop tou? ij)e6yoPTa<;, avXXe^a^; aTpdTevfia, 
 eiroXiopKec MiXtjtop Ka\ Kara y^p jcal tcara edXarTuJ, 
 Kal a? yoaeXe^p tJ> XevOri BelTai, jx^ diroKTelpat top 
 TraiBa.^ *0 S' dprjp avTrj^ Xayco^ ^^ro Orjpciaayp. 'E^e- 
 TrXei w? TToXefi^acop toU inrep Xeppoviqaov Kal nepipOov 
 
 30 Spa^ip. 
 
 (L. 2.) II. 1. 23: III. 2. 38. (4.) III. 2. 3Sj 3. 11. (6.) I. 3. 7. (7.) I. 4 8 (8) IV 
 5 14; 5. 28. (11.) V. 3. 9. (12.) VI. 6. 9. (13.) I. 5. 5. (15.) I. I. 2. (16.) III.l. So! 
 07.) LI. 2. (18.) V. 2. 29. (20.) 11. 2. 13. (22.) II. 3. I. (24.) II. 1. 13: I. 1. 7. 
 (27.) Vn. 4. 8. (28.) IV. 5. 24 : II. 6. 9. 
 
 
 GREEK LESSONS. 
 
 27 
 
 r:t^c-¥C 
 
 5. Tavrrjv p.ep ovv ttjv '^/xepav avTov r}vXL^ovTO ern 
 Tov aiyiaXov irpo^ tm Xifievt. To 'Be x'^P^^^ tovto, o 
 KaXeiTai KaXTnjf; XifjL't]Pi eaTL fiev ev tt} OpaKij tyj ev ttj 
 Acnci' ap^afjiepfj Be rj GpaKi] avrr} eaTCP airo tov crTOfia- 
 T09 TOV UovTOv fj^xpt 'HpaKXeta^, eirl Be^ca et? top Uop-^ 
 TOP eicTTrXeoPTC, 
 
 6. Nl/cSov Tvyxdvec. Kal dpcaTcoprt tw ^epo(f>copTi> 
 iTpoaeTpexop Bvo peapcaKO), OaTig re ^rjp^eTTLOvfiec, iret- 
 puaOco viKav • tcov fiev yap vikwvtcov to KaTaKalveiv, tcov 
 6e rjTTcofiepcoii to diroOpriaKeLp eaTLpX Kal eirefiy^e Tipa lo 
 epovPTa, OTL ^vyyeveaOac avTco XPV^^'" SvXXajjL^apec 
 Kvpop 0)9 airoKTevwp, 
 
 7. JJapvaoTi^ flip Btj tj firjTrjp vTrrjpx^ tw KvpWy ^t- 
 Xovaa avTOp fiaXXop 7) top ^aauXevoT^Ta ApTa^ep^rjv, 
 Top B efiirpoaOep xpopop ex Ttj^ PLKcoarj^ eirpaTTOP iraPTa is 
 ot, (TTpaTrjyoL ; 
 
 . 2,vp vfiLPy o Tt av cer), 7ret,aofiai, U oe ecirev, otl 
 (nrecaaaOat ^ovXotTO* 
 
 
 
 XV. 
 
 1. Evravda rjaav tcl 3eXe<TVo<i fiaalXeLa, tov Svpia<; 
 ap^avTo^;, Eirva^a Se, r] Svepveato<; yvvr], irpoTepa Ku-20 
 pov irepTe 7]fiepaL<; eU Tapaov^; d^cKeTO, "Etvx'^ B\ Bia 
 fieaov pecop tov x^pf'OV iroTafio'^ XeXlvov<^ • Kao ev E^ecrca 
 Be irapa tov t^9 ApTefiiBo<; vecov ^eXiPov<; iroTafiq^ ira- • 
 pappely Kai tx^vef; Be ep afi^oTepoi<; epeiac Kac /coyx^t, 
 
 2. TavTa Be Ta OrjpLa ot LirTrei^ eptOTe eBtwKOV, Atj-^ 
 Xop 7]p, OTL eyyv^i irov ^aaiXev^ tjp. BacrLXea ere erroLT}- 
 crap. UopeveTat a)<; fiaaiXea. O B OpovT7)<;, vofiLcra^ 
 eTotfiov<; eivaL avTw tou9 LiTTrea^, ypa(j)eL eiTLo-ToXriv irapa 
 /SaaiXea. KaL evTevOev Hevdrj^; irefiireL A^po^eXfir]v tov 
 eavTov epfirjvea 77/309 aevo(f)copTa, KaL KeXeveL avTOP Kara-yQ 
 
 (L. l.)VL4. 1. (7.) II. 1.8: IV. 3. 10. (8.)III. 2. 39. (10.) II. 5. 2. (11.) L 1. a 
 (13.) L 1. 4. (15.) VI. 1. 18. (17.) 1. 3. S: IV. 4. 6. (19.) I. 4. 10. (20.) L 2. 25. 
 (21.) V. 3. 8. (25.) I. 5. 2: II. 3. 6. (26.) VII. 7. 22. (27.) I. 2. 4; 6. 3. (29.) VII. 
 fi 43 
 
ii 
 
 
 28 GREEK LESSONS. 
 
 fielvai Trap* eavTcp. S<f>evBov7jTcov re Tr)v Ta')(^L(TTT)v hei 
 
 Kai LTnrecov. 
 
 3. ^Eirel Be iraXiv rjXOe^ Xeyet jr.v fiavrelav ro) Xco . 
 Kparei. Kat r^hrj re rjv irepi ifkr^dbvcrav wyopav, Kac ep- 
 
 S'^ovrac irapa ^aatXeco^ fcac Ticrcya(f>€pvov'i Kr]pvK6<i' ol fiev 
 aWot, jSapjSapoi, rjv 8' avrcov ^aXLV0<;£L<;' EWrjVj b? ervy- 
 %ai/e irapa Tio-o-acpepvec iiv, kclI ej/TLjuLw^; e^cov. jiiW 
 eireaOe rjyeixovL T<p HpaKkel, kul aXkrikov^ irapaKaXetTe 
 ovofiaaTi. Ev tovtol<^ tol<^ '^copioL^ ol Kprfre^ '^prjcrifKo- 
 10 Tarot, eyevovTO • rjpx^ ^^ avrctiv XrparoKXri^ Kpr]<;. Ol 
 OTpaTTjyot Tcjv 'EXXriuayv e^evc^ov rov<; tcdv Scvcoirecov 
 TTpea^ei^;. 
 
 4. Ev7ev9ev Se e^eXavvef, aT^9fiov<^ Svo, irapaaayya^; 
 BcKa, et9 Ovfi/Spcov, ttoXlv otKovfievijv, ^EvTavda rjv irapa 
 
 i5T7}v oBov KpT]V7j 7] MiSou KaXovfievTj, Tov ^pvywv ^acnXecof;' 
 €(f> fi Xeyerai M.Lha<$ tov Sarvpov OrjpevaaL, OLV(p Kepdaa<i 
 avTTiv, 
 
 5. O Kvpo<; a7re7re/x7re tov? yiyvofievov^; Ba(T/jLOv<; ^a- 
 atXei, €K Tcov iroXecov, uxy Tio'aa^epvT]'^ ervy^avev eycov, 
 
 2oKai, avTTj av aXXrj '7rpo(j)aaL<; rjv avTot tov aOpoi^eiv aTpd- 
 Tevfia. EvTCLvOa Kvpo<;, ^iXdvov KaXeaa^^ tov ^ApL^pa- 
 Ki(i)Tr]v fjLuvTiv, eScjKev avTa> BapeiKOv^ TpiaytXcovi. 
 
 6. 'Hv Be T17? ')(jl6vo(; to ficiOo^ opyvia, "Ev9a Br) ol 
 fiev KapBov^oL, eKXi7r6vTe<; ra? ot/c/of, e^oi^re? Kal yvvai- 
 
 'iZKa<^ Kat iralBa^, e^evyov eirl tol oprj. TeXo<; Be elirev, 
 Ec^ov Be 7ravT€^ Kpdvrj ^aXxa, Kal '^(jLTwva'i (poiviKOv^, Kal 
 KvypLiBa^. 
 
 7. TovTov TO evpo^ Bvo irXeOpa, ^EvTavOa rjaav to. 
 Sveweaio^; ^aalXeiay tov KlXlkcov fiao-iXeco'^ • Blo, p,ea7j<i 
 
 30 Be T^9 7ro\€&)9 pel TroTafio^, KvBvo^ ovopua, €vpo<; Bvo irXe- 
 upcov. AirayyeXXei, oti (^evyovcnv dvd KpaTo^, ^Hv 
 Be, oTe eTeXevTa, d/jLcfn tci irevTriKOVTa eTT}. "Otc Be dire- 
 OvrjaKev, r^v eTcov 6)9 TpidKOVTa. 
 
 (L. 1.) m. 3. 16. (3.) III. 1. 7. (4.) II. 1. 7. a.) VI. 5. 24. (9.) IV. 2. 28. (10.) 
 
 V. 5. 25. (13.) I. 2. 13. (13.) I. 1. 8. (20.) I. 1. 7. (21.) I. 7. 18. (23.) IV. 5. 4; 
 
 1. 8. (25.) II. 3. 26. (26.) I. 2. 16. (2S.) I. 2. 5 ; 2. 23. (31.) I. 10. 15 : II. 6. 15. (32.) 
 11 fi 20. 
 
 GREEK LESSONS. 
 
 29 
 
 10 
 
 8. 'Ayla<; Be 6 'ApKa^, kcu S(OKpdrT]<; 6 '-^^ato?, Kai 
 TovTco dTredayeTrjv, Tovtcov Be ovd' m ev iroXefiM KaKwv 
 ovBeh fcaTcyeXa, ovt e? <^CXlav avToh e/ie/ic^ero .• rijaTrjv 
 Be dfJL(j)Q) dficpl Ta irevTe kclI TpidKpjija hrjMp 1/^^%:^. 
 
 9. 'Ev Be Tat9 oiKvaL^; r^aav alye^, xne^y ^oe?, opvWe<^, 5 
 KCbi TCL €Kyova TOVTCOV, "EvL B' ev Tw lep(p X^PV '^^^ 
 XeifjLcov Kac aXarj Kac oprj BevCpcov fieaTa, uKava Kat av<; 
 KCii dlya<; Kac ySoi)? Tpelpecv, i^' » 
 
 10. 'EvTevOev TTJ vcTTepala dvaydfievoi TTvevp.aT^^eov 
 KaXa> r)/jbepa<; Bvo irapd yrjv. Kal Trapa'TrXeovTe<; effecopovv 
 Tr\v T 'laa-ovlav aKTtjv, evOa rj 'Apyco XeyeTai opfico-a- 
 (Tuai, Kat TCOV iroTap.cov Ta cxTOfiaTa,^ ^^ 
 
 11. Kal ev TOVTCO KXeavBpo<; dcpcKvelTah Bvo Tpir]peL<; 
 ex(ov, irXolov 8' ovBev. 'AXXd Tama fiev ^lr€vB^^ rfv, 
 "Eirel B' fjaav d(j)ave7<;, BcfjXee \0709, otc BidiKeL aurou? 15 
 Kvpo<; TpiripeaLV. Ol jroXejiioc tTTTret? ^evyovai KaTcu tov 
 wpdvov^, 'Eirl Be to KaTepyd^eaOac oiv e-mdvp.oirjy avv- 
 TopLc^aTr]V MeTO 6B0V elvai Bid tov einopKe^v Te Kal yfrev- 
 Beadat Kal ePairaTav' to B' dirXovv Kal to dXrjdh evdfiL^e 
 TO auTO Tcp rfkiOco) elvai, 20 
 
 12. XapdBpalcTXVpS)'; fiaOela. At B' OLKiai tjcrciv fca- 
 TayeLoly^^TO fiev aTop^a coGTrep (j>pedTO<;, kcitco B evpeiav, 
 Kal r/v Be ttJ dXr)Oela virep rip^icrv tov oXov cTTpaTevp,aTO<; 
 'ApKdBe^ Kal 'AxaioL Kvpo<i yap eirepire ^Ikov<; olvov 
 
 ^""r^piiBeeh iroXXdKL^, ottotc irdvv i)Bvv Xd^oc, Xeycov, oti 2^ 
 " ovTTco Brj iroXXov xpovov tovtov '^Blovl olvcp eiriTvy^L • 
 TpuToi; ovv COL enrep.'^e, Kal BelTac aov, Tifjfiepov tovtov 
 eKmelv avv ot? p^pXicTTa ^CXei^, 
 
 13. 'ApcOpo^ Be cTvp^irdcTT]^ Trj<; oBov T759 dva^dcreco^ Kal 
 
 . KaTapdaecos, cTTaOpm BiaKoacoc BeKairevTC, irapaadyyai^ 
 XiXlol €KaTov TrevT-qKovTa TreWe, cTTdBca Tpiap^vpia TeTpa- 
 KLCTxl^ta e^aKoaia -rrevTriKOVTa. Xpovov wXrjdo^; t??9 ava- 
 pda-eco<; Kal KaTa^daeco^y eviavro^ koI Tpel^; firjve^;, 
 
 (L. 1.) II. 6. 30. (5.) IV. 5. 25. (6.) V. 3. 11. (9.) VI. 2. 1. (13.) VL 6. 5. (14.) 
 IL 4. 24. (15.) I. 4. 7. (16.) VI. 5. 31. (17.) II. 6. 22. (21.) V. 2. 3: IV. 5. 25 
 (33.) VI. 2. 10. (24.) I. 9. 25. (29.) \1I. 8. 26. 
 
 -4 
 
it 
 
 30 
 
 GREEK LESSONS. 
 
 XVI. 
 
 1. ]^inev6ev he fcarefiaivev et? irehiov fieya Kat, KciXov^ 
 eiTLppvTOVy Koi SevBpcov iravToBaTrcjv e/jLifXecov Kav a/MTre- 
 7<xov ' irciXv Be kclI a^aajjLov koI jieXivriv Kat, Key^ov Kai 
 TTvpoi)^ KCLI KpiQa^ (pepei. "Opo<; S* avro Trepte'^ei, o^vpov 
 
 6 Kat in^nrfKov iravrr} €k 6aXaTT7}<; et9 OaXarrav. 
 
 2. MeTCL ravra Kvpo^ e^eXavveu araOpLov^ Terrapa^, 
 irapaadyya<^ eiKoaiVy eiri tov XuXop Trora/Mov, ovra to 
 evpo<; irXedpov, irXripT} S L')(6v(t3V fieyaXeov Kai irpaecov, 
 0V9 ol XvpoL 6eov<; evopc^ov^ Kai aBiKecv ovk etcov, ovBe Ta§ 
 
 10 7rept<nepa<;, 
 
 3. Ol Be cTpaTiwrai, (w? eiBov tov 'Eevo^wvTay irpoa" 
 iTLiTTovcnv avTa> ttoXXoc, Kai Xeyovac • " Nvv aoc e^eaTtv, 
 S) aevo(j)a}Vf avBpl yeveaOai, E'^eL<; iroXiv, ep^€t9 TpL7]pei^, 
 e^ei9 '^pT]p,aTa, e^ei? avBpa<; tootovtov^;. Nvp aVy eu ^ov- 
 
 15 Xoio, (TV Te 'rjp,a<i ovT](TaL<;y kcu r]p.el<; ere p,eyav '7roi7](Taip,ev," 
 
 4. EBaKpve TToXvv ')(^povov, Ov Be KapBov^oc Trvpa 
 TToXXa CKaiov kvkXg) cttl tcov opecov, Kai vBcop iroXv ijv 
 ef ovpavov. STpaToireBevop^evcov 5' avTcov, yiyveTai t?]? 
 vvKTo<; X''^^ ttoXXt], 
 
 20 5. Oi;t6)9 a^iKOVTO eiri to GTpaToireBov iravTe<; awoi 
 
 ome^, Hp Be to2<; p,ev o^6aXpLol<; erriKovprjp^a ttJ? x^opo^, 
 
 €1 Ti<; fieXap tl e^cop Trpo tcop o^OaXpLwp iropevoiTo, 
 
 EOveTo Tft) All Tw BaaiXel. IIep.yjra<i TXovp etirep, 
 
 EpravOa rjp iroXi<; epT^firj, p,eyaX7j, opop^a B avTrj Kop- 
 
 25 (T(OTT] • TrepieppeiTO B avTT) vtto tov MaaKa kvkXcd, 
 
 6. EvTevOep e^eXavpei <TTa6pL0v<; Bvo, irapaadyya<i 
 TrepTeKaiBeKa, €i<; laaovf;^ Trj<; KiXiKia<; eo-^axT^z^ itoXip 
 eiri TT) OaXuTTT) oiKovpiepTjp, p^eyaXrjp Kai evBaip,opa, ^Ep- 
 TavOa epieipap r]p,epa<; Tpel^i • Kai Kvpco Traprjcrap ai €K 
 
 2fiTleXoTroppr](jov vrje^, TpiuKOPTa Kai TreWe, Kai err* avTai<; 
 vavapxp^i UvOayopa^ AaKeBaip,opio<;. ^HyeiTO S* avTcop 
 
 (L. 1.) I. 2. 22. (6.) I. 4. 9. (1 1.) VH. 1. 21. (16.) I. 3. 2 : IV. 1. 1 1. (17.) IV. 2. 2. 
 (18.) IV. 4. 8. (20.) V. 2. 32. (21.) IV. 5. 13. (23.) VH. 6. 44 : 1. 4. 16. (24.) L 5. 4. 
 (26.) I. 4. 1. 
 
 ii- 
 
 GREEK LESSONS. 
 
 31 
 
 Tap^m AlyvTTTio^ ef ^E(j}eaoVy e^cop pav<; eTepa^ Kvpov 
 irePTe kclI eiKoaiPy aU erroXiopkei MiXrjTOPy oTe Tia(Ta(j)ep' 
 vei (piXrj rjpy Kai avpeiroXep^ei Kvpa tt/jo? avTOP, IlapTJp 
 Be Kai Xeipio-o<j)o<; 6 AaKeBaip^opio^; ewl twp pecop, /xera- 
 Trep^TTTO^ VTTO KvpoVy eTTTaKoaiovi e^oyp oirXiTa^y cop eo-Tpa- 5 
 TTjyei irapa Kvpw, At Be pr]e<; &ppbovp irapa ttjp Kvpov 
 
 <TKTJP7}P, 
 
 XVII. 
 
 1. ^EpTev6ep S' eiropevOTjarap ol '^EXXrjpef; Bia MaKpo)- 
 P(OP (TTadpiov<^ Tpel^y irapaa-dyya^ BeKa • Ty irpcoTi] Be 
 rjpuepa d(j)iKOPTO eirl top iroTaphpy 09 oipi^e ttjp tcop Ma- if 
 
 KpcOPCOP Kai TTjP tcop SkvOIpCOP, ToVTCp Tft) TpOTTCp eiTO' 
 
 pevdrjcrap crTaOpLOv^ TeTTapa^ • r^pUa Be top Trep^wTOP eiro- 
 pevoPTOy elBop ^aalXeiop Tiy Kai irepl avTO Kcop,a<; 7roXXa<;, 
 OvB' aXXo<; Be tcop 'EXXtivcop ev TavTrj ttj P'dxV ^'^^^^v 
 ovBeh ovBep, ttXtjp eirl tm evcovvp>(p To^evOrjvai ti<s eXeyeTO. 15 
 
 2. KaTerrepn^Or) vtto tov 7raTpo<; aaTpa7rr}<; AvBia<;. 
 UcLPv oXiyoi dpcf>^ avTOP KaTeXei(f>6r](7ap. EpTevOep av- 
 dpcoTTOi piep wdpv oXiyoi eXri(p67jo-aPy ^069 Be Kai opoi 
 'TToXXol Kai irpd^aTa. SvXX7]cj>67icreT(U, 
 
 3. Toiyapovp KpdTidToi Brj virr^peTai 7ravT0<; epyovzo 
 Kvpcp eXexOrjcrap yepecrdai, Ti irpax^T^cr^Tai ; O S| 
 KXeapxp^ dKOVcra^ eTapd^Orj crcjioBpa Kai ecfyo^eiTO. 
 ^ETdydrjaap ovp eiri TeTTdpcoP ' ct%6 Be to piep Be^ioV 
 Mevcop Kai ol ctvp avTM, to 3' evcopvp^op KXeap^o^ Kai 01 
 eKeiPOVy TO Be pieaop 01 aXXoi cTTpaTTjyoi, 25 
 
 4. UoXXaKi^; Be xflp^^ rjp^iPpcoTQV^ eirepbTrey Kai apTcop 
 rjp^lcrea, kclI dXXa ToiavTa, eiriXeyeiv KeXevcop top cj)epopTa* 
 '" TovToi^; i]adri Kvpo<;' fiovXeTai ovp kcli ae tovtcop yev- 
 craadau' ^HpayKdaOrjp BicoKeiv. GcopdK€<; avTol^; ctto- 
 piaOrjcrap, 3€ 
 
 5. KcLi Xeyerai BerjOrjpai rj KiXicraa Kvpov, eTriBel^ai, 
 
 (L. 8.) IV. 8. 1. (11.) III. 4. 23. (14.) I. 8. 20. (16.) L 9. 7. (17.) I. 8. 25: IV. 
 7. 14. (19.) VII. 2. 14. (20.) L 9. IS. (21.) VII. 6. 8: II. 4. 18. (23.) I. 2. 15. (26.) 
 L 9. 26. (29.) III. 3. 12 ; 3. 20. (31.) I. 2. M. 
 
 M 
 
rt! 
 
 I! I 
 
 I 
 
 32 
 
 GEEEK LESSONS. 
 
 fc> 
 
 TO cTTpaTevfia avrrj. 'O K\€ap)(0<; ov/c TjOeXev airoaird" 
 aai airo rov TroTa/jLov to Be^tov Kepa^^ <j)o^ovfi6vo<; firj 
 KVKXcoOeirj €KaTep(oOev • ro) Be Kvpo) aireKpLvaTO, otc avrtp 
 fieXoiy OTTO)? KaX(i}<^ ^X^** -^^^ KaTCKavdrj Traaa ?; TroXt?. 
 5 6. AeL<7avTe<^ /mj] airoKkeLaOeLrjaaVy (^evyovcnv ava Kpa- 
 T09. Ava/jLvr]a6rjTe jup, ev itolol^ tlgI irpayfiacnv ovt6<; 
 €Tvy^ap€T€. ToTe Brj kcll eyvcoo-Orj, otl ol ^ap^apot, top 
 avOpwirov mroirepL-y^atev. 
 
 7. EvTevdev 6 'HpatcXeiBrj^; rj^OeaOr] t€, koI eBeiae fiij 
 10 eK Tr]<; XevOov <f>t\ia<; eK^rjOeirj, Ol fiev Brj aTpaTrjyol 
 
 ovto) \Tj(f>6evT€<i, avT]^6r)(7av co<; ^aaiXea, Kai aTroT/JLTjOev- 
 T€9 Ta<i K€^a\a<; erekevTrjaav. 
 
 8. ^apva/Sa^^ 7rapaBo0r]a€Tai. Kal OTe ef ^E^iaov 
 Be cop/iaTo Kvpo) a-vcrTadrjo-o/xevo'^, aerov aveixLjMviqdKeTO 
 
 15 eavT(p Be^Lov (f)Oeyyofi€vov. 
 
 9. Trj v(7Tepaia ov/c €<j)avr]a-av ol TToXe/^ttot, ovBe ttj 
 
 TpiTTj, ^aV7]T€ TWV \0')(ayOi)V apLCTTOL. ol Be CTTpaTLCJ- 
 
 Tat, (TvWeyevTe'i effovXevovTO, tt/i/ Xoitttjv iropeiav iroTepov 
 KaTa yrjv yj kutci daXaTTav '^prj iropevOrjvat €k tov Uov- 
 Wtou, E^ovXevofMeOa ^vv T0L<i KepaaovvTioi^^ otto)? av 
 Ta(j>€i7jaav ot tcov EXXr}V(ov veKpoL 
 
 10. Eirei Be rjaav eirl toI^ Ovpai<^ Ta2<; TLcraa(j)epvov<^, 
 01 fiev aTpaTTjyot 7rap€KX7]0rjaav elaco, Tlpo^evo^ BotwTto^;, 
 Mevwv 0eTTaXo9, ^ Ayia<^ ^ApKa^i, KXeap'^o^ Aclkcdv, Xw- 
 
 ^KpaTrj<; ^Ayaio^* ol B\ Xo^dyoi eirl TaU Supai^; e/xevov, 
 Ov TToWft) oe varTcpov, airo tov avTOv arjfjLelov, oi t* evBov 
 ^vpeXafifidvovTo, kcu ol efo) KaTeKOTrrjaav, 
 
 XVIII. 
 
 1. O piev avr]p TocavTa fuev TreiroiTjKe, TotavTa Be 
 
 Xeyet, Ol yap TroXefitoc avaTeOappriKdaiv. Ol Be iro- 
 
 mXejjLLOL e7no)pK7}Kdcn re, koI tci<; <T7rovBa<; kclL tou? opKov^ 
 
 XeXvKocriv, Eyco ae, to ^aXlve, aafievo^i ecopaKa, olfiai 
 
 (L. I.) I. 8. 13. (4.) V. 2. 27. (5.) IV. 3. 21. (6.) VII. 6. 24. (7.) II. 4. 22. 
 (9.) VII. 5. 6. (10.) II. 6. 1. (13.) VII. 2. 14 : VL 1. 23. (16.) III. 4. 37. (17.) III. 1. 24 : 
 VI. 2. 4. (20.) V. 7. 20. (22.) II. 5. 31. <28.) I. 6. 9. (29.) VI. 4. 12: IH. 2. 10. (31.) 
 n. 1. 16. 
 
 I 
 
 
 GREEK LESSONS. 
 
 33 
 
 Be Kal ol aXXoL irdvTe^. Kvpo^ 8e, ej^ewi' ou? elprjKa, 
 wpjjLaTo uTTO XapBecov. 'H jiiev yap evTa^ta aco^eiv BoKelj 
 rj Be aTa^ia iroXXov^ ijBrj airoXoyXeKev. 
 
 2. AiroXeXoLTrdaLv r]p,a<; ^evca^ Kal Uaaicov. Baai- 
 Xev^ VLKav r^yelTai, eireX Kvpov aireKTOvev. Kal aTi^Xrj 5 
 e(7T7]Ke irapa tov vaov, ypapupiaTd e'^ovaa. Elal fiev yap 
 rjBrj eyyy? al 'EXXrjvlBe^; TroXet? • t^9 Be 'EXXdBoq AaKe- 
 BaijJiovLOL irpoeaTTjKdatv, Upor^yelaOe ttjv tt/so? tov^; 
 evavTiov^y &)9 fir] eaTTjKco/jLev, €7rel cocpdrj/jLev Kal ecBofiev 
 TOl/9 TToXefiiov^, ip 
 
 o. Evda Bt] TTpoaep'^eTai, tw aevof^wvTU todv ireXTa- 
 a"i(^v Ti9 avr]p, AOrivrjac (j)ao-Kcov BeBovXevKevai, Xeywv, otl 
 yiyv(ii(jKoi t7]v <f>covT]v to)v dvOpcoircov, Uplv Be irevTeKai- 
 BeKa (TTaBia BieXrfKvdevaL^ sveTV^ov riBrj vm:poL<;, 
 
 4. MeTa TavTa ovTe ^covtu ^OpovTrjv ovTe TeOvrjKoiaib 
 ouSet9 elBe ircoTroTe, ouS' 6Vft)9 direOavev ovBeh elBcot; eXe- 
 yev • euKa^ov Be aXXoi, aXXco<; • Td(j)o<; Be ovBel<; irdiroTe 
 avTov ecpavTj. AKOvcra<; Tama 6 KXeavBpo<; eTireVy otc 
 Ae^LTTTTOv fiev ovK eiraivolr^y el TavTa TreiroLTjKco^ eiir], Trj 
 
 B vcTTepaia rjKev dyyeXo^ Xeycov, otc XeXoLwa)^ eirj 'Xvev'2o 
 V€cn<; Ta aKpa, eiret, rjaOeTO otc to Mevcovo^ aTpaTev/xa ijBtj 
 ev KiXiKta r]v eidCd twv opecov. UdvTe^ Be coovto diroXw- 
 Xevac, 0)9 eaXci)KVLa<; t^9 7r6Xeco<i, "Afia Be Ty rjfiepa et/co? 
 
 T0t>9 TToXe/JLLOV^ Tj^etv, ^^ 
 
 5. Tov^ Te irdXep^Lov^ eireiroiriKeaav OpaavTepov^. El- 25 
 Xrjcpeaav TrpoffaTa iroXXa. ETe6vlK0(; elaTrjKec irapa Td<; 
 TTvXaf;, Kai, Xecpiao^o^ fiev ifBr] TeTeXevTi^Ket, <j>dpfiaKov 
 TTicoVj TTVpeTTcov Ta B^ cKelvov Necov ^Acnvalo^ nrape- 
 Xa^ev. Kac a\Xo9 avafie^rjKec, Kal rjXa)Kei, to yfjiploVy «9 
 eBoKei, SvvefiovXevcrev qvv avTu> OveaOai Kadd elcoOec. jo 
 XtTa)viaKov<; Be eveBeBvKeaav virep yovaTcov, 
 
 6. UavO 7]fi2v TreTTolrjTat,. ' £1 Oavfiao-LojTaTe dvOpco' 
 
 (L. 1.) L 2. 5. (2.) m. 1. 33. (4.) L 4. 8 : IL 1. 11. (5.) V. 3. 13. (6 ) VI. 6. 12. 
 (8.) VI. 5. 10. (11.) IV. 8. 4. (13.) VL 5. 5. (15.) L 6. 11. (18.) VI. 6. 25. 
 (19) I. 2. 2L (22.) Yll. 1. 19. (23.) III. 1. 13. (25.) V. 4. 18: VL 6. 5. (26.) VIL 
 1. 12. (27.) ^^. 4. 11. (29.) V. 2. 15. (30.) VIL 8. 4. (31.) V. 4. 13. (32.) L 8. 12: 
 III. 1. 27. 
 
hi 
 
 
 34 
 
 GREEK LESSONS. 
 
 we, <jv ye ovhe opwv yiyvaxTKeL^;, ovBe ukovcov fiefivrja-ai, 
 ' Ottoj? ovp eaeaOe avBpe<i a^tov t^9 €\ev6epia<;, r]<; KeKTrj- 
 O-06, Kav virep ?)? v^a^ eyco evBaL/jLovi^o). Oo-Ti? re vficov 
 TOv<; ol/ceiovf; eTriOufjiel lBe2v, /jL€/jLvr]a6co avrjp ayaOo<i elvat • 
 5 ov yap JaTLP aXkco<; tovtov Tv^elv ' oo-Ti? Te ^rjv einOv- 
 fiel, TreLpaadco vikov. ^j , 
 
 7. ^Ofxo\oyel<i ovv, ire pi ifie aScKOf; yeyevrjadac ; flare 
 eycoye, e^ cov aKovco, ovheva KpLV(o vtto irXeiovcov 7re(f>iX7]- 
 crdac ovre 'EWrjuoDV ovre /Sapfidpcov. Nvv fiev r)fia<; 
 
 lOuTrayerai /levetv, Sea to htecnrapOaL avT(p to (TTpaTevfia, 
 
 8. Al Be KWfiat, ev at<; eaKrjvovv, IIapv<TaTcBo<; rjcrav, 
 €t? ^u)V7]v BeBofJuevat, Mera rama irepiep.evov Ttaaac^sp- 
 VTjv oi re ' EXXr)ve<; kclI Apia2o<;, eyyu? aWrfXcov earparo- 
 ireBev^ievoL, r)/jLefiia<; TrXecov^; y eiKoaiv. Ovto^; Be Terayjie- 
 
 15 1/09 ejvy^avev eirl toS evayvvficOy tov lttttlkov ap')(^cov * w? 
 B Tjadero Kvpov TreTrrcDKOTa, e^yyev. EireiBr] Be etw? 
 eyevero, Bte^aivov tt]v yecpvpav, e^evy/nevrjv TrXotot? Tpia- 
 
 Kovra Kai ema. 
 
 9. Eyo) auTov elBov, oicirep AvBov, afi^orepa ra coTa 
 
 ^TerpvTTTjfjLevov. "A/xa 8' eBec^e avvTeTpi/ii/jLevov<; av6pQ)7rov<; 
 
 Kai (TKeXrj kclI irXevpa^, Uopevofxevoi B evTvy')(avov<n, 
 
 Xo(f>a) virep Tr]<; oBov KaTeLXrjjjL/juevfD viro twv TroXefiicov, oi"? 
 
 7j airoKo-^aL yv avayKTj^ rj Bie^ev^OaL airo T(ov aXXcop 
 
 EXX7]V0)V, 
 
 25 10. Kat eirel rj-^Orfo-av irapa 'Eevof^Sivra, epcora av- 
 Tov^, ei, TTOv rjaOrjvrac aXXov arparevfiaTo^ ovto^ ^EXXtj- 
 VLKov, Oi Be eXeyov iravra ra yey evrj/jLeva, kul vvv otc 
 iroXcopKovvrai, eirt Xo(j>ov, oi Be SpaKe^ 7ravTe<; irepLKeKV- 
 KXay/nevot elev avTOv^, 
 
 20 11. ETeTifirjTO yap vtto Kvpov Bl evvoiav re Kai 
 TTLaroTTjTa. At ocKiai kvkX^ TrepLea-TavpcovTO /jLeyaXoi^ 
 <TTavpol<i T(ov TTpo^aTcov eveKa. Ol yap /JLavTeL<; anroBe- 
 BeuyfievoL rjcrav, ore ^la^y fiev earai, to Be Te\o9 KaXou 
 
 (L. 2.) I. 7. 3. (3.) III. 2. 39. (7.) I. 6. 8; 9. 28. (9.) 11. 4. 3. (11.) I. 4. 9. (12.) 
 II. 4. 1. (14.) I. 9. 31. (16.) II. 4. 24. (19.) III. 1. 31. (20.) IV. 7. 4. (21.) IV. 2 
 10. (25.) VI. 3. 10. (30.) I. 8. 23. (31.) VII. 4. 14. (32.) V. 2. 9. 
 
 GREEK LESSONS. 
 
 •in 
 
 T779 e^oBov. Al irvXai €K€kX€Ivto, Kai hrl rcov refx^wv 
 birXa €(f)atveTO. 
 
 1 2. ^EvrevOev BieirXeva-av et9 AafiyfraKov ' Kat airavra 
 TO) a€VO(f)(t)VTC EuKXelBrjf; fiavTi<; pXiag-io^, o KXeayopov 
 i'to9 TOV TCL evvTTVLa ev AvKeicp yeypacpoTo^;. Ovro^ avv7]- 5 
 Bero Ta> aevocfjcovTi, ore eaeacoaTO • /cat ypcora avrop, 
 TToaov '^pvatov e^ec, ^ ^, 
 
 13.- Kat afJLa Tavra ttocovvtcov rjfioiyv evOv^ AptaLO^; 
 a<f>e(JTT]^et • coaTe ^/X,09 rjfiLV ovBel<; XeXecyjreTai, El yap 
 TLva dXXrjXoL<; [J'dxW cvva-^^eTey vofiL^ere, ev TjjBe Tjj rjfJbepa 10 
 e/jie Te KaTaKeKoyjreo-Oac, Kai vfia^ ov ttoXv efiov vaTepov, 
 
 XIX. 
 
 1. Ol fiev fiera ApLaLov ouKerL LaravraL, aXXa ^ev- 
 yovcTLV. ^AXXd firjv Kai tovto ye eirLO-TacrOe, otl jSopea^ 
 fjLev e^(0 TOV Uovtov €t9 ttiv 'EXXaBa (pepeL, voto<; Be eLao) 
 eU ^aaLV • kcll Xeyere, brav poppas irverj, a>9 koXol ttXolis 
 elcTLV eh TTjv 'EXXdBa.. ^AXX^ eyw (prifiL, Tavra fiev <f)Xv- 
 apia^ etvai, Kai laauai avro<; to rpavfia ^rjo-iv, Afia 
 Be rrj 7]fiepa avveXOovre^ ol arparyyol eOav/jua^ov, otl 
 Kvpo<; ovre aXXov TrefiiroL arj/jLavovvra, 6 tl ')(pr] iroLelv, 
 ovre avro<; (paLVOLTo. 2C 
 
 2. Tcov Be Mevcovo^ arparLcorojv ^vXa (T'^^l^cov Tt9, «9 
 elBe TOV KXeap')(pv BLeXawovra, ltjo-l rrj a^Lvrj. ^Hv ovv 
 cr(>i<^povrire, rovrov ravavrca TroLrjo-ere, rj tol'9 Kvva^ ttol-' 
 ovaL ' rov^ fiev yap Kvva^ tov<; ')(aXe7rov^ ra^ fxev r)/jL€pa<; 
 BLBedcTL, Td<; Be vvKTa<; acpiaaL • rovrov Be, tjv o-co(f)povqre, 25 
 TTJV vvKra fiev Brjcrere, rrjv Be rjfiepav a<^r]<jeTe, 
 
 3. AlBcoaL Be avro) Kvpo^ ^vpLov^ BapeLKOv;. KaL rov 
 yye/LLova oriardvre<^ TrapaBiBodp-LV avroU. 
 
 4. '-<4W7]\ot9 av/jijiLyvvdarLV, KaL avrov re rov XfiL- 
 Kprjra airo/CTLV^uda-L, Kai tov<; aXXov<; 7ravra<;, Ta (T7j-20 
 jiela BeLKVvovaL T7}9 Kara^axreoi^, *Tovro Be XeyovTO<i 
 
 (L. 1.) VI. 2. 8. (3.) VII. 8. 1. (8.) H. 4. 5, (9.) L 5. 16. (12.) I. 10. 1. ^13.) 
 V. 7. 7. (16.) I. 3, 18. (17.) I. 8. 26 : II. 1. 2. (21.) L 6. 12. (22.) V. 8. 24. (27.) 
 U. 6. 4 : IV. 2. 1. (29.) IV. 6. 24 : VI. 3. 5. (30.) VI. 2. 2. (31.) III. 2. 9. 
 
 i 
 
r; 
 
 u 
 
 n 
 
 ■ 
 
 h * 
 
 36 
 
 GREEK LESSONS. 
 
 avTov, TTTapvvTai t^? • aKovaavre^; h ol CTpariwiai, irav- 
 re? fiia ppfij} TrpoaeKuvrjcrav top Oepv, 
 
 5,^ Kaavyrj TToWy eTTidcnv, ^Hjiels:, r]v aco^poPw/jiev, 
 uTTtfiev evT€vaev e/c T779 tovtcov eiriKpaTeia^;, iLfayfyeX 
 
 B.^ K,vpo<; Be, '>^l\7]v e^cov ttjv Ke<j)a\7}Vy eU ti)v fici'^'rjv 
 
 KaOiaraTo. X)vic eBvvaTO KaOevBeiv. ^EvrevOev eiropev- 
 
 ovTo 0)9 ehvvavja TayidTa. Etc tovtov ^evo^cov avt- 
 
 (TTarat, €aTaXfi€po<; cttI iroXefiov <»9 eSvvaro KaXkiara. 
 
 10 " Epcora tolwv,^^ ecjirj, " avTOv<;, re avTireTayaraLy kclI 
 
 XPV^OV(TLV rjfjLLV TToXefjLLOC ctvaU^ 'fl^ aVTO^ €(j)7](70a. 
 
 Tavra eLircoVy eirripeTO top Mrj^oadBrju^ el aX7)6rj ravr^ 
 €L7]* B €<^. . ETrrjpeTO avTov, el oTrKirevot • ovk €(^7}. 
 ^ji^.pvKeri eTrerlBevTO ol TToXefiioc T0t9 KaTa^alvovcrt, 
 
 15 BeBoiKore^ fir] aTroTfirjOeiTja-av. 'Plyjravre^ yap rov^ irop- 
 (f)vpov<; KavBv^i oirov eri/^ev eKaaro<; eaTTjKcu^y levro, wa- 
 irep av BpafioL Tt9 ire pi, vlKrj<;. Kal rw Kcofiap'^r) eBiBoaav 
 Xa/jL^aveLV, b tl ^ovXolto. Kat, fiL(r6ov fiev ovk eBiBov 
 Ava^L^LO^. Meja Tavra eBlBoTO Xeyeiv TM ^ovKofievG). 
 
 20 8. Kal airorepLovre^ ra^ /c€</)aXa9 rcov veKpcov, eTreBet- 
 Kvvaav ro2<; re EWrjat Kal roU eavrwv 7ro\e/iloi<;, Kal afia 
 e^opevov, vofio) rivl aBovre^;. *Hv Be xuov ttoWtj, Kal 
 yfrv^of; ovTco<i (ocrre ro vBcop, b ecpepovro eTrl BelirvoVy eTrrj- 
 yvvro. OvBeh airrjei Trpo^ ^aaiXea. ^Ttieh Be ovk vre 
 
 25 649 r7]voe rrjv '^(opav. 
 
 9. Ol Be TToXefMLoty a)<; rjp^avro 6elv, ovKeri eGrrjaaVy 
 aXka <f)vyrj a\\o9 aWrj erpdirero, Kai ufia ravr elirliv 
 avearr), Kvpo^ B ovv ave^Tj eirl ra oprj, 'fl^ 8' dve^rj' 
 cravy Ovaavre^ Kat rpoiraiov arrja-dfjLevoi, Kare^rjq-av eU 
 
 30 TO ireBLOVy Kav €t9 K(ofia<; iroWcov Kal dyaOcov yep.ovaa<i 
 rjkOov, A(f)t,Kovro eU ra<; Kcofia^ • Ka\ ldrpov<; Karearrj- 
 crav oKTco, iroKKot, yap rjaav ol rerpw/jLevoL, 
 
 (L. 3.) I. 7. 4: VII. 6. 42. (4.) Vn. 2. 14. (6.) I. 8. 6. (7.) III. 1. 11 ; 4. 44. 
 (8.) III. 2. 7. (10.) IV. 8. 5. (11.) VII. 7. 9. (12.) VII. 2. 25. (13.) V. 8. 5. (14.) 
 m. 4. 29. (15.) I. 5. 8. (17.) IV. 5. 32. (13.) VII. 1. 7. (19.) VII. 3. 13. (20.) V. 4. 
 17. (22.) VII. 4. 3. (24.) I. 9. 29: VII. 7. 6. (26.) IV. 8. 19. (27.) IH. 1. 47. (23.) 
 T. 2. 22: IV. 6. 27. (31.) III. 4. 3a 
 
 GREEK LESSONS. 37 
 
 10. Ol Be oTrXlraL eOevro rd oirXa, Tol<; reXevraloL^; 
 eireOevrOy kcll aireKreLvdv riva<;. 'ETreiBrj Be t) Ovcfta eye- 
 verOy ra BeppLaraTrapeBoaav ra> ApaKovTLW, ^Ett^I Be 
 
 ^ ravra eKijpv^Orjy eyvcoa-av ol arparLoyraL, orL 'Kevos 6 (j>d- 
 ^ ^09 eL7]y Kal ^ OL dp')(0VTe<i (tojol. Kal LinroL T^Xoxrav €t9 5 
 
 euKoaLy KaL rj aKrjvr) rj TipL^a^ov eaXco. Kvpo(; re Kdrairr]'' 
 
 Br]a-a<; airo rov apfiaro^y rop OcopaKa epeBv. 
 
 11. Kvpof; Be, avyKaXea-a^ rov<; arparrjyov^iy etirep • 
 '''' AiroXeXoLirda-LP 7}fia<; Sepias KaL HacrLcpp' ai^X^ ev ye 
 fieproL eTTLo-raaOaxjap, otl ovre diroBeBpdKdaLP, dlBa yap lo 
 OTTT) oL'VOjrfcLL* ovTC a7ro7re(pevya<TLVj e^co yap rpL7]peL<:, 
 we're eXeLP ro CKeLPcop ttXolop" 
 
 12. aepo^cop B eireL elBe Xapfupop Kal UoXvplkop, 
 " Tavra,^^ e(j)7j, ^^ KaL aeatoarai Bl^ vfia^ rrj arparia, Kal 
 TrapaBLBcofjLL avra eyco vfup ' vfjLeL<i Be BiaOefiepoL BLdBore is 
 rf) (rrpaTLa,^^ 16 l Bt), apajjbp-qaOrjrL, 7rw9 fieya rjyov rore 
 KaTa7rpa^aa-6aL,'a pvp Karaarpe^dp.epo^ ^X^^?- Nvp fiep 
 ovp aiTLrei KaraXi7ropre<; ropBe rop dpBpa* otclp S' eycj 
 KeXevacOy irapeare irpo^ rrjp KpLcrLP, ^AXXd loptcop, elBd- 
 769 orL KaKLOVi eLCTL irepL rifia^}, ^ rjiiel^; irepl €K€lpov<;. ac 
 
 13. ir29 B rjp tjXlo'; eiTL Bva-p^al'^y dpearrjaap oI'^EXXt)' 
 pe<;, KaL eLirop, otl (opa PVKT0(f>vXaKa<; KaOLcrrapaLy KaL avp- 
 UTjfia irapaBLBopaL. KclI reXevrayp e^aXeiraLPep • ol Be 
 (r(f>arreip eKeXevop • ov yap ap BvpaaOaL 7ropev6rjpaL, To 
 Be arparevfia 6 aLTO<i eireXLirey Kal irplaaOaL ovk rjpy el /jl'^25 
 ep r^ AvBlo, qyopa, ep Ta> Kvpov ^apffapLKm. ^Eyo) ovp 
 ^Vl^h vfjLd<; y^prjpaL BLa^rjpaL top Ev<j>paT7jp Trorafiop, 
 
 14. KaL T0U9 rcop ^EXXrjPcop arparrjyov^; eKeXevep 
 orrXLra^ ayayelp, rovrov<; Be OeaOaL rd orrXa irepl rrjp 
 avrov cKTjpTjp. Trjp Blktjp €(j>7j ^prj^eip eiTLOelpaL avrat.dd 
 Ovk rjOeXe rov<; (pevyopra^; irpoeaOaL, ^ 
 
 15. EpravQa a^LKPelraL *Eirva^a, r) Sveppe(TLo<; yvprj, 
 rov KlXlkcop fiaaLXe(o<;, irapa Kvpop • Kal eXeyero Kvpw 
 
 (L. 1.) V. 2. 19 : IV. 1. 10. (2.) IV. 8. 26. (3.) II. 2. 21. (5.) IV. 4. 21. (6.) I. 8. 3. 
 (9.) I. 4. 8. (13.) VII. 7. 56. (16.) VII. 7. 27. (17.) VL 6. 26. (19.) I. 4. 8. (21.) 
 VII. 3. 34. (23.) rv. 5. 16. (24.) I. 5. 6. (26.) I. 4. 14. (28.) L 6. 4. (30.) I. 3. 20. 
 (31.) I. 9. 9. (32.) I. 2. 12. 
 
r • 
 
 1 
 
 V 
 
 38 
 
 6R££E LESSONS. 
 
 "■ / }. 
 
 Bovvai xPW^ra iroXkd. "flcTTe &pa Koi arol eiTLheUvv- 
 cdai 7r]v TracBetav: TU yap edeXrjaei tcrjpv^ levac, KT]pv 
 Ka^ aireicTovw^ ; Axno^ he ovk e^i] lei/ai. 
 
 i-K). AL€KeyovTo re €ciin-o2<;, koI iyeXoov e^' eaurot?, 
 5 /cat (op^oyvTO ecfyiaTafievoi, ottov Tu^otev, (oairep aX\oi<i 
 eTnheiKvvpevoL, Kal ava^dvre^^ eirl rov^ lttttov;, a>)(0VT0 
 a7re\avubvT€<; 6i9 to eavTwy arpaTOTrehov. Km SeSocKa, 
 fj^rj (7varavTe<; aOpgoi irov kukov rt inydacovrat, ol iroXi- 
 fiLOL. irjfivv/cTOfi.aTrQOmfiwxeTo,. ,. 
 10 1 7. Efiekercov To^eveiv dv(o levT€<; jiaKpdv, 'Evravff 
 Cfieivav r}fi€pa<; iirrd • koI aevla^ 6 ^ApKa^ G-Tparrjyb^ Kal 
 Uaaicov o Meyapev^, efi^dvTe^ eh irXotov, Kal rd irXel- 
 a-Tov a^ia ^vdefievoc, d-rreTrkevaav, Tov<; fiev OTTXlra^ 
 , avTOv eKeXevae fietvai, ra? da7riBa<i tt/oo? rd yovara 6ev- 
 i5Ta9^* AKovaavTe<i ravra, Kal Sefta? BdvT€<; Kal Xa^6vTe<i, 
 airriXavvov' Kat irpo r)p,epa<; eyevovro eirl tw (nparoireBm.^ 
 O fievTOL aevo<f>(ov, dvayvov^ t^i/ eTrLaroXrjv, dvaKOivov- 
 Tab HcoKpdrei rat 'Adrjvaifp irepl tyj^ iropeta^;, ^Erropev' 
 ovTo e-^ovre^ rjyepLova rov dXovra dvOpwirov. 
 20 ^ 18. Kal dvefio^ fioppd<; ipavrm eirvet,, iravrdirdaiv 
 airoKaLODV irdvra, Kal nnjyvv^ rov<i. dvBpwTrov^s. Tavra he 
 Xeycovy Oopv^ov rjKova-e Bid rwv rd^erjov lovro^y Kal rjpero, 
 Tt9 o Oopv^o^ euTj, "flixeTo t7j<; vvkto^ diriwy. 'EBoKec 
 yap, eU T^i/ ewLovaav eco rj^ecv jSaaiXea avv rw arparev' 
 25fiaTL /jLa^ov/ievov. 
 
 19. Ta<i Be (OTiBa<;, dv ti^ Ta^v dvL(7Trj, eari XafjLJ3d- 
 veiv ' TrejovTaL yap ppaxv, wairep irepBlKe^^, Kal raxv 
 dirayopevova-L' rd Be Kpea avrcov TjBca-Ta rjv. Tletpd- 
 a-ofiai, o Ti dv Buvcofiai, vpa^ dyaOov Troielv. "Eirepiy^e 
 30 fie 'ApLalo^ Kal 'Aprdo^o^;, 7n<7Tol ovre^ Kvp(p Kal vp2v 
 evvoL^ Kal KeXevovat (fivXdTreadai, firj v/jllv hndcovTat t?;? 
 vvKTo^ ol pdp^apoL • e<7TL Be arpdrevfia iroXif ev tw ttXt?- 
 (TLOV TrapaBela-G). * 
 
 (L. 1.) IV. 6. 16. (2.) V. 7. 30. (3.) I. 3. 8. (4 ) V. 4. 34.- (6.) VII. 6. 42. (7.) VII 
 3.47. (9.) IV. 6. 3. (I0.)III.4. 17: 1.4.7. (13.) I. 5. 13. (15.) VII. 3. 1. (17.) III. 
 1.5. (IS.) IV. 4. 19. (20.) IV. 5. 3. (21.) I. 8. 16. (23.) IV. 7. 27: I. 7. 1. (26.) I 
 5. 3. (28.) VI. 1. 33. (29.) II. 4. 1«. 
 
 ' 
 
 GREEK LESSONS. 
 
 39 
 
 20. Kac OVK €(f)a<rav levaiy eav firj rt? avTo2<; XPVf^^Ta 
 OLOw, llane ov tovto QeooiKa, fir) ovk exco o Tt Ceo eKar 
 (TTft) T(ji>v (f)iX(0Vf av ev yevrjTai, aXXa firj ovk e^co iKavov^, 
 019 Bco, Eiret Be ePriXOoVx o AvaPt8io^ eKXeiae Ta9 ttv- 
 Xa9, Kat eK7]pv^ev, b<TTL^ av aX(d evBov o)V twv <TTparL(0' 5 
 TwVf OTL ireTrpdaeTai. Kai vp.el<; p.ev firj eKBcore fie, eyco 
 Be efiavTOV, coairep l^evo(f>a)v Xeyec, irapacx'^cru) KptvavTi 
 KXeavBpw, b tl av fiov\7}Tai, Trotrjaai. Icofiev eirv tol'9 
 avBpat;. Sev67]<; Be (j)7]a-cv, av irpo^ eKeivov iTjre, ev Troirj- 
 aeiv vfjLa^. -., *^ . , .^vX ,10 
 
 Zl. lavT eyco eairevbov, Kai oia tovto ae ov^ virepe- 
 vov^ eu TTOi^ Bvvaifirjv (j)6aaat, irplv KaTetXr]<l)6aL ttjv virep- 
 poX7\v ' 01, B r]yefiove<;, oi»9 e^opev, ov (j>ao-Lv elvai aXXrjv 
 6B0V. SvyKaXeaavTe^i toi;9 o-Tparrjyov^ e^ovXevovro, OTrcof; 
 av KaXXiara Bia^alev, Kac tov<; re efiirpoaOev vtKwev Kat i5 
 VTTo Tcov oinaOev firjBev iraaxotev KaKov. 
 
 22. ' 07ra)9 <f>o^ov €v6eL7j Kat aXXoi9. TeXo9 aireBet- 
 ^avTO ol fiavTet<i 7ravTe<; yvoofi'rjv, otl ovBafirj Trpoatotvro 
 ot Oeot Tov TToXefiov, EireBet^ev avrov, ort irept irXetarov 
 iroLotTOy et 7(0 airetaatTO, Kat et to) (fvvBotTO, Kat et Tft)20 
 VKQ^xoiTO Tt, firjBev 'xjrevBeaOat. 
 
 23. ^HpcjTcov eKelvot, et Bolev av tovtcov Ta irtaTa • ot 
 B e^aaav, kclI Bovvat Kal Xa/Selv edeXetv. EvTevdev 
 BtBodatv ot MaKpa}ve<; ^ap/SapCKrjv Xoy^V^ tol^' EXXrjcTtv, 
 ot Be^ EXXr)ve<; eKetvot<i EXX7jvtK7]v. 25 
 
 24. Evda Brj aireKptvaro KXeavcop fiev 6 ApKa<;, itpe- 
 a^vTaT0<; (ov^ oTt irpoaOev av airoOavotev, rj , Ta oirXa 
 irapaootrjG-av. AXX , otp.at,et eotoov, errt TovTtp av eotoov, 
 07ra)9 efiol Bov^ fiecov, fir] airoBotr) Vfilv to TrXelov. O Be 
 KXedpxo<s e/SovXeveTO, Upo^evov KoXeaa^ (^irXriatatTaTo^^ 
 yap r}V^, et irefiirotev Ttva<;, 97 iravTe<i totev eirt to aTpaTo- 
 TreBov apT]^ovTe<;, 
 
 (L. I.) I. 4. 12. (2.) L 7. 7. (4.) VII. 1. 36. (6.) yi. 6. 18." (8.) VI. 5. 21. (9.) 
 VII. 3. 4. (11.) IV. 1. 21. (14.) IV. 3. 14. (17.) VII. 4. 1 : V. 5. 3. (19.) L 9. 7. 
 (22.) IV. 8. 7. (26.) II. 1. 10. (23.) VII. 6. 16. (29.) I. 10. 5. 
 
40 
 
 GREEK LESSONS. 
 
 XX. 
 
 J'C^.'^.'T-t o. 
 
 1. KaL aWoL Be e<f>e(TTacrav. e^co tcov BevBpcov ov yao 
 r]v aa<f>a\e<; ev rot? SepSpoL<; icrrdvai, irXeiov rj top eva \d- 
 Xov. K^Lvvv Bvo KoKw T€ Kayado) avhpe rdOvarov, Kai 
 0VT6 aveXecrOat ovt€ Ociyfrac avrw iBwdfueOa. '^Av8pe<: 
 bo-rparccoTat, tcop ^ApKciScoy ol /JLev reOpaacu, ol Be XocttoI 
 eiTL Xo(f)ou TLvo^ iroXiopKovvrai, , ^ . 
 
 . .2. EBufcpve^ TT^^^^. Xf^4^9^ earrco^. EvOv^ S' eVetw? 
 aireXavveL Toy<; TrepiecrrcoTa^; tcov a-rparLcoTOJV, koI Xeyov- 
 Tfl9, OTL BrjiMoaia ravr' elrj, *'EXeyev, ort oloito TeOueo)- 
 loTflt? 7roWou9 evpj^creiv. 
 
 3. UoXXa^ 7rpo(j)a(rei,^ Kvpo<i evpia-KCV, tw? kcu ctv ep 
 OLO-Oa, KXeap-^e koI Upo^eve, koI ol dXXoc ol Trapovre^ 
 EXX7jve<;, ovK ^o-re^^ o re iroielre, ^12 dvBpe<;, ol iroXe/xioL 
 
 rjfKDv OVK Lcrddt, Tro) ttjv rj/jLere^av aufjUfMa^lav, XvvouBa 
 15 e/iauTft) iravTa esjrevorfjLevo^ avTov. 
 
 4. la-OL fievTOL avorjTO^ a>y, el otei/r^i/ vfierepav dpeTrjv 
 irepLyevecrOab av ttj^; jSacriXea)^ Bwdfieo)^, Ev yap tare, 
 OTt T7]v eXevOeptav eXqlfnjv^^, avrl wv^^Xf^ irdvTcov koI 
 aXX(ov TToXXq,7rXacn(cfv • otto)? ^e Koi etSTyre, €49 olov ep- 
 
 20%eo-^€ dya}va, eyco vfia<^ elBcd^ BiBd^co, 
 
 5. Uaprjv Be kol Sev6r]<;, ffovXofievo<; elBevai, t/ irpa- 
 X^W^Tai, 'EirefieXelTO, o tc iroiriaet, Baa-iXev^ • koI ydo 
 r^oet avTov, otc fiecov eyoc rou IlepcnKov aTparevaaTo^t, 
 Uv yap rjbeaav avTov redvrjKOTa, AeBm<i, firj yevrjTat 
 
 25 ravTa, . ^ 
 
 6. O Be Bevo<f)a)v rjiropelTOy o i^ iroiria-of kcu yap 
 ervyxavev, m Tt/jLcofMevo^, ev tm irXTja-iatTdra) Bccppa) ^ev- 
 6r} Ka6i]fievo^. 'EvTavd' eKTpairofievoi eKdOrjvro, Kal ovk 
 ecpao-av iropeveaOai, 
 
 ^ S^' ^^P^^ ^^ ayT09 T€ direOave, Kal oktco ol dpiaroL 
 ran* irepl avrov exeivro eir' uvtm, 'AXXd KaraKeifjueOa, 
 
 (L. 1.) nr. 7. 9. (3.)IV. 1. 19. (4.) VI. 3. 12. (7.) I. 3. 2 : VI. 6. 6. (9.) VII. 4. 19. 
 (11.) IL 3. 21. (12.) I. 6. 16. (13.) VII. 3. 35. (14.) I. 3. 10. (16.) H. 1. 13. (17.) 
 1.7. 3. (21.) Vn. 6. a (22.) I. 8. 21. (24.) I. 10. 16: V. 6. 17. (26.) VII. 3. 29. 
 (28.) IV. 6. 15. (30.) I. 8. 27. (31.) III. 1. 14. 
 
 
 L: 
 
 GREEK LESSONS. 
 
 41 
 
 cooTTrep e^ov 7?<7u^ai/ dyeiv. Kal Oafiiya wc^-qyyeXXep 6 
 a,€vo(j)a)v inrofjuevecv, ore oi iroXe/Mcot la^vp^^ eiruKeoLVTo, 
 
 1. KaL ea)9 ye fievofiev avrov , aKeTrreov fioi, BoKel elvai, 
 07rco<; aacpaXea'TaTa fievayfiev. Ek tovtov 'Sevo<j)covTL eBd^ 
 Ku BicDKTeov elvai • koI eBlcoKov, Ttj 8* va-repaia eBoKett 5 
 TTopevreov eivac, ottt} BvvaivTO rdxi'O'Ta, irplv tj avXXeyrj- 
 vai TO (TTpaTevfia irdXiv. ,^ 
 
 2. Rfilv Be ye olp,ai irdvTa TroirjTea, d)<; firiiroT^ eirl 
 Tot9 ^ap^apoL^ yevojfJLeday dXXd /xaXXov, r^v Bwco^eOa, 
 eKeivov e(j> rjfilv. AXX qirfo^; tol jjlt} eir^ €Kecv(p yevrjao-io 
 f^edoc Travra iroirjTeov. ' OfMco^ Be XeKTea, a yiyvdjo-Kco • 
 ^€/j,7reLpo(; yap ec/juc Kal t^9 %f«)/3a9 tcov UacpXayovcov, Kal 
 T^9 Bvvafieco<;, 
 
 XXII. 
 
 rjirev oe cnrovoat t eyevovTO Kau eiraccovLcraVf ayecTTT}- 
 crav TrpcoTov fiev fypatcef;, Kao 7rpo<; avXov copYTjaavTO aw 15 
 Tot9 67rX,oi9, Kat rjXXovTO v-drrfxd t€ kclI K0V(f)co<!, Kal Tal<; 
 fiaxaLpaL<; 'exp(0VT0 ' Te\09 oe o €T€po<i tov erepov Tracec, 
 C09 iracTLV eooKec ireirXriyevai tov avopa • o o eJrecre Teyvi- 
 Aca)9 7r<i)9. Aai aveKpayo\f oi llad)Xayove<i, Kal o aev 
 aKvKevcra^ Ta oirXa tov erepov, e^fjei aocov tov 2,iTaXKav20 
 aXXoc Be tcov BpciKcov tov erepov e^ecftepov ©9 redvrjKora* 
 rjv Be ovBev 7re7rovOco<;. Merd rovro Alviave^ Kal Mdyvrj- 
 Te9 avea-TTjcrav, ()i, copyovvro rrjv Kapiraiav KaXovfjuevrjv ev 
 Tot9 67rXot9, O Be rpoiro^ Tri<^ op^rj(reQ)9 rp; oBe • o fiev 
 7rapaOep,evo<; ra orrXa cnreLpei, Kai KevyrlXarel, rrvKvd lierd- 25' 
 crTpe(pofievo<; to9 cpopovf^evo<; • Xr)(Trr]<; be rrpocrepxerai • 
 eireiBav 'TrpOLBrjraCy airavra dpiracra^ rd oirXa^ kcu /iax^rdi, 
 irpo TOV Kevyov; • (kclI avroc ravr , eirolovv ev pvBaco ttooq 
 TOV avXov 'J Kav TeA.09 o X'r}<TT7}^ orjaa'? rov avopa Kat lt> 
 Qevyo<^ array ei' eyioje be. Kat, i^evyrjXarr}^; rov XrjcrrTjir eirazQ 
 irapa tou9 /3ou9 feL/^ct9, o7rt<ro) to) %6t/9e BeBefievov eXavvet, 
 
 (L. 1.) IV. 1. 16. (3.)L3. 11. (4.)m. 3. 8. (5.) IV. 5. 1. (8.) lU. 1. 35. (10.) HI 
 1. la (11.) V. 6.6. a4.)VI. 1. 5. 
 
I'' 
 
 42 
 
 GREEK LESSONS. 
 
 I. 
 
 
 10 
 
 -<A». 
 
 XXIII. 
 
 Eirel Be CLcrnXOov eirl to BeiTrvov tojv t€ ©paKcov oi 
 KpaTKTTOL Tcov TTapovTcoVy KttV OL (TTpaTTjyoc Kuc ot Xo^ajoc 
 Tcov EX\r]VQ)Vj Kol €t TA9 TTpea^ela Traprjv aTTO^TToXew?, 
 TO BcLTTvov fiev 7]V KaOrjfievoL^! kvk\(o • eireira he Tpiirahe^ 
 5 eLa-7jve^u7jaav iraaiv • oirrot o i7<7aj/ Kpecov fieajOL veve/irj- 
 fievtoVf Kai apToi (^vfjbLTat, ^er^aKot, irpocnreirepovrjfievoL rjcrav 
 irpos TOi<i Kpeag-t,^ MaXiaTa 8 ai TpuTre^ai Kara Tov<i 
 ^evov<; a€L erideiTo • vopLo^ yap riv. Kal 7rpcoTO<; tovto 
 CTTOiei, Sevdrjfi' aveXo/Mevo^ rov^ 6avTai,7rapaKei,/jLevov^ ap- 
 Tov<;, BieKXa Kara lllkoov, kuo BiepptTTTfi^-^T? avTa> eSoKei • 
 Kat, ra Kpea (oaavTco^;, oaov fiovov yevcraauat eavray Kara- 
 XiTTcov. Kai 01 aXXoL Be Kara ravTa eiroLovv, fcaO ou? at 
 Tpaire^ac eKeivro, Apica<; Be tls, ApvaTa<; ovofia, (payetv 
 3efci/09, TO jiev BiappiTTTelv eia '^aipecv, Xaficav ^e el^ ttjv 
 
 (^^(eLpa' oaov Tpi^oivtKov apTov, Kat, Kpea Oejievo'^ eirl tcl 
 yovaTa, eBetTrvet,. KepaTa Be olvou irepLe<f)epov, kcll irdvTe'^ 
 eBe^oPTO • B ApvcrTa<;, eiret Trap avTOV ^epcov to Kepa^ 
 o(,vo^oo<; 7]Kev, elirev, iBcov top SevocpcovTa ovKeTu Beu- 
 irvovma • " EKeivo),^^ €<f)7]y " So? • a-'X^oXa^CL yap i]Brj, eyw 
 
 20 5e ouSeTTO)." AKOvaaf; 6 Sev6r}<; ttiv (fycovrjv, 7Jp(0Ta tov 
 oivo^oov, Ti Xeyoi, O Be olvo'^oo^; ecirev eXXrjvl^eLv yap 
 rjirtaraTO. EirravOa fiev Br) yeXco<; eyevero, 
 
 XXIV. 
 
 IIpa)Tov fiev yap Kau fieyiaTov, ol Oecov rj/ia^ opKOt, fceo- 
 Xvovai 7roXe/jLtov<; etvac aXXriXoL<; • otrrt? Be tovtcov ovvol- 
 
 loBev auT^ 7rapT]fMeX7jK(0(;, tovtov eyco ovttot av evBatfiovi' 
 aacfic, Tov yap Oewv iroXefiov ovk olBa out airo irolov 
 av Ta'^ov<; Tt? (}>evy(ov airo^vyoi, ovt €t9 irolov av (tkoto<; 
 airoBpaiT], ovd ottcj^; av €t9 eyypov ')(0)ptov airoaraLT], 
 UavTT] yap iravTa roi? Beol^ vTro^a, kcu iravTayr) irdv 
 
 10 TCOV KTov 01, 6eoc KpaTOVCTlV. 
 
 (L. 1.) Vn. 3. 21. (93.) n. 5. 7. 
 
 NOTES. 
 
 I. 
 
 [a. Learn the Greek System of Orthography, and the English Method ol 
 pronouncing Greek (unless one of the other methods is preferred). ITIT 1, 3 ; 
 §§ 10 - 18, 24 - 26, 676 - 680, 688, 689. 
 
 6. Read Lesson L in Greek. 
 
 c. Learn the General Principles of Conjugation. §§ 164-170; TTIT 26, 
 27. 
 
 d. Learn the Euphonic Affixes of the Present Active, in all the modes. 
 IT 29. 
 
 e. In (iovXtutj (IT 34), what is the affix? What is then the root (§ 170. 
 «) ? What is the characteristic (i. e. the last letter of the root) ? Is the 
 verb pure or impure (i. e. does its root end with a vowel or a consonant)? 
 
 /. Inflect the Present Active of fiouXivu through all the modes, by adding 
 to the root the affixes learned from IT 29, Write this inflection, comparing 
 it with IT 34 (see IT 4. I. 3) ; and also repeat it viva voce, carefully observing 
 the pronunciation. Learn the corresponding English through all the modes, 
 numbers, and persons (^^ 33, 4. III.). 
 
 Remark. A similar method is recommended in learning all the para- 
 digms ; viz. (1.) to ascertain the root, affixes, &c. ; (2.) from these elements 
 to construct the forms, both writing them, and also repeating them rim voce 
 till they become perfectly familiar ; and (3.) to learn at the same time the 
 corresponding English.] 
 
 1, [Page 13.] Line 1. 'ETrt/SovXeuet, he is plotting^ or he plots. 
 In parsing a verb compounded with a preposition, time may be saved 
 by not repeating the preposition with each form ; thus, 'E7ri/3ouXfv6t 
 is a regular verb^ from eTri^ovkeixo, /3ouXev(ra), ^e^ovXevKa ; com- 
 pounded of tiri and /SouXcvo) ; root /SouXei;-, affix -ft ; in tlie present 
 indicative active; ^ovXevcOf jSouXfvo), ^ovkfvoifiif /SouXeve, ^ovXeveiVy 
 /SovXef 0)1/ • ^ovKevoi, ^ovXev^ts, jSouXfvfi, jSovXeuoftej/, ^ouXtufrf, /3oi>- 
 Xevouort, ^ov\fV€Tov • in tJie third person singular ^ agreeing with a 
 pronoun implied in the affix (^ 545). Rule xxix. A verb agrees with 
 its subject in number and person (*![ 64, ^ 543). *'Eiri^ovkfvovffiP, 
 
44 
 
 NOTES ON 
 
 !; 
 
 { 
 
 
 /Sou 
 
 66. 1. By I, in the rule, simple t is to be understood. 2. Svu 
 
 t.ov\€vco, 3vfi^ov\€{>€T€, § 54. 1. Thc preposition here found lu 
 composition has tvvo forms, the earlier ^6u, and the later avp 
 (^ /U. v.). ^ In the Vocabulary, its compounds are arranged under a. 
 ^wiihroJ' ^^^^-^ 6^^-- -Hale, . . ^aXX., SMeJstnke.' 
 
 tI A- ^^^ "'^ ?^ f^ '^^^'^ ^^^^ ^av^ci^r. is in the imperative. 
 1 he indicative you do not wonder would be expressed by d eavuatere 
 (^ b4/). The follovying is the general rule in respect to the use of 
 ov and fiT] m negative sentences: If the sentence expresses assertion 
 (whether directly oi indirectly, whether with or w;/Mom^ condition), use 
 ov ; otherwise ^r, {^3 in expressions of m^i^A, prohibition, condition, 
 purpose, &c.). The ru e extends to o^ and f,^ in composition with 
 
 598'' '""r ;;;;r-9f^ ^ ^^^ 2- Ka^V^., /^^ ^.5 W, ^§ 597. ^. 
 
 tttT^oh a '' /^^^^'"/^^^''/^^^'^ ^^^ ^e%. "PX"'', ^0 rule, R. 
 
 XXX § 620. b —7. 2v\\af^^duec, § 54. 3. El /.eV f Here 
 
 /itj/ corresponds to 8e in a subsequent clause not quoted. 
 
 Il- 
 ea. Learn the Principles and General Rules of Declension. ^^ 73-82 
 6. Leanrthe Affixes «f the Second Declension. ITS. 
 c. In kayos, word Gen. xiyav, what is the aJLc of the genitive ? What is 
 then the root (§79) What is the characteristic ? Decline X^V... by adding 
 to the root the mascuhne affixes of Dec.-II. Write the forms th,^ obtained 
 and compare them with those in IT 9 (see IT 4. I. l). "oiamea, 
 
 d Learn the paradigms 5?^^^, iVo;, ,Zxoy, ^t'Jv, and ««V« (IT 9) • and 
 Illustrate from them the general rules in i}^ 80. 82.] ^ ^ ' 
 
 l/'r^!'^ \ '^T'' ^•/'';'' ^ ^^.^- ^^P^'^ ^' "•' ^ 342. 
 
 11. ^ni^ovXevej, Kvpo), he plots against Cyrus, R. xviii., ^^ 401, 405. 
 
 -— 12. Q Kvpe, R. XXV., §§ 442, 443. a. 13. AaJcSamoVtoi 
 
 bifgTht:,^rr485^ a'. ''' ™°" ^^ ^^^ ^^^^^^ -'-' p-p^^y 
 
 2. I. 14. nXo7a, accusative. 15. araOf^oC,, R. xxiir., § 439. 
 
 HX.O. M. 5un,^M71. 4 485. a. duiaxMa-iax^i), § 41 1, 
 
 ^ ^^f°P^,^°^' « ^^f^ (§ 469. 2), R. XIII., § 375.— 1 18. 'ATrav- 
 yf\\€T€ Apiaito, carry back word to Aricsus, ^402. '^ 
 
 III. 
 
 [Learn the Euphonic Affixes of the Present Middle and Passive m all the 
 modes ; and the Present Middle and Passive of /3..x..'«. tIt Solso J 
 
 — 3. XeyfTf , imperative. 
 
 *• ^ tv ^4-] L. 2. apvea-dai, passive. 
 — i3ovX«, § 210. 3. 6. 
 
 2. L. 8. ^f^^, R. xxxiv.,^ 648. See & 485. a. 
 
 r.'xr* Ainyf a^m^va* «.».. * /*» . ••'__ 
 
 
 
 LESSONS I. -V. 
 
 IV. 
 
 45 
 
 [a. Learn the Affixes and the Special Rules of the First Decl«^nsion. IT 5 ; 
 §§ 92, 93. 
 
 b. Learn the paradigms Tctizlcti, vavrvs, 'Ar^t'i'^ns, e-xiei, 6v^ix., yXuaaa., and 
 rtiiii (^ 7) ; and illustrate from them the general rules in § § 80, 82, and also 
 the special rules in §§ 92, 93. 
 
 c. In parsing words of Dec. I., give the reason for the particular method 
 of declining the singular.] 
 
 1« L. 14. 2Tvp(f>d\ios \oxay6s, R. i., § 331. 
 
 2. L. 18. <l)€p€t, it [the plain of Cilicia] bears or produces, 
 
 *Ek, § 68. 1. eaXdTTTjs, ^ 70. 1. 
 
 V. 
 
 [a. The Declension of Adjectives. ^^128-131. 
 
 6. Learn the paradigms aJ^xof, (pikiss, and tre<pes C^^V 17, 18), noticing 
 IT 4, I. 2, and observing what general and sjJecial rules of declension are 
 illustrated.] 
 
 1. 
 
 L. 21. Ilapo^os arevfj, a narrow pass, R. xxvi,, & 444. 
 
 25. €iff fitcrxiXiovff dvdpoinovst to the number of 2,^0 men. This sub 
 stantive phrase (§ 658) is in the nominativq, in apposition with the 
 subject of i^fpxpvrai. 
 
 [c. The declension and general use*of the Article. IT 24 ; §§ 147, 148, 
 469 f.] 
 
 2. [P. 15.] L. 1. Ot, R. XXVii., § 469. 2. Tfrdprri S* rjpipa, 
 
 and on the fourth day, R. xx., § 420. For the omission of the 
 
 article, see § 480. e. 3. SvyxXfiovo-t, ^§ 54. 2,49. 1. 4 
 
 (r<oTT]pias, R. viii., § 357. <pvyf}, R. xix., ^^ 415, 418. 
 
 3. L. 6. Kvpou, R. XVI., §§ 382, 390. 7. At a-TrovBal pevov 
 
 T<ov, let the truce remain, § 213. 3. 8. ayet ovras, thus [leads] 
 
 directs. Bpopco, [by running] at full speed. 
 
 13. Mapavov, ^ 471. b. 
 
 4. L. 10. 6 K., §§ 471. 6, 469. 1. 
 Ta7s Koipais rais, § 472. I. 
 
 5. L. 15. eKacrrris rrjs, §§ 470. N., 472. a. rov jcaXa)s> otto- 
 
 6vr](TK€iv, the dying- honorably, ^^ 445, 470. 3, 622. 16. pio-ov U 
 
 Tov, §§ 456. 472. a. 17. tj)p T]fi€T€pav, § 473. a. Ot 
 
 18. fK€l- 
 
 <f)iKoi, the friends of my brother, ^^ 389, 472, 473. a. 
 
 prjs r^y, ^ 473. /3. 19. biavoias, R. IV., §§ 346, 347. 
 
 ^ 150, 1 24. 
 
 *Ev . . Xoyo), in the preceding narra- 
 
 .2. 23. rov ddf\(f)6v, [the] his 
 
 brother, ^ 482. 24. Atyerat . . BiaKivBvvcveiv , and it is said that 
 
 the other Persians also expose themselves in loar with their heads unpro- 
 tected (by defensive armour ; the Persians commonly wearing tiaras or 
 turbans instead of helmets, and ylrtkos often signifying, not ahsolute- 
 
 6. L. 21. TOV vvv, § 475 
 tive. 22. dpxlA Tovs 5., ^ 480. 2 
 

 I 
 
 
 # 
 
 46 
 
 NOTES ON 
 
 h/ uncovered ^hnt not covered with armour). Aeyerai, ^^ 546. ^, y^ 
 621. a ; Uepaas, R. xxxi., § 626 ; A/^tXaTs rats, §§ 472. a, 482 ; rS 
 TToXcfio), § 470. 2. 
 
 y. L. 27. 01 rlXXot (rrpaTrjyoi, the [other] re5« o/ the generals, 
 
 § 488. 28. 7roX€>toi, § 447. a, a. 30. S\\(ov, R. ix., §§ 358, 
 
 362. C 'O . . rraiet, § 542. 
 
 8. [P. 16.] L. 1. KiXto-o-ai/, § 447. ^. 2. vo-repaia, ^§ 447. ^, 
 
 420. 5. oi eKclvov [sc. ai/Spey or orTpaTiarai], his men, § 447. a. 
 
 Oi Se ofK^l T., § 476. N. Ot drro, ^^ 476, 469. 1. 6. 
 
 iv df^ia [sc. xftpt]> ^^ ^^^ ^^^'^^ [hand], 447. ^. 
 
 9. K 8. To. vwep rod \6(f)ov [sc. Trpdyfiara], the things over or bej/ond 
 
 the hill, ^^447. y, 477. Ta fifierepa, our affairs. ra iiriTr)- 
 
 heia, § 447. y. 9. ra eVftWi/ [sc. xpvfiaTa], Mdr propei'ty. Ta 
 
 irepl n., § 477. a- 10. "AXXos aK\a, § 542. 8. To "ApKaBiKov 
 
 onXiTiKov [sc. ttX^^os or arpdrcvfia], the Arcadian [heavy-armed force] 
 
 infantry, ^ 447. y. 11. t^s oiKafie oSoO, §§ 394, 475^ Et? ku- 
 
 \6v, [for good] opportunely, § 449. ^. j^xfrf , § 579. (". Oi 
 
 larpol, physicians (the class, § 470. 1). 12. eV dya^w, /or the 
 
 good of their patients. 13. *HK€rf, come, imperative. 
 
 10. L. 14. 'O Sg, § 490. 15. rovs . . exet, /w5 the fruits of 
 
 our toils. 6 UoXva-TpaTov, §§ 332. 2, 385. y. 
 
 [rf. Declension, composition, and use of aires. T 24 ; §§ 149, 508 f.] 
 
 11, L. 17. Tfj . . rjfiepq, § 508. II. « tov avrov [sc, x^piov], 
 
 yVom ^Ae same place. 18. Avra . . ^v\a, § 509. 19. avrov 
 
 €K€ivov, ^ 510. 1. alrol Kalovcnv, § 510. 1. 20. oi crvv avra, 
 
 those with him, ^^ 510. a, 502. ^vv . . avrov, ^ 472. a. 
 
 22. as eVi/SovXevoi avra, [that he was plotting] of plotting against 
 him. The optative is used because Sia^dXXei {falsely accuses) is 
 
 the historical present (^^ 608, 567. a). 23. Avros . . \ap.^dv€i, 
 
 and he himself takes some of the colts, § 366. 25. Ka\ (f)pdCov(nv, 
 
 a Xtyft, and tell, what he says. For the declension of the relative, 
 see \ 24, § 148. 2 ; for its complementary use here, § 535. 
 
 VI. 
 
 [a. The Augment. §§187,192. 
 
 h. The Euphonic Affixes of the Imperfect, in each voice. ITIT 29, 30. 
 
 c. The Imperfect of ^ovXiuu, in each voice. ITIT 34, 35.] 
 
 !• L. 26. ''EXfyf , he said, impf. of Xcyo). In looking for words in 
 the Vocabulary, allowance must be made for the augment, where it 
 
 occurs. 27. 'Ek(Ivos, [that man] he, ^ 502. aTro ittttou, [from 
 
 a horse] on horseback. 28. on Oavpd^oiev, that they wondered, 
 
 ^608. [P. 17.] L. 1. r^s \oLirris iropfias, the [remaining jour- 
 
 -..„T -.-. .r *!..:.. .• ... _3, Q^^^^ ^ 406. -{/TTo A., § 562. 
 
 5. on — tJkoicv, that they had come. 
 
 ney] rest of their journey 
 
 4. 'E^aij/ero, § 549. 
 
 §§ 579. C, 608. 
 
 2« L. 8. orpaTT/yoty, ^ 406. 
 
 LESSONS V. -VII. 
 
 47 
 
 3. L. 13. Upocrpex^v, impf. of Trporpexo), § 192. UpotreTpe- 
 
 Xoi', § 337. a. 16. rjfiepa,^ 485. a. Trpdff, 652. y. 
 
 [rf. Changes in the Roo^ of the Verb. § § 254 - 258, 265 ; IT 61. 
 e. Second Aorist Active and Middle. §§ 199. a, 215. 1. 
 /. Distinction in sense between the Aorist and the Definite Tenses (Pres. 
 and Impf.). § 569 f. See § 565.] 
 
 4. L. 20. Ae^Ldv eXa^ov, I took the right hand as a pledge. ''EXa- 
 /Soi/ is the 2 aor. of Xap^dva, being formed from the old root Xa^- in 
 the same way as the impf. iXdp^avov from the new root Xap^av 
 (made from the old root by adding av, and inserting v, which becomes 
 
 fi before the labial ^, §§ 289, 290). C^imjs, ^ 369. a. 21. eni 
 
 Bavdra, for death (as a sign that he was condemned to death). 
 
 ive^aXev, 2 aor. of ep^dXXa (roots ^aX-, jSnXX-, § 277). /careXt- 
 
 TTOP, they left alive, 2 aor. of /caraXeiTro) (r. Xctt-, XetTT-, T 37, § 266). 
 
 23. iyevero, had taken place, 2 aor. of yiyvopai (r. yev-, yiyv, 
 
 § 286). See^ 580. Km, aho. 24. r^y reXevr^s, R. x., 
 
 §§ 367, 368- rv^elv, 2 aor. of rvyxdva (r. rv^-j Tfux", rvyxav-, 
 
 § 290) , to have met with or come to. 'AXXa . . erpd-rrero (2 aor. 
 
 mid. of rpcVo), r. rpair-, rpeiv-, § 259), but infliglu one turned one way, 
 
 and another another, § 542. b. 25. ^AneOaveu (2 aor. of dnoQvr]- 
 
 a-KOD, r. 3av-, 6vr]a-K', ^281 d) vno N., ^ 556 AiaXap^dvova- 
 
 . . yevojjLfvop, tliey take each his share of the money [that had come from 
 the prizes of war] obtained by the sale of their prizes. 
 
 VII. 
 
 [The Present and Imperfect of ti>/, to be. IT 55, § 230.] 
 
 la [P. 18.] L. 1. ^Kv . . aT€vf], for the pass was narrow. 
 
 *EpTr6piov . . x<^piov, § 487. 3, 4. 
 
 2. L. 3. Ouro) fie e^fi, §§ 546, 555. *iXo?, (rvpfxaxos, in the 
 
 predicate after civai. 5. Trortpa . . (filXot, whether he was a foe or 
 
 a friend. 7. rr]v ohbv €(f)pa^€v, 17 eirj, he told the road, where it 
 
 was, for he told where the road was, § 425. 4. 
 
 3. L. 9. 'Ynoyf/iai peV ^aav, there were indeed suspicions. In 
 translating into English, ' there^ or ' it ' is often to be supplied with 
 
 the substantive verb 10. TrorapoC, § 394. 11. 'Amy/cj; eVri 
 
 lxdxf<T6ai, [there is a necessity to fight] it is necessary to fight. rjv 
 
 ddXrj, it icas evening. 14. ^v — a-Koros, [there was darkness] it 
 
 was dark. a-Koros eycVtro, darkness came on, or it became dark. 
 
 Ov . . x^P'J'os, for there was [not] no grass. 15. /ctipar flvai 
 
 KoXds, that there are beautiful villages, § 626. 
 
 4. L. 17. Kupo), § 408. /3ao-iX«a, § 336. ToT?, § 408. 
 
 • 18. 'Atto rov avropdrov, § 449. /3. 19. a^rpariarais, § 408. 
 
 ^— Hi/ dvra noXefios, § 408. 
 
 5. L. 21. *0>|re yap ^u, ^ 546. '0>/re is an adverb, modifying ^v. 
 
 *0^e eyiyvero, it was [becoming] growing late. 22. rjXlov 
 
 dva-pLCLs, sunset. 23. ibvfTO, was setting. Trpos ^fitpaVf tO' 
 
 wards day. 
 
 \\ 
 
h 
 
 i 
 
 Li 
 
 K 
 
 48 
 
 NOTES ON 
 
 6. L. 24. "'Etrrt, ^ 646. ^. \afi^dv€iv, Xa^etv. In the first 
 
 sentence, the action is viewed as going on, and hence the present 
 tense is used ; while the second denies the performance of the action at 
 
 all, and hence employs the aorist. See f^f} 569, 570. 1. "E^toTi 
 
 . . yl^fvdeaOai, [it is permitted or possible to falsify] one may falsify 
 about him, § 546. /3. 25. eVinjScta, as subst., object of ^x^iv. 
 
 ■y. L. 27. "Qpa fie ^ovXtveaOai [sc. ecrriv], and it is time to con 
 sider. In each of the sentences in paragraph 7, supply a substantive 
 
 verb (§ 547). 28. 2xoX)>» toIs TroXe/ii'ots [sc. fVTiV], the enemy 
 
 have leisure, § 408. 
 
 VIII. 
 
 [a. The Personal Pronouns iyei, rv, and »u. IT 23. A ; § 502 f. 
 
 RoiARK. In learning the paradigms, omit for the present the Homeric 
 and other dialectic forms.] 
 
 1. [P. 19.] L. 1. vixlv, &652. a. 2. ourc, ^ 664. )3. 5 
 
 cVoi, § 405. 17. 6. v/iTi/, R. XVII., ^§ 398, 399. 
 
 8. *H 
 
 vofiiCfre, or think me no longer Cyrus, § 434. Why is firjKeri used, 
 rather than ovkcti ? 
 
 2. L. 10. vfi5>v, § 357, N. 
 
 journey to you and to us. M^ 
 
 13. *0 , . Tjfiip, there is the same 
 €\df7v ( 2 aor. of ep^ofiai), let 
 
 us not wait for others to come to us, 
 
 [b. The Reflexive and Reciprocal Pronouns. IT 23. B, C ; §§ 144, 145, 
 504 f.] 
 
 3* L. 15. eVt TT}v iavTov aicTivf]v, to [the tent of himself] his own 
 
 tent, §§ 504, 505. 2. ILolav . . dvafxevo) ; and [for what age to 
 
 come to myself do I wait?] what age do I wait for? 17. *E(f)v 
 
 XdrrovTo . . oXX^Xous, both were on their guard against each other, as 
 against enemies, § 428. ^Observe the force of the middle voice {watch- 
 ed each other for their oxen safety, § 558). 19. eyarye, ^ 328. b. 
 
 IX. 
 
 [a. G)mparison of Adjectives in -rt^ts, -rartS' §§ 155 - 158. 
 6. Use of the Degrees. § 460 f. 
 
 Remark. In parsing a comparative or superlative, give the special rule foi 
 its format ion.3 
 
 1. L. 21. 0avfia<rio>TaT€ , § 465. 22. ^o^fpatrarov b* ipr^p-la. 
 
 §§ 450, 485. j3. ^evyetv . . f]p!iv, it is safer for them to flee, than 
 
 for us, § 403. 25. ort . . TroXf/Lttovr , that they icere suffering most 
 
 unjust [things] treatment in being cast out among their enemies, § 632. 
 
 [c. Comparison of Adjectives in -uk»», .irr$f. § 159.] 
 
 2. L. 27. du6payira>v, § 362. B. Koi oi aXXoi [sc. v/uir, roaov- 
 
 Tot] oflToi ^T€ Kvpov <f>i\oi, and [the rest of you] ye others, as many as 
 tcere friends of Cyrus, R. xxviii., ^^494, 521, 523. The second 
 person ^re shows that vfith is understood. [P. 20.] L. 3. 
 
 K 
 
 LESSONS VII. -X. 
 
 49 
 
 rrjv raxiarrjv 686v, the quickest (or shortest) way, R. xxiv., § 440 
 TrXetoTot, most, sup. of jroXvy. 
 
 [d. Irregular Comparison of Adjectives. §§ 160, 161.] 
 
 j,-^!* *^' 1; ^^ ' ' fvBaifiovea-TdTois, ivith those about him of the 
 
 highest excellence and fortune. 5. ri ^crxara, [the uttermost things] 
 
 the severest pumshment rraOdv, 2 aor. of W^o, (r. naO-, neuB-] 
 
 fhT^fi^; V ^^' 6. npSroi/ flip yhp Ka\ piiyLaTov, for [indeed 
 
 the first and greatest thmg] first and greatest A^^^- 8. -oi 
 
 jca)Xvov<rt [the oaths of the gods] our'oaths by the gods forbid us.-^ 
 7. aXXrjXois, § 405. ^ nXtjaiairaTos, ^^ 161. 2, 156. y. 
 
 [e. Comparison of Adverbs. §§ 162, 163.] 
 
 P ^' hj?; '^""''^'^^ 7^*' f^^<^ra>v, higher than the [breasts] breast, 
 
 «lo^*'ilo oV"T"°f^'' • • ^°""°'' (^*^""P- ^^ raxecs, from ravvf : 
 see § 159. ^) , for they ran much faster than the horses. 10 Els 
 
 X * 7 4^0 "'^'^ '''''''''^ villages, ^ 475. 12. ^f,e\r}fiep<os ' fiSK 
 
 / 
 
 
 [a. Euphoniq^anges of Vowels. § 27 f. 
 
 b. Contraction. § 31 f. 
 
 e. Contract Verbs in -a'a/. §§33,216. 
 
 d. Write the uncontracted forms of the Present and Imperfect of r.udc., to 
 honor, accordmg to ^V 29, 30 ; contract these forms according to § 33 • ^d 
 then compare IT 45. o ^ > «"** 
 
 Remark. Observe a simUar method in learning all the contract paradigms • 
 and, m parsmg contract words, give the rule of contraction.] 
 
 ^ 1. L. 13. v(f), for vTTo', §§41, 65. - _ _ _^ 
 
 vfia>p alTS>p,J^ 352. y. — - cr{>p roU SeoU, iviU'{he id of' the go7s. 
 
 15. e/3o'a, impf. of /Soao. 
 
 19. €L€P, opt. of flfli 
 
 'Opa, § 31. N. 14. 
 
 16. eireipoiVTO, impf. of irfipdofiat. 
 
 [«. Contract Verbs in -i» (paradigm <ptki^). § 36 ; IT 46.] 
 
 —s^tt. 'ttfJi'''- ^— '""- • • >"'''" 5^^«- 
 
 3.^ L. 2.5. i^l>lTrrovp, impf. of p'tTrr/o), § 64. 1. 26. A^ro'^ 
 
 et/ii, 01/ C'7r€ty, I am the very one whom you seek. 'EuoI S.nn 
 
 (subject of aoK.r) .Ipa. IjpXp (§ 409) .ae.iLp, to me, then,7 see'm^To 
 be no time for us to sleep.-— 27. ^,j^p, § 376. 8. 29. Uepaa^p 
 
 L:, T? • ^ D Persians the seven best of those about him] the seven 
 oest of his Persian courtiers. 
 
 • , ^ ; ^V^ ^' ^' ^-^TrayycXXfTf, imperative. iMYns Bel there 
 
 ts need of a little, §§ 357. /SV 546. _ | .'..^^o, im^of X- 
 
 ,7^7 ^^«^^P*ot, § 457. fi. 4. Ob . . <}>eopoUp, [not justly] 
 
 J^f ^"""Z''^'^.''^'"^'' cer/fl/n/y could they envy ml, §§ 406, 604. a — 
 Ep6a, here, 1. e. at his father's court - % «V ' ' - 
 
 ^\iKia>r<op, m the first place, the most modest of the boys of his own 
 
50 
 
 NOTES ON 
 
 age. 6. rots . • irdBeaGai, and to obey his elders even more im- 
 plicitly than those who were inferior to himself in rank. 7. (f)i\i7r- 
 
 TToTaros, SC. cdoKei eivai. 
 
 Tols (^ 470. 1) tmroLs (§ 419. 5) apia-ra 
 
 Xp^o-dai (§ 33. a), to manage horses the best. 
 
 If. Contract Verbs in -ou (paradigm h^ou). §§ 36, 37. 3 ; IT 47.] 
 
 5* L. 9. 'A^tov/iei/, ive claim. KpaTiaroi, sup. of dya66s.- 
 
 d^iovvrai, are thought worthy, 
 show, ^is 205. 2, a, (501. y. 
 
 10. drjKoir], in order that he might 
 ovs (§ 535) TLna, whom he honors, for 
 
 0V5 Tifiarjj whom he honored, § 610. 
 
 Ig. Temporal Augment. §§187-189.] 
 
 6« L. 12. ToC 6e Xoyou (§ 350. r.) ^p^ero {e-dpx-ero, impf. of 
 
 apxop^i) wSe, and he began his speech thus. 'Ho-^tVfi [e-aadeve-c), 
 
 irapf. of dcrBcveoo. 13. vTrtoTrrcvf (t'7ro-f-o7rrfv-e, impf. of vtto- 
 
 Trrevo)) TeXeurj^i/ roi) /3iou, teas apprehending a termination of life. 
 
 14. KX edp;^a), § 406. rjpoira [i-epooTa-f), impf. of epcordm. 
 
 eX^W § 610. 15. avv^\9ov, 2 aor. oi <Tvv€p\opai. 16. 
 
 TjVj 546. p. 'A7n7yyeXXf, impf. of an-ayyeXXo). 17. 
 
 ^ 205. 2. Koi — Kalj both — and. 
 
 £7raLvoir}, 
 
 y» L. 19. rJK€v, impf. of tJkco. An initial t} in an augmented tense 
 leaves it doubtful whether the verb begins with a, f , or r; ; and an ini- 
 tial o>, whether it begins with o or w. 20. r}Kev, ^ 579. ^. 
 
 Xwpi'a — ^Kovv (irapf of oixeoj, § 188. 2), inhabited strongholds. ——~' 
 21. EiAca^oi/ (§ 188. N.) di aWot dXkcos, but some conjectured in one 
 
 way, and others in another, § 542. B. Ot fxev axovro (impf. of oi- 
 
 XOfJiai), §490. 1. 22. EvpiaKeTo, i}^ 549, 544. noXXd, neut. 
 
 pi. of TToXvs (•[[ 20). Some of the forms of this adj. in the sing, are 
 
 of Dec. III., and may be omitted for the present. 23. tocrre . . 
 
 a-cp^vBovas, so that they used them for their slings, § 628. 24. 
 
 *0v ^€To (§188. 2) TTio-ToV oi (dat., §§ 507. 6, 403) . . (tpe (2 aor. of 
 evpicTKo}) Kvpo) <\)iKalT(pov (§ 156. y), rj iavrco, the man ivhom, he sup- 
 posed to be faithful to himself, him he soon found to be more friendly to 
 
 Cyrus than to him. 25. d(j)iKovTo, 2 aor. of dfpLKveopai. els 
 
 TO avTo [sc. ;^a>ptoi'], to the same place, or together. 26. dap.€vot, 
 
 § 457. y. €lbov, 2 aor. of 6pda> (§ 301. 4). 
 
 8. L. 28. OvK dveayov {(} 189.2), they did not open. *Ea>pa, 
 
 impf. of 6pd(o, § 189. '2. 29. a\\os akXov ^IXkcv (§ 189. 3), 
 
 § 542. Eia (§ 189. 3) K., C. permitted. ^vvTjyayev, 2 aor. of 
 
 <Tvpdya>,^ 194. N. 30. avrov, contracted from tavTov, ^ 23. B, 
 
 § 144. This must be carefully distinguished from avrov, gen. of avro'y 
 
 *Q(^6X€ (2 aor. of ocbdXa) . . Cn^ (§ 33. a), § 567. y. 32. 
 
 oTrXa 8* €Lxov (§ 189. 3), and they had [as arms] for arms, § 332. 3. 
 
 [h. Compounds of abrai ; oure;, rofovrof, &c. § 150. a, /S ; IF 24.] 
 
 O. [P. 22.] L. 1. Nd/ios yap tjv gvtos a^iaiv (^ 507. 6), for this 
 
 was [to them a custom] their custom. 2. ttjv, § 473. ^. 3. 
 
 Td(j>pov, § 394. 4. TouTo) drrfBaveTrju (2 aor. of d7rodvr)(TK(o) , these 
 
 two died. -^— Tovto fora, let this be. 
 
 LESSONS X., XI. 
 
 51 
 
 10. L. 6. Toiavra (neut. pi. of rotoCroy), such things. 7. 
 
 ewre, a second aorist associated wuth (l)rjp'i. (If 53, § 301. 7). ro- 
 
 aovTov (§ 97. N.), thus much (merely). 8. e^erf, indicative. 
 
 Tavrd, by crasis for ra alrd {^\ 30, 38, 39. 1), the somethings. This 
 
 must be carefully distinguished from ravra, neut. pi. of ovtos. 9. 
 
 OvTos . . KeXevet, and this same person cotmnands. 
 
 [/. Contract Xouas of Dec. I. (paradigms 'E^ficias, (ieppas, fivaa). §§ 94, 
 96. «; IT 7. 
 
 j. Contract Nouns of Dec. II. (paradigms voos, mot, IfrUvy coiuytui), 
 §§ 98, 97. 3 ; IT 9. 
 
 k. Contract Adjectives of Dec. II. and I. (paradigms iyvpeief, xe^'^^s, 
 h^Xooi). ITir 17, 18.] 
 
 11. L. 10. avepos poppas (§ 485. a) ivavrios (§ 457) cirvei, [the 
 wind boreas] the north wind ivas blowing directly against them, or in 
 
 their faces. Xeyert, indicative. 11. Zrav ^oppds nver} {\ 216. 
 
 /3), [when the north wind may blow] whenever the north wind bloios, 
 § 606. as . . elaiv, that [there are fine sailings] it is fine sail- 
 ing- 12. avTS>v, ^ 350. Tapcos, of Att. Dec. II. ; thus, (Ta- 
 
 /iao's-) Ta/io)?, (Ta/xaoG) Tap<a, &c. 13. 'Qs rdxia-ra (§ 162), as 
 
 soon as, ^525. a. 14. *Hi/ (before the subj., ^ 603) oi Otol TKea 
 
 ^a-iv (subj. of elpi, § 603. ^), if the gods are propitious. 
 
 XI. 
 
 rf 
 
 [a. Classification and Analysis of the Aflixes of Conjugation. ^ 195 f, 
 1131. J o :^ I 
 
 b. Tense-Signs. § 198 f. 
 
 c. Affixes of the Future and Aorist, Active and Middle. TIT 29, 30. Cf. 
 
 ir3i. 
 
 d. Future and Aorist, Active and Middle, of (iovXivu. iriT 34, 35.] 
 
 !• L. 15. npos ravra, with reference to [these things, ^ 451] this, 
 
 or in view of this. ^Eireiddv eKela-e eXOapcv, when we [may have 
 
 come thither] have arrived there, ^ 606. 17. 2Kv6ai, ^ 448. 
 
 ero^eva-av, 1 aor. of ro^evoy. 19. KXeapxov . . (rvp^ovXov, but 
 
 Clearchus he even called ivithin as a counsellor, ^332. 3. — ^21. 
 H8tcrr dv dKovaaipi, I should most gladly hear. 
 
 2. L. 22. "ETrepyjre (e-Tre/zTr-o-f, ^ 51), 1 aor. of Tre/ZTTto. 24. 
 
 "Eyj/ourai {eir-aovTai) , fut. mid. of iiropai. ij^a {i^K-aca, ^ 51), fut. 
 
 of jjKO). -25. 6iovs, ^ 426. 8. 26. a^« {dy-aet), fut. of dy<o. 
 
 7r(irr€^f)pcpa>v, tn five days, R. xiv., § 378. o^ej/, ^521. ^. 
 
 27. 6\l/-ovTai, fut. of opdo) (^ 301. A-). ttjv rrjpfpov r]pepav, 
 
 [the to-day day] the present day. ^'475. 28. Xrjylropai, fut. ofXap- 
 
 &dv<o (r. Xa/3-, Xj7^-, Xap^av, ^^ 266, 290. /3). 
 
 — TTOirja-oi, ^ 218. 
 5. <Toi, § 404. y 
 
 4. 
 6. 
 
 3, [P. 23.] L. 3. Xeyere, indicative. 
 Mi7^ TTOifjarjs ravra, ^ 597, 598. /3, 1. — 
 
 OTTO . . €7rotr]o-ev,^^ i9i,43i. 8. fTrex^iprjaav (em-e-xeipe-aav), 
 
 1 aor. of emx€ipe(o. 9. dnoria-aivro, ^^597, 600. d. 10. 
 
 Akovo), Ae^iTTirou Xeyetv, I hear, that Dexippus says. 
 Xcva-a, ^^ 603. d, 593. /3. 
 
 OVK 
 
 
52 
 
 NOTES ON 
 
 4. L. 12. cyo) . . ireia-ofxai {neid-a-ofiai, ^ 55 ; fut. mid. of netdo)] 
 
 J will comply loitU your custom. -14. onore yvyLvdaai (yu/xi/aS-o-at, 
 
 § 2/3. N. 2 ; 1 aor. of "yu/xi/a^o)) ^ovXoito, ivhenever he wished to exer 
 cise, ^ 606. 
 
 5. L. 15. Za-rat, ^ 55, ^ 230. a. 16. koI yap (stronger than 
 
 simple yap), and this because, for, ^ 661. 2. 
 
 6. L. 18. EKTropiovai, for €K7ropl(rovari (a- becoming e, which is 
 then contracted with the vowel following, ^^ 200. /S, 50, 36), fut. of 
 
 cKTropiCco. Observe ^ 200, r. a, and the paradigm KopiCa> (1 40). 
 
 19. Tcoy . airavie: (Att. fut. of anaviCco) , ^ 357. /3. 20. 57ra>s . . 
 
 a-jfcoviovfxeea, how [we shall contend as well as possible, & 525. a, n 1 
 
 we may contend most successfully. 21. 'Ypas, 6n6Tav yaXnvrj rj 
 
 [subj. of ,,^c, $ 606), ^/xi3t/3« (Att. fut. of ifi^c^dCco ; full form euBl- 
 Pa<T(o, by dropping o- ip^t^dio, by contraction €>i3t^«, & 200. 2), / 
 
 shall put you on board when there is a calm. payfiTai, Att. fut. of 
 
 paxopai, ^222. a. 22. fjp,p5>v, ^ 378. 'Ho-TrciCcro alrhv, ^s 
 
 ano7rX€v(Tovp€vos (Dor. fut. of aTroTrXew, ^ 200. 3) ^^7, Ae ivas taking- 
 leave of him, as now [about to sail away] upon the point of setting 
 
 * 
 
 7. L. 23.^ ?W, irregular 1 aor. of blha>pi, ^^ 201. 3, 284, 
 
 ' •77 '^^^'^ °^" ^^* t^^X^^^Tai, [he will not then fight more] then he 
 
 will never fight. 25. aX^^cvcr^j, ^ 603. ^. 
 
 XII. 
 
 [a. Review. Vowels and their Euphonic Changes, f 3. 1. : 5 8 24-48 
 
 b. Affixes of the Third Declension, t 5; § 100. 
 
 c. In the genitive yvri^ what is the affix? AVhat is then the root? 
 What 13 the cAaracfcm^/c? To which class of nouns of Dec. III. does it 
 then belong (§100)? As it is masculine, what affix is added to the root to 
 form the nommative singular? What is added to form the dative plural? 
 What do yux-i and yvr-ri become, by § 51 ? 
 
 d. Mutes of Dec. III. — Labials and Palatals, tll.1,2- ^101 
 
 e. In the genitive^«,5.'f (masc. and fem.), what are the affix and root? 
 What do the theme (nom. sing.) ^^7U and the dat. pi. ^«.J.W become, by 
 
 ^ .i \ X. ^"^^ ''''^' ^^ °° ^^ <^^1^ ^- V-' 5)' ^hat would be its form 
 without euphonic change ? What does r«rJ become, by § 63. 1 ? 
 /. The Unguals toTn and a»a|. ^ n. 3; § 102.] 
 
 1. L. 28 yXxov, they had. 29. 70;!/^, ^ 101. y. 30. ?7r«- 
 
 trev, 1 aor. of ireL9a> FP 24 1 T^ 9 "nJ^ ' j \ 
 
 these things [were] W ^aA-en ;;/ace, it was almost midnight, & 456. 
 How is the theme inj$ obtained from the root vvkt- ? « ' ^ 
 
 k i^K^ "i^ ^*''*' '*'''^* ^^ * barytone (i. e. has no accent on the last sj-llable, 
 ^ 725;, how many forms of the accusative singular has it (§ 102. y) ? What 
 does the old ace. ;^ci^,r.f become, by § 63. k. ? Decline ;^«Vf (If 1 1 )•] 
 
 2. L. 4. Aapflov Ka\ H., R. vi., ^ 355. How many forms haa 
 
 Uapvaarcsm the ace. sing.? What are they? 5. 7rp.<T^{rr,pos 
 
 tuv A., [elder on the one hand] the elder A. f t- t- 
 
 X 
 
 LESSONS XI. -XIII. 
 
 53 
 
 \ 
 
 [h. In the genitive truftaroi (neut.), what are the affix anil root ? What 
 would be the theme without euphonic change ? What law of euphony for- 
 bids this form ? What does it then become (§§ 63. 1, 103) ? 
 
 I. Decline <rufza, fZf, and j^sra^ (^ 11), explaining their euphonic changes; 
 and also the adjective li!;^'''^,! (t 17, § 130), which drops t in the nom. 
 neut] 
 
 3. L. 8. "EnXfov . . Ka\m, they sailed through a day and a night 
 
 with a fair wind, ^^ 439, 415.' 9. i-rriXmev, 2 aor. of eiriXeina). 
 
 12. bopara, ^ 103. n. To yap iirixapi (^ 449. a) ovk eixev, 
 
 for [the pleasing he had not] he had nothing pleasing in manner. 
 
 4. L. 14. ol . . pep (§ 400. R.) . . irpayparav (§347), some with 
 
 trouble, and others without. 16. evrvxwf^v (§ 193. iii.) . . fvrv- 
 
 XJ7/xa, § 431. (Tvve^oav, from o-vp^oda>. • 17. avveXeyovro, from 
 
 avXXiya. vvktos, § 378. 
 
 XIII. 
 
 [o. Future and Aorist, Active and Middle, of Liquid Verbs. § 56 ; ^ 41.] 
 
 1* L. 19. 2irovbas fj noXepov drrayyeXS) ; Shall I report peace or 
 
 ^<^r? €p€ive{€-pev-a-€, § 56), 1 aor. of pevco. 23. Ovk . . oirXi- 
 
 ras, they did not wait for the heavy-armed. 
 
 [b. In the genitive Xi/iivas (masc), what are the affix and root ? What 
 would be the theme without euphonic change ? What does it become, by 
 §§ 57. 3, 105. 1 ? What is the dative plural (§ 57. 4) ? 
 
 c. Decline X/^jjv, Ja/><w», fifio, and prira^ ("If 12), and also appnv (^ 17), ex- 
 plaining their euphonic changes.] 
 
 2. L. 24^ Kai . . epdKTjs, and they disembark [into] at the har 
 hour of Calpe, [somehow at the middle] about the middle of Thrace. 
 
 25. yeXoiTi. What is the ace. sing, of this noun (*§ 102. -y)? 
 
 27. Toi prjvos, ^ 378, 470. n. oio-«, fut. of (f>€p(o, §301. 6. 
 
 — — 29. 'Ypav . . haa-o (fut. of dlda>pi), and of you [the] Greeks, I 
 will even give to each one a golden crown. 
 
 3. [P. 25.] L. 1. d7rd)XovTo, 2 aor. of aTroXXvpt, § 295. — .— 2. 
 
 'Hyepova . . K., § 436. 5. p^etp (roots x^^p- and ^ep-, § 123. y, 
 
 1 12) 17 8e$Ld, § 486. y. 6. tovtovi, § 150. y, ^ 24. 7. ac€- 
 
 po)?, § 104, If 11. 8. dUra^ep {dia-€-Tay-(r€v) , 1 aor. of diaTdrra), 
 
 §§ 274. y, 70. 1. 
 
 Id. The Syncopated Liquids vrarr^, ivr^, and pvrn^. ^ 12 ; §§ 106, 
 64. 2.] 
 
 4. L. 10. vTrTjpxe (from Mpxa)) t« K., § 403. apbpes, § 443. 
 
 ^' 11- yftVo)!/ oiKfo TTJ 'EXXddi, 1 dwell a neighbour to Greece, 
 
 §399. Xe'yerai *A. eK^dpai (1 aor. of e/cSepo)) M., § 551. 12. 
 
 Z^, § 33. a. 13. viriax'^TO, from vmaxvenpai. 
 
 [c. How are the themes pU (f 12) and th (^ 21) obtamed from the roots 
 ftv- and ev? §§ 58, 105. 
 
 /. Decline pis, its (which has a feminine from another root, § 137. ^3), and 
 its compound elhU {\ 21). 
 
 g. Decline rirfa^it. ^ 21 ; §§59. 8, 70. 1. 
 
54 
 
 NOTES ON 
 
 h. Decline rig, which has also irregular forms in the gen. and dat. sing., 
 and in the neut. pi. ^ 24. B ; §§ 105. /3, 152. See §§ 517, 518.] 
 
 5. L. 16. TO), ^ 133. y, 8. 18. Trvpos, ^ 108. For a plur 
 
 of Dec. II., see ^ 124. /3. 20. Ovdcls fjfidpravfu dvbpos, no one 
 
 [missed] failed of hitting a man, ^ 347. 21. Mi/Sets. Why is this 
 
 used rather than ovSf/s? 'HfitKj^o-a/itv tovtov ovBev, we have 
 
 [wronged this man nothing] done this man no wrong, ^ 435. 
 
 [t. The Interrogative r/f, and the Relative Indefinite o<rris. IT 24. B ; 
 §§ 152. 2, 153, 519 f, 535 f, 539.] 
 
 6. L. 23. ooTtff ov ^ovXfTai, [who does not wish] that he does not 
 
 wish, ^ 531. 24. Uplv d?jXop dvai (^ 657. n. 2), B rt (§ 16. 2) . . 
 
 dnoKpivovvrai, ^ 535. 27. oXXcoi/, ^ 347. 28. rdbc, § 513. 1. 
 
 EtVe (^ 747. c) . . TTopdas, ^ 536. 
 
 ■y. L. 29. Ae^are . . €;^frf, ^536. 32. (rvfi^ovXfvarov . . 
 
 Xpdvov, [advise us whatever seems] ^'•ire us that advice, ivhich seems to 
 you to be most appropriate and useful, and which will bring you honor 
 
 in coming time. [P. 26.] 2. "O tl di 7roiT]<roi, but what he would 
 
 do, ^ 608. *Ora) 5o/cet ravra, to whomsoever these things seem best. 
 
 [j. Declension of Comparatives in -«» (paradigm ^«/^«»). § 107 ; IT 17.] 
 
 8. L. 4. aK\o opa ^CKtTov, sees [another thing better] another 
 
 course which is better.' 5. Trevre Ka\ fUoai, ^ 140. 1. 7. Ka- 
 
 Kiovs . . ^p.ds, they are worse towards us. 
 
 XIV. 
 
 [a. Reyiew. Comparison of Adjectives and Adverbs. §§ 155-163, 
 460-466. 
 
 b. In the genitive xUvros (masc), -what are the affix and root ? What 
 would be the theme without euphonic change ? In kiotr-s, what becomes of 
 r ? What then becomes of r (§§ 57, 109) ? What doe* the dat. pi. xiafr-fi 
 become (§§ 55, 58)? Why does kUr become kiof in thevoc.? Declme 
 A.i4.» (f 13). 
 
 c. Decline i^ovs, ylyxs, and Stvofuv (^ 13), explaining their euphonic 
 changes.] 
 
 1. L. 8. TToSay, 1 11, 6 112. a. 
 §434. 
 
 9. ap^ovra — avvBtinvoVf 
 
 [d. Feminine of Adjectives of Dec. III. and I. § 132. 
 e. Decline a-aj (^ 19), explaining its euphonic changes.] 
 
 9. L. 11. UdvT€s oi, ^ 472. a. 12. iopr^s, § 367. 
 
 — 14. 
 
 ovSe aWo ovbev devdpov, [nor no Other tree] nor yet any tree, ^^ 457. e, 
 664. a. ylnXrj • . x<^pa, ^ 472. a. 
 
 [/. Decline the Participles (iovXtuuf, Xi-ruv, and aga; (f 22), explaining 
 their euphonic changes. See § 133. 1, n.] 
 
 17. 
 
 OTl , . 
 
 3. L. 15. XajSwi/, [having taken] taking, ^ 631. — 
 
 eWiv, that being a Greek, lie is such a coward. 18. napav frvyxa- 
 
 V€v, i 633. 19. oXXoTf Ka\ oXXore, ^ 542. y. 21. afxa ^Xty 
 
 LESSONS XIII. -XV. 
 
 55 
 
 tvvovTi, [at the same time with the sun setting] at sunset, ^^ 399, 
 485. a. 
 
 4. L. 25. Kvpos . . M., §631. 27. Kai oy, M^l- R- 
 
 8eTrat, entreats him. 28. Xaycos ax^ro Orjpdacov, had gone to hunt 
 
 hares, §^ 579. ^, 583. a, 635. 'E|e7rXet, ifrom eWXeo). 
 
 5. [P. 27.] L. 1. avTov, ^ 379. a. 3. iu . . *Ao-ia, in the 
 
 Thrace ivhich is in Asia, a part of Asia Minor, so called from its hav- 
 ing been settled by Thracians. 4. dp^aiievr} . . 'Hpa/cXetas (^ 394), 
 
 and this Thrace [is having begun from the mouth of the P. as far as 
 H.] beginning at the mouth of the Pontus, extends as far as Heracka. 
 5. cVt . . ft(r7rXcorrt, ^ 410. 
 
 [g. Decline rifidu* and (pavZv (uncontracted <pav%uv, § 56), applying the 
 rules of contraction. ^22.] 
 
 6. L. 7. NiKa)!/ Tvyxdvii, he happens [conquering] to be victor, 
 
 § 633. S€vo(fia)VTi, § 652. j3, 1. 9. tS>v . . eoriV, § 390. 
 
 11. ipovvra {% 53, 6 301. 7) . . XPTI^^'-^ ^^ ^^V^ ^^*^^ '^^ wished to have 
 an interview with him. 12. wy drroKTcvoiv, ^ 583. a. 
 
 ■y. L. 14. TOP . . 'A., ^ 474. 15. Toi/ . . o-rparjyyot, but 
 
 [during the iffore time] previously the generals did every thing [from 
 the prevailing opinion] according to the vote of the majority, § 447. /3. 
 
 8. L. 17. o Tt av berj [sc. 7rdo-x«i'], ireiaofiai (fut. of 7rao-;(a)), I 
 will suffer, whatever [it may be necessary to suffer] may be necessary. 
 How is ireia-ofiai formed from the root ncvB- (§§ 58, 281. e) ? The fut 
 of 7ra(7YQ> must be carefully distinguished from the fut. mid. of irdOo), 
 
 which has the same form (Less. XI. 4). 18. crrreia-aa-^ai {crnevh- 
 
 aaardai), from o-rrcvSo). Show how this form is obtained. 
 
 XV. 
 
 [a. Decline the Pures fids, fi^iust «'f, eis, and ix^vs (^ 14), observing the 
 contractions which occur. See §§ 34, 84, 114. 2, 115. 2.] 
 
 1, L. 19. rov Svpi'ay ap^avros, who had ruled over Syria, §§ 469. 1, 
 
 636. 20. nporepa (^ 457. a) Kvpov (§ 351) tt^vtc rjfiepais (^419), 
 
 [sooner than C. by five days] foe days before Cyrus. 21. "Ervxe 
 
 (from Tvyxdva) be 8t,a fieaov (§ 456) . . SeXii^oOy, and there happened to 
 be flowing through the midst of the estate (Xenophon's at Scillus) a river 
 Selinus. SeXtvovy is contracted from SeXtvoeiy, properly an a!djective 
 signifying abounding in parsley. See ^ 109. 2, and also 'Offovy (^ 13). 
 24. iv dp,(f)OT€pois, in both the rivers named Selinus. 
 
 [6. Special Law of Greek Declension. § 110 f. 
 
 c. Change of -tes to -tus, &c. § 1 1 6. 
 
 d. Decline Ir^tv;, 9-rix<^it ^^d lux^arrti, showing how all their forms are 
 obtamed. IT 14; §§ 111. 1, 113 - 116.] 
 
 2. L. 27. coy ^acrCKia, ^^ 662. a, 485. a. [P. 28.] L. 1. 
 
 2(f>€vbovT]Ta)v, § 357. j3. ttjv TaxitTTrjv [sc. odov], [the quickest way] 
 
 forthwith, ^ 440. 
 
 53 
 
 
56 
 
 NOTES ON 
 
 3. L. 4. TTfpt nX^eova-avdyopdv, about the time of full market, the 
 
 latter part of the forenoon 5. TLacracf>epvovs. This noun is of 
 
 both the first and the third declensions (§ 124. a). The usual forms 
 
 S.Te,JSTt(r(Ta(Pepmjs,G. -povs, D. -m, A. -jn}v, V. .^. 6. ^p d 
 
 avTwp $. eisEXXrjp, [but there was of them P. one Greek] but one of 
 them was a Greek, Phalinus. The construction is here changed from 
 
 appositmn to the form of a distinct sentence. 7. eW/tuos evajp 
 
 A A^T^^^*^"' ^ ^^^' '^^' [having himself in a condition of honor! to 
 
 be held m honor.-— S, ^y,^6vc, § 472. a. 'Hpa/cXcT, & 115 3, 
 
 1 14. 12. 7rpeV^«s, §§111.1, 136. a. /^ ' V P, 
 
 n[^*o^^,'^°^7'n'''^''P^^'^^^*^^°"°'- ^^^J §§111.2,113.1.114.2, 
 i io. J, lib. a, J.J 
 
 4. L. 14. TToXti/ otKovfxevrjv, an inhabited cit 7/, as some of the cit 
 
 les upon the route of Cyrus were desert. 15. Midov, & 390. 
 
 10. Kfpaaas, 1 aor. of Kepdwvfii, §> 293. 
 
 5. L. 18 aTreVe/iTre . . ^aatXel, sent to the king the tribute ac- 
 adpoiC^iv, §§ 395. a, 620, 622. /' ^^ , 
 
 2 ifs ?^^'°^ '^'ll'^*' ^"^ ""'"' ^''^P^^"^^ *^®"^ ^0™"- IT 14. /3 ; §§113, 
 
 6. L. 25. Tikos, § 440. 
 «• L. 28. To €vpos, sc. ^1/. 
 
 30. 
 
 »' /c lo^ V (> .V V — ovo/xa, evpor, R. XXII., & 437. 
 
 «tr.nc^M^^f";r^''^!?^*""' V®^ ^1- «^^ '^/'«^°^' [up to their 
 
 s^ength U.M all speed.- *Hp . . ^rr,, and he was, when he died, 
 
 about fijty years old, ^ 480. 2. 33. eV£,v, § 387. -1- ^,, 662. ^^ 
 
 8. 
 
 [P. 29.] L. 2. Toi^ro), ^ 499. Tovrwi; (^ 652. a) 
 
 6fTo anrf /Afse no one either sneered at as cowardly in war, orblaZd 
 Jthem] m respect to friendship. 3. fjarrjv, § 230. y. 4. ^;x<^a), 
 
 iu'q i;;'/^\ '^°'''.^i^- .^JS^^^" ^^^ ^"'^^ (§§ 34, 112. 4, 113. 3, 
 Rl'?(^^ A '^"u^"' ^ ^2^- 7- ^' 'E^*' ^ formof .V §§ 648. 
 
 Se vet T§ "652!'! T^T ^^"^"'^^ "^^' ^° ^"^^^^ ^^^^^ ^^ 
 
 [?. Decline nx<» and «;$«;, explaining their fonna. f 14 • 6& 112 4 /? 
 113. 3, 114. 2, 115. 1, a. ^ **> SV? AA^. 4, /3, 
 
 A. Decline ^^/^'^r; and ftt(p^s, explaining their forms, ff 14 17. 
 §§112.3,113.1,114.2,115.1.] ^^ ' '' 
 
 m^anwhit' ^^' it ^°'^'-^,p^-.-?, XPoW. § 447 a], [in this time] 
 
 meamvhUe.---lb. r]<Tapa4>avus, [were out of sight] had disappeared. 
 
 ota><« § 010.^ 16. /cararouTrpaj/oCff, down the steep, §447. v. 
 
 evpocr, §§ 205. 2, 606), to the [accomplishing what he might desire! 
 
 accomphshment of his desires. 18. fi.A rov iniopKup, throuThhl 
 
 swearmg falsely] perjury. 19. r6 6' dnXoiu '. aW, § § V49 a! 
 
 LESSONS XV. -XVII. 
 
 57 
 
 [t. Decline ^Jwf, explaining its forms, t 19 ; §§ 112. 3,*113. 1, 114. 2. 
 115. 2, 132. 1.] 
 
 12* L. 22. TO fievoTopa locrTrep <f)p€dTos, the mouth [as the mouth 
 of a well] ZiAe that of a well. The part oTo/xa is in apposition with the 
 whole oiKt'ai, § 333. 5. A more regular construction would have been 
 
 TO fiep oTOfia Zxova-at, having the mouth. 23. virip rjixiav, ^ 658. 
 
 26. TToXXov xpdvov, §378. tovtov, § 351 aha, § 652.1. 
 
 27. enffiyj/e, § 609. /3. A change is here made to the* words put 
 
 by Cyrus into the mouth of the messenger. 28. oh, § 526. a. 
 
 13* L. 29. *Api0p.bs . . obov, and the amount of the whole way 
 travelled by the Greeks in the expedition with Cyrus and in their re- 
 turn. 33. rpeiff, 1 21. 
 
 XVI. 
 
 [a. Remarks on the Declension of Pares. §§ 117-119. 
 
 b. Irregular Nouns. § 122 f. 
 
 c. The irregular Adjectives /jtiyxi and vrekvi. t 20 ; § 135.] 
 
 !• [P. 30.] L. 2. efiirXecovj ace. sing, from c/x7rXeo)s, -a>v of 
 Att. Dec. II, 
 
 2.^ L. 8. irXiepov, § 387. Trpa/oji;, 1 20, ^ 135. 9. dhiKtlv 
 
 ovK €10)1/ (from edo)), did not permit any one to injure them, § 627. 3. 
 ovbe rds rrepKrrepds, sc. dbtKclv etav. 
 
 3. L. 12. o-ot . . yevearOai, it is in your power, X., to become a man 
 
 (a great man), ^^ 408, 627. a. 13. "Exets • • Toaovrovs, ^ 660. a. 
 
 The omission of the conjunctions (asyndeton) increases greatly the vi- 
 vacity of the expression. 15. oprjo-ais, from 6pivr)fii, ^ 284. 
 
 4. L. 16. TTvpd, 124. j3. 17. KvicXa, [in a circle, §418] round. 
 
 ' opeW, uncontracted form, § 115. 2.—^ — vdap . .^vpavov, [there 
 
 was much water from heaven] much rain fell, 18. ^TpaTOTr^bevo- 
 
 u€V(i)p 6' avTcop, and [they being encamped] lohile they are encamped, 
 R. XXXII., §638. 
 
 5* L. 20. awoi, § 135. 21. rots' . . xtowy, a protection to the 
 
 eyes from the snoiv, §§ 347, 403. 22. fieXav, 1 19. Explain its 
 
 forms {§§ 105, 132. 2). 23. Ait, 1 16. TXovu, t 16, § 126. 
 
 2. 25. Mda-Ka (also accented Matr/ca), §§ 126. 2, 562. 
 
 6. L. 29. Kvpm iraprjcrav, [were present to C] came to the aid of 
 Cyrus, § 652. 1. - — 30. injes, from vavs, 1 14, §§34. a, 114, 121.6. 
 
 eV avra7s vavapxos, as admiral over them. [P. 31.] L. 1. 
 
 vavs irepas Kvpov, other ships belonging to Cyrus. 2; (noXiopKei, 
 
 — (TvveTroXepei. The subject of these verbs is a pronoun referring to 
 Tamos ; while airov refers to Tissaphernes. 
 
 XVII. 
 
 [a. History of Greek Declension. §§83-91,141,143; *f 6. 
 b. Use of the Numbers and Cases. §§ 335-341. 
 
 m 
 
58 
 
 NOTES ON 
 
 ( 
 
 c. The Affixes of the Aorist and Future Passive, t 30; §§ 198, 199. 
 See IT 31. 
 
 d. The Aorist and Future Passive of {iovXtvu. IT 35.] 
 
 1. L. 10. Tf)v T(ov M., sc. x<^pai/, §^ 385, 447. j3. 11. Tovrca 
 
 . . Tt, ^^ 572, 431. a. 
 
 2. L.16. Karf7r6>0^7 (<ara-f-7re/z7r-^;7), § 52. 1. 18. eXf 
 
 4>6rj(rav {i-Xrj^-dricrav) , from Xafi^dvco. 
 
 3. L. 20. vTTTjpeTai iravTos epyov, assistants [of] tn erery tcor^. 
 
 21. KupG) e\€xOT](Tau{e-\ey-$T](rap, § 52. 2) yevecrdai^ [were said to 
 
 be to C] CyrM5 was said to have, §408. irpaxdrj^erai {npay- 
 
 6l](r€Tai), from Trparro), 1 38, ^ 273. 23. eVt rerrapa)!', § 137. e. 
 
 4. L. 28. TovTois TJaOr} (e-^5-^;;, ^ 52. 3),§406. - 
 § 375. 29. 'HvayKdaerjv {i-avayKdb-6r}v) , § 273. N.2.- 
 
 § 404. a. 
 
 Toureoi', 
 - avToisj 
 
 5. L. 31. h(r]6rjvai, § 222. 3. eniM^ai, aor. of erideUvvfii. 
 
 [P. 32.] L. 1. aTTOcrrrao-ai, § 219 2. ^,) KVKXayBelr} (§ 21f ), 
 
 §§ 60L y, 602. 2. 3. on avr^ /ixAoi, ^^ 407. t, 546. 4. ottos 
 
 KoXws e;(ot, Ma/ [it should have itself well] all should be well, §§ 546, 
 555, 601. y. KareKavOr), from KaraKaio), ^ 267. 3. 
 
 6. L. 5. Adaavres, 1 58. 2, § 282. dnoKXfKre^ir^aav, ^ 221, 
 
 6. *Avap.vrja6r]T€j aor. pass, of dvanifivrjo-Kco, ^^ 221. a, 285. 
 
 fV TToiotf Ticri TTpdyiiacriu, in what kind of circumstances, ^517. 
 
 7. Tore Bfj Ka\ iyvaxrdr) (from yiyj/axTKco) , [then now also] then it was 
 at once perceived. 
 
 7.^ L. 9. T)x0e(T0r,., § 222. a. 10. iKJSXrjdfir,, ^ 223. 
 
 II. dvTjx^W^^ {ava-€-dy-0rj(Tav),from dvdyo). 
 dnoTefivQ), § 277. /3) ras K€(j>akds, § 437. 
 
 dTroTfirjdevTfs (from 
 
 8. L. 13. TrapaBo6r)(r€Tai, from 7rapadi8(op.i. Kat . . avara- 
 
 drjaofifvos (from (rvvioTrjfii), and also, when he was settins^ forth from 
 
 Ephesus to be presented to Cyrus. 15. eavrw (^^ 410, 504) bc^tov 
 
 (^ 457. /3), [on the right to himself] on his rig)it, 
 
 9. L. 16. ^(fydpTjaav, t 42, §§ 199. ii., 255. /3. 18. t^v Xot- 
 
 iniv iropeiav (^431. a) . . xph ik 284. 4) iropruOrivaL, whether [it is 
 
 proper to travel] they should pursue the rest of their way. 20. ottos 
 
 how. 21. Ta(f)€ir](rav, from OdTTTco, ^^ 272. a, 263. 
 
 1^» ^L. 23. TTap€K\r]6r)(rav, from TTapaKoKeco, § 261. 26. Ov 
 
 TToXXo) 8e v(TT€pov, and [not later by much] not much after, or soon 
 
 after. utto . . a-qpclov, [from] at the samje signal. ot t' tvhov 
 
 ^ 476. 27. KaTCKomja-av, from /caraKOTrrw, § 272. o. 
 
 XVIII. 
 
 [a. Review. Declension. §§ 72-154; T^T5-24, 
 
 6. The Reduplication. §§ 190, 191. 
 
 c The Affixes of the Perfect and Pluperfect, in each voice. ^^ 29, 30. 
 
 * 4 
 
 
 d. 
 e. 
 
 LESSONS XVIL, XVIII. 
 
 The Perfect and Pluperfect of (iavxUu, in each voice, f ^ 34, 35. 
 Remarks upon the Complete Tenses. §§ 233 f, 577 f.] 
 
 59 
 
 1. L. 28. TOLavra, § 432. ^. tt€ttoit]K€, perf. of ttouco, § 248. 
 
 In looking for words in the vocabulary, allowance must be made lor 
 
 the reduplication, wherever it occurs. 29. dvaTeBapprjKdaiv [dva- 
 
 6€-Bapp€-Kd(Ti-v) , § 62. 30. €TTi(opKr]Kd(ri,{€Tn-o-opK€-Kda-i) , § 191.4. 
 
 -J— 31. iopdKa, §§ 189. 2, 190. olpai (§ 222. 3) de^Kai oi 5XXoi 
 
 Trdvres [sc. aa-fievoi ere ecopdKaa-iv], and, I think, all the others also. 
 
 [P. 33.] L. 1. YiZpos . . (tpTjKa (§§ 191. 1, 301. 7), ^ 522. 2. 'H 
 
 . . dTToXdiXeKev (^§ 191. 2, 295), ^ 567. ^. 
 
 2. L. 4. "AttoXcXoltt^o-lv, TI 37, §§ 199. ii., 236. 1. 5. vikqu 
 
 i/yelrat, [thinks that he conquers] considers himself victor. aTreKTQz 
 
 from dTTOKT€iva>. 6. eo-rrjKe, Stands, ^^ 191. 4, 233. 
 
 V€V. 
 
 ypapfiara exovaa, [having letters] bearing an inscription. 7. 'EX- 
 
 Xt]vl8€S, § 134. 8. TLpoijyflcrOe rfjv rrpos rovs evavrlovs [sc. oSdv, 
 
 § 431. a] lead forward [the way against] directly against the enemy. 
 
 9. as p-rj ia-TrjKcopev (§ 234. a), €tt€i a)(f>6r]p€v (§ 301. 4) . . TroXe/iiouy, 
 .so that ive may not be standing still (as if afraid) , [since] now thqt we 
 have been seen, and have seen the enemy. 
 
 3. L. 14. 5i€X?;Xv^eVat, peif. ofSt/pxofiat, ^^ 301. 3, 191.2. 
 
 dveryxov ^Br], they already [happened upon]/e// in tvith. 
 
 [/. Decline tt$us, explaining its forms. ^^ 22. 7, 58. 1 ; §§ 103, 
 112. a, 132. 1, a, 301. 4. N. 2.] 
 
 4* L. 15. TcdvTjKora, dead, from 6vf]aKQ>, ^ 281. 16. ovS' . . 
 
 eXfyei/, nor did any one [knowing] from knowledge say how he died. 
 
 19. TTeTToirjKos eiTj, ^§234, 611. 2. 21. TJaBero . . ^v,^ 614. 
 
 a. 22. ndvTes Se Sovto dTToXooiXevai (from arroXXv/xt), as taXaxvi- 
 
 as (from aXla-Kopai, §^301. 1, 198. 2)r^ff TroXewy, and tJiey all thought 
 they loere lost, [as they would be, the city having been taken] as though 
 the dty had been taken by an enemy, or inasmuch as (in their opinion) 
 the city was taken, § 640. 23. cIkos [sc, eort], it is probable. 
 
 5. L. 25. ElXT)(})€a-av (Xe-Xrj^-Kea-av), ^^ 61, 191. 1. 26. 
 
 r 
 
 OTTjKfi (e-e-o-ra-Kft), a second form of the plup. of io-r7;/[it,in which the 
 
 augment is prefixed to the reduplication, ^§ 189. 3, 233. 27. re- 
 
 TeXevrrjKei, ^ 194. 1. (^dppxiKov TTiiav (from tt'lvco, ^278), TTvper- 
 
 T(ov, [having drank a drug, being in a fever] through the effect of med- 
 icine taken for a fever. 28. to S' €K€ivov, ^ 477. a. 29. ryXw- 
 
 K€i, from dXio-Kopai. 30. flcuBft, ^^ 236. c, 297. 31. Xtrtow- 
 
 (TKovs Be evededvKeaav (from ivhvva, §278. y) vTrep yovdrav (§ 103. N.), 
 and they [had put on] wore small tunics [above their knees] not reach- 
 ing below the knee. 
 
 [if. Formation of the Tenses. ^28 (see ^ 4. n.). Apply this table in 
 parsing verbs, until it becomes perfectly familiar.] 
 
 6. L. 32. IldvB^ (for TTdvra, ^ 65) rjpiv TTCTTolrjrai, ^417. 
 
 [P. 34.] L. 1. ovbe . . pipvT)<Tai (^ 233), not even [seeing know] 
 understand what you see, nor [hearing remember] remember what you 
 hear. 2. "Ottcos . . avBpfs, § 602. 3. a^ioi rrjs iXevBepias 
 
 (p) 
 
 
 ^ 
 
I " 
 
 I 
 
 60 
 
 NOTES ON 
 
 (R. XII., ^ 374.^), ^ff (^ 526) fce/crTycr^e (§ 234. ^), u-orMy o/ /Ae /rec- 
 
 dom which you [have acquired] 6n>y. b. ol . . rvy^hjor it ts not 
 
 possioie to attain this in any other way. 
 
 '^\}''I'^ '^t^f^^y^"'^ • • yfyfvw^ai (from yiyvofiat), ^ 627. a 
 IT^-a o^Q^ r^^«P^°* {8ia-€'<nrdp-(reai, ^ 60 ; from diaanelpco, 
 99 ^oy. a, abb) avrco (§ 412) to (rrpdrevfia, on account of [the army 
 bavmg been dispersed for him] the dispersion of his army. 
 
 Uapva-dTidosy § 390. 12. ds Cannjp Bcdouevai (from 
 
 8. L. 11. 
 
 5i6a)^t), Aar/n^ been given for the girdle, i. e. in accordance with a 
 Persian custom, their income was appropriated to supplying the queen- 
 mother with girdles. 14. rerayfiepos, from rdrrto 16. K 
 
 TreTTTcoKdra (from Trirrrto, ^^ 286, 236. a), that C. had fallen, & 633. 
 
 -— ecbvyeu, from (t>eCy<o, ^ 270. 9. 17. ('C^vyfiejmu (from t^v- 
 
 ywfu, § 294) TrXotoif (§ 416. 1) . . eWa, [connected by 37 boats] 
 composed of thirty-seven boats connected together. 
 
 [A. Connecting Vowels and Flexible Endings of Conjugation. §§ 202 - 
 215 ^ ITSl. 
 
 I. Analyze the Affixes which have been learned in HIT 29, 30, distinguish, 
 ing in each the Tense-Sign, Connecting Vowel, and Flexible Ending (so far as 
 they exist). Write the Affixes as analyzed, separatmg the elements by hy- 
 phens, and verify the work by comparing IT 31. 
 
 j. Analyze the Forms of Verbs which occur in reading, distinguishing the 
 following elements, where they exist :— 1 . the Preposition with which the 
 Verb is compounded ; 2. the Augment ; 3. the Reduplication ; 4. the Root, 
 distmguishing all the additions made to the original root ; 5. Letters 
 inserted between the root and affix ; 6. the Tense-Sign ; 7. the Connecting 
 Vowel ; 8. the Flexible Ending ; and 9. » paragogic. In Participles, the 
 Rexible Ending of Conjugation may still further be resolved into (a) the Ad- 
 dition to form the Root of Declension ; (6) the Connecting Vowel of Declen- 
 sion ; and (c) the Flexible Ending of Declension (§ 133. 1. n.). Continue this 
 analysis imtil it becomes perfectly familiar.] 
 
 9. L. 19. dpx\>6r€pa (§ 472. a) ra 2»Ta (1 11, § 33. y) TfTpvTrrjpe' 
 vov {T€-TpvTra-p.€v-o-v) , [bored as to both his ears] having both his ears 
 
 bored, § 437. 20. ?8et^€ (?-5«K-or-a-T, §^ 203. /8, 211), from g^i- 
 
 Kwpi.^ arvvTerpippevovs {avv-Tf-rpi^-pev-o-vs, §§ 34, 53), from 
 
 a-vvrpi^o). ^.-^ n ' / .-..,- 
 
 ^dvoa, 
 
 yvvpLL. 
 
 10. L. 25. iJxBr^aav {i-dy-Oi-aav, ^1^9), from Syw 
 
 26. Tja-drjvTai, (a-aiV^-jy-in-at, § 222. 1), from alaOdvofiai. 
 
 'EWrjviKov, [being Greek] composed of Greeks. 
 
 11;^ I^', 32. Trpo^drav evcKa, R. xi., §§ 372. y, 674. 3. 
 
 dTTodfdeiyuevoi, ^aav [^ 53, 213. 2), perf. mid., had expressed their 
 
 opimon, ^ 558. [I>. 35.] L. 1. eWicXetvro (e-«-/cXet-n-o), were 
 
 kept closed, ^ bll. 
 
 12, L. 3. 5t€7rXev(rai/ (5ta-c-7rXf F-o-a-rr) , ^ 220. 
 
 y^fypa(^6Tos, who painted the Dreams in the Lyceum. 
 
 t-a-e-a-co-a-To, § 221. a), from oraCat, § 282. 
 
 22. KareiKrjfipeva [Kara-eL-Xrj^-pev-o-ij , from KaraXap- 
 23. BieCevxOai {dia-€-C€dy-<T$ai, §§ 60, 52), from 5ta^eu- 
 
 OPTOg 
 
 5. TOV 
 
 6. eataaxTTO 
 
 f 
 
 LESSONS XVIII., XIX. 
 
 61 
 
 13. L. 8. apa Tavra troiovvrav {iroL€-d-vT-a>v) rjpcov, [at the same 
 time, we doing these things, ^ 638] as soon as ive do this, ^ 616. a 
 
 \\''^\''''^^"' ^^^"^"^ ^^^(^rrjpi, § 239) . . XeXei'V^erai (Xe-XetV-o- 
 
 e-rai), C> 582. —- Et ydp riva dW^Xois pdxqv avvdyUfTe, vouiteTe, 
 Jor tj you [shall join any battle] engage in any battle with each othei\ 
 consider. H. Kara<eKo>eo-^ai, § 582. 
 
 [a. 
 -71. 
 
 b. 
 30. 
 
 c. 
 
 XIX. 
 
 Review. Consonants and their Euphonic Changes. T 3. n., §§ 49 
 The Nude Affixes of the Present and Imperfect, in each voice. ^IT 29, 
 Verbs in -^/. § 224 f.] 
 
 1. L. 12. la-ravTat [t-a-Ta-vrai) , 1 48, §§ 283. c, 284. 13 
 
 cTTio-rao-^e, indicative. 14. (/)6>i, [carries] blows 16. (bnui 
 
 {<l>a-pj, §§209, 224. 1, 284. R.), 1 53, ^ 301. 7. -1- 17. aird,, § 627^a. 
 - — - Apa de t^ rjpepa, and [at the sam(> time with the day] at day- 
 break, §^ 399. 18. <rvv€X6dvTfs, froni crvvipxopai. 19. ovre 
 
 SXXov ireptToi {§ 608) crrjpavovvTa {§ 583. a), 5 ri, xph (^ 284. 4) troifiv, 
 neitlier sent another to signify what they must do. 
 
 2. L. 21. 
 
 arpaTKOTciyu — rts, § 362. ^. 
 
 22. 
 
 iTjcri 
 
 (i-c-o-i, 
 
 1 54 §§ 211 224. 1, 229, 284) r^ d^luu (§ 416. 1), l7ts Jy with hd 
 
 axe throws his axe at C. -— 23. <r<o^pov9ir,, ^ 603. ^. rovrov 
 
 (^ 4J5) ravavTia (ra ei/ama, ^ 39. N. 1) . . notovai (§ 546), [you will 
 do to him the things contrary than they do to dogs] you will treat him 
 
 tn a manner the revase of that in ivhich they treat dogs. 24 ras uep 
 
 VP^pasi^ 439) d^dedac {8l-8,-pcn, ^^ 58, 284 ; cf. ri^eao-t, 150), M.y 
 tie up [through the days] by day. a^mo-t {d7ro-l-,-p<rt, § 229. b). 
 
 r ^' 3sh^^- ^^'^f J^ (^^'-So-o-t), 1 51, ^ 284. 28. 'napahiUdcr.p 
 
 {Trapa-di-do-po-i-p], § 58. 
 
 4. L. 23. crvppiypvdmp (<rvp-ply-pv-pai-p), § 294; cf. BeiKPvao-i, 
 
 "I ^^- 30. airoKTippvao-i, § 295. 31. deiKPvova-i, § 225; r 
 
 -— Tovro . . ri,, ^ 638. [P. 36.] L. 2. r6p 6iop, the god, 
 
 who was supposed to have caused the sneezing as an omen of good. 
 
 && 024 \^{ ^^^^^'\(^^^-^-^<^^-^, ^ 58. a), they will advance, 1 56, 
 
 P -^54, Jdl. 4. ampep [airo-i-pep) . . irnKpanias, we shall depart 
 
 hence out of the power of these men. 5. eiVeto-t, § 224. 1. 
 
 [d. Formation of Words. § § 302 - 31 6 ; IT 62. A, B.] 
 
 TO, Stationed himself for the battle. 8. <J>, edvpapro TdxL<TTa, as fast 
 
 as they could, § 525. a. 'Eic rovrov, [from] upon this fVroX- 
 
 /zei/oy (from trreXXo), § 277. a) . . KdXXiara, arrayed for ivar as hand- 
 somely as [he could array himself] loas in his power. 10 ^chn 
 
 {e-<i>a-r, §§ 211, 224. 1), said he, t 53. /(^ 432. 3) dp^crJl 
 
 Xarai {apri-Ti-Tay-prai, § 213. 2, R.), ivhy they are drawn up against 
 us. 11. e(l>rj(rea, § 182. ii. 12. eV^pero (eVt-e-ep-f-ro), § 298. 
 
 
I 
 
 62 
 
 NOTES ON 
 
 13. 6 §' t<f)i] [sc. oKrjBrj TavT fivai], and he said [that they were 
 
 true] YES, ^ 624. ^. ovk €(l>rj, ^ 616. b. 
 
 [e. Formation of Words (continued). §§317-328; ITIT 62, 63. Ap- 
 ply the rules of derivation and composition in explaining the forms and signi- 
 fication of words until they become perfectly familiar. In this way, the labor 
 of learning the language will be greatly diminished.] 
 
 ■y. 
 
 L. 14. €Tr€Ti0€vro {eTri-€-0i-ee-VTO, ^ 62), ^f 50, & 284. 
 
 Tols Kara^aivovcri {KaTa-^a-iv-o-vT-(Ti , § 278), those who were descend- 
 ing, ^ 636, 215. 2. 15. SeSoiKorey, ^ 58, §§ 282, 236. a. 
 
 16. uvro, oyanrep av dpafiot (301. 5) rrepl vIktjs, they [threw themselves^ 
 rushed forward, as one would run for [victory] a prize (as one would 
 
 run if he were running for a prize, ^ 604. /3). 18. Xa/x/3ai/«i/, [tc 
 
 take] permission to take. edihov, § 225. 19. edidoro 'Keyav 
 
 (^^ 546. /3, 620. a) ra /3ouXo/xcVa> (j^ 636), [it was given to speak] per 
 mission to speak was given to any one who wished, 
 
 8» L. 20. ivrcdciKwcrav (€7ri-€-deiK-vv-(rav) , H 52, § 294. 
 
 22. vofia Tivl adovres, singi,.g [with] a certain tune. 23. eirr^yvv 
 
 TO, § 294. 24. dn^ti] gre, 1 56, ^ 231. b, 237. 
 
 9» L. 26. Oi §€ TToXe'/iiot, wy rjp^avro {€~dp)(-(r-a-vTo) Oeiv, ovKtri 
 eaTTjaav {i-ara-Krav, §§ '2^\. 2, 257. ^), and the enemy, when they (the 
 Grecian targeteers) began to run to the assault, no longer [stood] hela 
 
 their ground. 27. ana . . dvearrj, § 616. 3. 28. dve^rj, ^^ 227, 
 
 278, ^ 57. 30. noWcov koX (^ 655. 6) dyaOSav yefioixras, [full of 
 
 many and good things] abundantly supplied with excellent provisions. 
 
 • 31. Idrpovs KaTearrja-av (1 aor., § 257. /3) okto), they appointed 
 
 eight surgeons. 32. T€Tpa>p.evoi, from rirpilixrKO), § 285. 
 
 [/. Re\tew. Greek Characters. ITIT 1, 3; §§ 10-23.] 
 
 10, [P. 37.] L. 1. edfvro {% 50) ra on\a, [put their arms] stood 
 
 in arms (a military phrase). 3. Trapedoaav, § 224. 2. E. 
 
 4. eyvata-au, ^57, ^ 285. Why must this 2 aor. have the nude form? 
 
 5. rjXaaav — caXo), ^^301. 1, 189. 2. 7. tvedv, ^57, 
 
 4 278. 
 
 11* L. 10. i-maTaaBaiffav, on ovre dTvohibpaKdcnv {^ 2S5) , olba 
 (If ^^» § "^Ol- 4) y\p omj oixovrai (^ 579. ^) • ovt€ d7ro7r€(f)cvyda-iv, let 
 them know that they have neither escaped by concealment, for I know 
 
 whither they have gone; nor have they fed beyond my reach. 
 
 12. wore iXdv (§ 3()1. 1), ^ 628. 
 
 Ig. Revxew. 
 12. L. 14. 
 
 Quantity. §§ 675-693.] 
 
 a-eacaoTai, ^ 549. a. 15. Biad€p,€voi Bidbore, hav- 
 
 ing disposed of them by sale, make distribution of the proceeds. 
 16. "iBi (t 56, § 210. 2) dtj, duafitnjadriTi {dm-fivd-ff-ee-Bt, §§ 62. 3, 
 221. a), . . KaraoTpeylrdfievos ^x^** (§ ^^^)» com£ now {or iv ell then) , 
 call to mind, how great an object you then deemed it to obtain what [now 
 
 having subdued you hold] you have noiv conquered and possess. 
 
 18. ajTiTe, imperative, ^ 56. 19. KeXevaa. In what mode and 
 
 tense is this (| 606) ? ndpftrrt {napd-f-tr-re, § 230. ^), imperative 
 
 lovrmv, § 208. 2. 
 
 LESSON XIX. 
 
 6b 
 
 [h. Accent. §§ 722 - 733. * 
 
 t. What words in paragraph 12 are accented as far back as possible? 
 j. In reading paragraphs 13 and 14, observe the illustrations which occur 
 of the rules of accent already learned.] 
 
 13. L. 23. TcXevrau ex^^^'^raivfj/, [closing] at last he becume 
 
 angry, ^ 632. oi . . ov yap [sc. ecpaaav, § 661. ^] Si/ bivaaBai tto- 
 
 pfvOrjvaL, and they bade him slay them; for they said that they were not 
 able to proceed 26. ^ap^apiKa [sc. arpaTevpari], § 447. y. 
 
 14. L. 29. ayayeii/ (from ciyco), § 194. 3, N. 30. Trjv . . 
 
 iiTiQelvaL (§ 224. 2. e) aurw, he said that he loished to inflict upon him 
 the punishment due. 31. tovs (pevyovras Trpoea-dai (^ 54), to be- 
 tray [those fleeing] the exiles. 
 
 [k. Accent (continued). §§734-750. 
 
 I. Explain the accentuation of all words which occur (so far as determinea 
 by general or special rules), until the subject becomes perfectly familiar.] " 
 
 15. [P. 38.] L. 1. dovvai, § 224. 2. e. "Qcrre . . naiddav, 
 
 so that it is time for you also to exhibit your training. 2. Krjpv^ 
 
 levai {^ 208. 2, 746. a), to go as herald. 3. dTreKTOvas, § 747. a. 
 
 AvTos . . ievai, but he said that he should not himself go, §§ 510. 
 
 1, 616. b. 
 
 16. L. 4. AieXeyovTo . . i(f) iavroU, they both talked to themselves, 
 
 and laughed at (or by) themselves. 5. tcfuardpevoi, onov rvxoi^v, 
 
 stopping ^wherever they happened to be. 6. w^oi/ro dn^Xavvov- 
 
 T€s, ^ 637. 8. a-varavTcs dOpooi nov, collecting somewhere in a 
 
 body. 9. wkt6s, § 741. dirodpds (1 57, ^ 285) Sx^to, ran 
 
 Off, § 637. ' 
 
 [m. Review. SjTitax. ^^ 329 - 344 ; ^"^ 65, 66.] 
 
 1 ''• L. 10. 'E/ieXero)!/ . . fiaKpdv, they practised [to shoot] shoot- 
 ing, sending [up far] high into the air. 12. to irXeiarov (§ 374. /3) 
 
 a^ia €v0ep€voi, putting on board [the things worth most] their most 
 
 valuable effects. 14. avrov, § 379. a. rds . . e^vras, placing 
 
 their shields against their knees, ready for action. 
 
 [n. Review. Syntax (continued). — Syntax of the Genitive. 8 5 345 
 ' 370.] 
 
 18. L. 22. ra^ecBv, § 726. jS. lovros, ^^ 208. 2, 749. e. 
 
 23. "Qtxero, §§ 25. 3, 26. 24. tls ttjv imovcrav eto (§97. 3), upon 
 
 the following morning. 
 
 \o. Review. SjTitax of the Genitive (continued). §§371-396. 
 
 p. Make a Table presenting a general view of the various uses of the 
 Genitive, according to their divisions and subdivisions. 
 
 Re31ark. The similar reduction of other great divisions of Syntax to a 
 tabular form will bo found an exercise of great utility.] 
 
 19. L. 26. av Tis Taxi> dviarfj (§ 226. 1), if one rouses them sud- 
 denly. eo-rt, § 732. c. 29. o ri hv divcopai (^ 728. 4), Ifuig 
 
 dyadbv (§ 435) iroulv, [whatever 1 may be able, to do you good] to do 
 you whatever good I may be able. ^E7re/x^e . . Koi k(\€vovo-i, § 544. 
 
 > 
 
64 
 
 NOTES ON 
 
 I 
 
 •— — 31. KeXevovai ^vXarreo-^at, they lid you be upon your guard, 
 • 32. Tw TrXrjalov, the neighbouring, ^ 475. 
 
 [q. Review. Syntax of the Dative. §§397-421.] 
 
 20. [P. 39.] L. 2. fjifj (^ 602. 2) oIk tx<o (^ 601. a) . . oXs hco 
 [lest] that I may not have [what I may give to each] enough to bestow 
 upon each one of my friends, if [it should be well] / succeed, but [lest] 
 that I may not have friends enough [to whom I may give] upon whom 
 
 . to bestow. 6. 5n (^ 673. /3) irfTr pdaerat (§ 285), § 610. p^ 
 
 e/cSwre, ^ 598. 1. 
 
 [r. Review. Syntax of the Accusative and Vocative. ^^ 422 - 443.] 
 
 21* L. 11. TavT iya> eancvdov, § 432. 3. 12. Bvvaiprjv 
 
 (dvva-i-firjv), ^ 205. (pOdaaL (^278) . . vwfp^oX^v, to [anticipate] 
 
 arrive before the pass should be occupied by the enemy, or to anticipate 
 the seizure of the pass. 15. dia^aUp {dia-^d-i-€v), §§ 205. 1, 213. 
 
 [«. Review. Syntax of the Adjective. §§444-466.] 
 
 22. L. 17. "Ottcos . . aXXois, in order that he might [put] pro 
 
 dues fear in others also TiXos, ^ 440. 18. npoaloivro, 
 
 ^ 226. 3. 19. 'ETTe'Setlfi/ avrop (§ 144) . . f Z ro) [= rivi, §§ 152, 
 
 732. II.] oTTfia-aiTo, he [exhibited himself, § 425. 4] showed that he 
 [made it to himself, ^ 558] regarded it of the utmost coyisec/uence, if he 
 had made a treaty with any one. How is the simple indefinite pronoun 
 distinguished from the interrogative, and from like forms of the ar- 
 ticle ? — — 20. aivBoiTo, ^ 226. 3. 21. xmdaxoiTo, ^ 292. 
 
 /i^SeV yfr€vd€(Tdai, [to falsify nothing] in nothing to prove false. 
 
 [t. Review. Syntax of the Article. ^^467-493.] 
 
 ^^j; L. 28. ft iSidoVf eVt Tovra av e8i5ov, if he gave, he would 
 give for this end. 
 
 XX. 
 
 [a. Review, Syntax of the Pronoun. §5 494-518. 
 b. Nude Forms of Second Perfect and Pluperfect. § 237.] 
 
 1. [P. 40.] L. 1. €<pe(rTa(rav{em-(-<rra-aav, ^213),% 48,^237. 
 
 3. Kayada, for Kai dyado), ^^38. 1, 40. ^. reOvarov, § 237. 
 
 4. dviXiaOai, ^^301. 1, 746. b, 
 
 [c. Review. Sj-ntax of the Pronoun (continued). §§ 519 - 542. 
 d. Decline itrrui, and explain its forms. IT 22 ; § § 132. /S, 179, 237.] 
 
 2. L. 9. on . . (Xrj, that these loere public property. redptat- 
 
 rasy ^ 237. 
 
 [e. Review. Agreement of the Verb. §§ 543- 552. — Use of the 
 .Voices. §§ 165, 166, 553-564. 
 
 /. Repeat and explain the forms of oTSet. ^ 58 ; ^^ 237, 301. 4. n.] 
 
 8. L. 13. lOTf, indicative. 14. 2vpoi8a enavra (^ 652. a) 
 
 rrdvra (^ 437, or 432) iyjrfvapfvoi (^ 740. c) avrop, [I know with my- 
 self having deceived him as to all things] / am conscious to myself of 
 having deceived him in every thing. 
 
 
 1.ESS0NS XIX. -XXII. 
 
 65 
 
 {g. Review. Use of the Tenses. IT 26 ; §§ 167, 168r565-585.] 
 
 ^% ^V^^- 7f^* • • *^^' * ^^^' °^"' ^ 210. b. 17. 7r.pt- 
 
 yepeaeaiap, could prevail over, ^ 615. 2, 604. a. 8vpdp,ccs, & 726. 
 
 ^n~7~ '*^V. operative. dprl . . Trdprcov (6 741. a), instead of 
 
 all things which I have, ^^ 525, 526. a. 
 
 [h. Review. Use of the Modes. IT 27 ; § § 169. 586 - 600.] 
 5. L. 23. ^bu^ .Jj^oi, ^ 425. 4. 24. re^z/T^Kora, ^ 633. 
 
 AfbL^s (1 58, ^^ 237, 282) . . ravra, fearing lest this should take place. 
 
 [i. Review. Use of the Modes (continued). §§ 601-619.] 
 o^f* -^- 2^- ^oiTjtroi, ^ 587. 2 28. iKd6rjPTo, % 59, §^ 192. 3, 
 
 [y. Review. Use of the Modes (concluded). §§620-644.] 
 
 ■^k ^^^ ^® ™^ ' ^^^"' ^^ ^^"^ permitted] as if it were per- 
 
 nutted, ^ 640. TraprjyyeXXep — vTropepHP, passed the word (alonff 
 
 the Ime of march) to halt. 
 
 XXI. 
 
 [a. Review. Syntax of the Particle. §§645-674. 
 b. Verbal in -rsos. §§ 314. f, 407, x, 642 - 644.] 
 
 1. L. 3. a-K€7rT€0P . . fLpai, ^ 642. 4. idoKci 
 
 etpai 
 
 €Tri TOIS 
 
 D. oTny dvpaiPTo raxioTa, [m what way they could most rapidly] 
 05 rapidly as possible, ^ 525. a. 7rp\p fj, ^^ 657. n. 4, 629. 2. 
 
 [c. Review. Conjugation. §§ 164-186.] 
 
 2. L. 8. 'HjMii/ . . TToiTjTea [sc. eii/at, ^ 547], ^ 407. k.— -^. 
 ^ap^dpois, [dependent upon] in the power of the barbarians. 
 10. 'aXX' . . ndpra (^ 643. a) iroirjTeop [sc. ta-Tip], ^ 601. /3. Cf. 
 Trdvra TroirjTea above, and observe the freedom with which either the 
 
 personal or the impersonal form of construction was used. 11. Xe- 
 
 KTea, sc. coTi ravra. 
 
 XXII. 
 
 [Review. Conjugation (continued). ITIT 28 - 35 ; ^^ 187 - 215. 
 Remark. Lessons xxn. - xxrv. consist each of a single extract.] 
 
 L. 14. *E7ret . . cyepovro, and when both the libations had been made, 
 at a feast given by the Greeks to the ambassadors of Corylas, king of 
 Paphlagonia. These libations introduced the second part of the feast, 
 
 which was especially devoted to pleasure. 15. Trpoy avXdp, to the 
 
 music of afute. 17. €Xp5>PTo, [used] fourished. 18. TrenXTj- 
 
 yepoL, to have wounded. 6 . . nas, and he fell [somehow] quite 
 
 artfully, so as to imitate the fall of a wounded man. 22. rjp de 
 
 ovdev 7r€nov$(os, but he [was having suffered nothing] had received no 
 
 harm, ^637. 23. r^p Kapnacap KaXovpeprjp, the Carpeea so called, 
 
 or the dance called Carpcean (sc. opxrjaip). 28. eV . . avXop, [in 
 
 time to the flute] keeping time with the music of the flute 31. rw 
 
 Xelpe, §^ 133. d, 437. 
 
66 
 
 NOTES ON LESSONS XXIII., XXIV. 
 XXIII. 
 
 [Revhtw. Conjugation (continued). ITIT 36 - 52 ; §§ 216-253.] 
 
 [P. 42.] L. 1. TO delnvou, the supper given by Seuthes, a Thra 
 cian prince, to the Greek generals and captains. 
 
 3. 
 
 Kai 
 
 TTO' 
 
 Xetoff, and [if any embassy was present from a city] whatever ambassa- 
 dors from any city were present,^ Q^Z. ^. 4. TO . . kvk\<p, [the 
 
 supper was to them seated in a ring, ^ 408] they were seated in a ring 
 for the supper^ while the Greeks at this period were accustomed to 
 
 recline at their meals. 5. ela-Tjvexdrjaav (from €i(T(f)€pa>) naaiVj were 
 
 brought in for the supply of ail. 7. Kara rovs $€vovs, beside the 
 
 guests. 10. Kara fiiKpov, [by little] into small pieces. 1 1. oo-ov 
 
 . . KaraXnrav, ^ 628. 12. /caret ravrd, [according to the same 
 
 things] in like manner. 13. (f)ay€'iv Betvosy ^ 620. 14. to fih 
 
 diappiTTTuv (ta (from eda>) ;^aipeiv, [permitted] bade [the distributing 
 farewell] /areirc// to all distribution to others, i. e. entirely neglected it 
 
 15. oaov TpixoiviKov aprovj [a loaf containing as much as three 
 
 chosnices] a full three-quart loaf. 19. €<jiT), ^552. 22. ^tti- 
 
 araroj ^ 192. 3. 
 
 XXIV. 
 
 [Review. Conjugation (concluded). HIT 53 - 61 ; ^§ 254 - 301.] 
 
 L. 24. rovTCiv — TraprjfiekrjKoiSj § 376.8. 26. Tov . . dirohpalrj, 
 
 for I neither know [from what kind of speed] with what speed any one 
 [fleeing could escape] could escape by flight the [war] hostility of the 
 
 gods, nor into what darkness he could run for concealment. 
 
 29. travTOiVy ^ 350. 30. X(tov used adverbially. With these 
 
 noble words of Clearchus to Tissaphernes, we close our extracts. 
 
 
 
 EXERCISES 
 
 IN 
 
 TRANSLATION FROM ENGLISH INTO GREEK 
 
 I. ^ 
 
 1. I AM plotting. We plot. You plof. You two are plot 
 ting^ They advise\ We are throwing and striking. They 
 two advise. To plot. To strike and throw. Let him advise. 
 Let them advise**. Do you be plotting. Let them strike and 
 throw. ' Advise*. Do you two be throwing and striking. Let 
 us advised Let us strike. You two are plotting. Let us plot. 
 Let them two strike and throw. 
 
 2. He says. They wonder. Let him learn to rule. Do 
 not' delay. You do not delay. He does not advise. Let him 
 not advise. We do not wonder. Let us not wonder. They 
 are not willing to learn. Do not burn. Let them not rule. I 
 do not wish to speak. ^ We are learning to teach. If indeed we 
 should advise. But"* let him consider. If he should wish to 
 advise. Let them not arrest. 
 
 n. 
 
 1. Cyrus sends Lycius'. Chirisophus apprehends Phalinus. 
 Lycius and Phalinus plot against (Jallimachus. Let us bring 
 stones, and not delay. Thereupon [now] Cyrus wonders. 
 Let the Lacedaemonians rule. O Cyrus, they wonder. I do 
 not wonder, [O] Cyrus^ 
 
 (a) This may be either singular or plural. When the English admits more 
 than a single form in Greek, it will often be useful to write all the forms which 
 are admissible, (b) Dual, (c) Observe carefully in respect to the use of y 
 paragogic, § 66. (d) § 213. 3. (e) 2 Pers. Sing, or Plur. Imperat. 
 (f ) Subj., §§ 597. /3, 598. 1. (g) Observe careftiUy the distinction between 
 »u and fi.v. (h) Use great care in respect to the position of particles, and of 
 other words in connection with them, (i) Arrange this in six different ways, 
 (j) The Greek sign of address Z is less emphatic than the English 0, and' is 
 hence more frequently used. 
 
68 
 
 EXERCISES ON 
 
 LESSONS II. -V. 
 
 69 
 
 r 
 
 2. Cyrus sends vessels. Thence Clearchus advances five 
 day's-marches. O Lacedaemonians, send vessels and money to 
 Cyrus*. If indeed the sun should rise. They suddenly hear 
 a tumult. Cyrus has no vessels\ Clearchus, carry back word 
 to Cyrus. Ariaeus has indeed no money, but he has five vessels. 
 We bring no money. Do not send vessels. They send no ves- 
 sels. Let them send no vessels. Thereupon Proxenus burns 
 five vessels. Let us go up, for the sun is rising. 
 
 III. 
 
 1. Let us take counsel. Let them learn both to rule and to 
 be ruled. Clearchus, if you wish% speak. But, if they will, 
 let them remain. Let Proxenus march. Clearchus is not will- 
 mg to journey with Ariaeus^ Let us not march with Cyrus. 
 O Lacedaemonians, let us consult" together'^-''. Let them 
 march^ if they will. 
 
 2. Thereupon Cyrus sends for Clearchus. Clearchus and 
 Proxenus are persuaded. We are not willing to obey, nor to 
 follow. But, if you desire, go up. Do not, by the gods, be 
 insane. Do not, then, depart. Suddenly the sun appears. 
 And may they arrive safely ! But now let us go forth with 
 javelins. Lycius brings five leathern bags to Chirisophus^^ 
 They are not ashamed before either men or gods. May you 
 now depart safely! Do not suppose, Lacedaemonians. We 
 are not mad. 
 
 IV. 
 
 . L Cyrus sends for Ctesias. Orontes is arrested. Cyrus 
 advances five parasangs. Agasias of Stymphalus, a captain, 
 comes up and arrests five robbers. Thereupon thirty robbers 
 approach with javelins aJ| leathern bags. A robber wounds 
 Agasias. It is said. p5 not wonder, Agasias. Orontes, are 
 you not** ashamed befor^'eilher men or gods? 
 
 2. Phrygia produces barley, wheat, sesame, millet, and pa- 
 nic'. Mithridates vfrites a letter, and sends it^ to Cyrus. They 
 
 (a) Dat., §§398, 399. (b) C. has not vessels. For a negative adjective 
 before a substantive, the Greek often employs a negative adverb before a verb, 
 (c) 'E^iXw and fiavXef^at are nearly sj-nonj-mous, and in many cases either may 
 be used. 'E^tAw, however, expresses the wish or wifl more as a feeling; and 
 (iivXofiai, more as a rational purpose or preference, (dj Dat., §§ 648 G5'> a 
 (e) Middle Voice, (f ) § 213. 3. (g) Dat.. § 399. (h) The general' distinc- 
 tion between <>« and ftn in interrogative sentences is the following : Ov expects 
 on affirmative answer ; ^«, a negative, (i) Barley and wheat and sesame, §-c. 
 In such cases the conjunction is usually repeated in Greek, f j) The Greek 
 
 
 brmg • '^ five wagon-Ioads of large stones. Seuthes has no sol- 
 diers. Thence he advances through Phrygia five stations, 
 thirty parasangs. From sea to sea. Soldiers, do not approach! 
 Abrozelmes comes with thirty robbers. 
 
 * V. 
 
 1. A narrow pass appears. A thousand wild asses approach. 
 M^hite clouds appear. They march through Phrygia, a friendly 
 country"*. Two carriage roads', very steep and narrow. Cyrus 
 sends to Clearchus fourteen hundred'" heavy-armed men. We 
 have no strongholds. Agasias goes forth with hoplites and other 
 soldiers, twenty-four hundred in all". They carry goat-skins, 
 sacks", and other receptacles. 
 
 2. The robbers bring stones. The soldiers so judge. And 
 on the fourth day, Cyrus with two thousand heavy-armed troops 
 descends into the plain. On a sudden'^- ^^ Lycius closes the 
 gates, and inserts a strong bar. But let us not leave the place 
 by flight. The soldiers are in great need of p a common de- 
 liverance. 
 
 3. But on the fourth day the trumpeters give a signal. There- 
 upon the heads of the robbers are cut off". If indeed'^- ^ the 
 deity should so direct. Mithridates flies at full speed, and 
 throws himself into the sea. The truce remains. The soldiers 
 wonder at"^- ^ the truce. 
 
 4. Mithridates therefore comes again to Orontes. But Seu- 
 thes escapes into the stronghold. He descends into the vil- 
 lages" upon the spnngs of the river Centrites. Proxenus there- 
 fore ascends into the citadel above the plain. He escapes into 
 the village over the plain which lies along the river Marsyas. 
 
 5. The master of each village. Let us strive for an honor- 
 able death\ The hoplites fly at full speed through the midst 
 of the plain. The soldiers of Cyrus come against my country. 
 The friends of our brother leave the citadel by flight. From 
 this day let the truce remain. Let us cease from that desitrn. 
 They flee out of that country. ° 
 
 6. From that day the Lacedaemonians rule upon the sea and 
 upon the land. Seuthes rules at the present time'. It is said 
 in the preceding narrative. The heavy-armed cross with difli- 
 
 usually omits pronouns which will be readily understood, and which have 
 no emphasis, (k) § 331. (1) Dual, (m) § 140. 1. (n) to the number 
 of two thousand and four hundred men. (o) and sacks, (p) need strongly. 
 (q) In respect to the position of the article and a limiting word or phrase, and 
 the frequent repetition of the article, observe carefully § 472 and the usage of 
 Greek writers. The position of the genitive partitive (§ 358) conforms to 
 § 472. «. (r) about the dying honorably, (s) during the now time. 
 
I 
 
 70 
 
 EXERCISES ON 
 
 culty the river Centrites. Ctesias says that the Persians alsc 
 expose themselves in war with their heads unprotected. Clear- 
 chus sends two thousand heavy-armed troops, and about ter 
 thousand targeteers*. Cyrus is plotting against'^ ^' his^ brother. 
 They traduce Seuthes to the friends of his brother. 
 
 7. Suddenly'^- " the rest of the enemy appear upon the plain 
 beside the sea'* '^ The one traduces the other. The barbari- 
 ans slay both Clearchus and many of the others. The rest of 
 the soldiers give way and flee. 
 
 8. But on the next day Cyrus sends for the rest of the gen- 
 erals. The enemy quit the plain without resistance. Cyrus 
 sends back Proxenus and his men into Lydia. The men from 
 the villages upon the right descend'^- * into the plain. On the 
 fourth day*^- ^^ Tissaphernes and Ariaeus with their men'' leave 
 the hill. He sends for the Cilician queen. 
 
 9. Come into the centre of the plain. For they have our 
 property. On the next day Cyrus sends for the Arcadian 
 infantry. They wonder at the fate of Clearchus. One 
 teaches'^ '' one thing, and another another. The physician has 
 come opportunely. The soldiers take supplies. Do not wonder 
 at our aflfairs. They die'^- *^ in the midst of the way home- 
 ward. 
 
 10. And he'' is both persuaded, and sends away*^- ^ his broth- 
 er. He arrests Lycius the son of PhalTnus a Syracusan. But 
 THEY have the fruits of my toils. 
 
 11. Cyrus sends back the two messengers, and Orontes with 
 them. Tissaphernes falsely accuses Cyrus of plotting against 
 his brother. Tissaphernes and those with him burn the very' 
 wood from the houses. They burn the wood from the same 
 houses. They burn the wood from the very houses. The sol- 
 diers themselves gather wood from the same place. The same 
 soldiers gather wood. Upon the same day they themselves 
 bring him to Chirisophus. They bring the man himself^ to 
 Clearchus. You yourselves are burning the houses. And let 
 us take some of the colts ourselves. 
 
 (a) targeteers about the ten thousand, (b) "When the possessives my, thy, his, 
 &c., are not emphatic, and the reference is obvious from the connection, they 
 are commonly expressed in Greek by the simple article (§ § 482, 503). When 
 the possessive is used in Greek, the article may be joined with it or omitted, 
 according as the reference is definite or indefinite ; as, o If^es aSiXipos, my brother 
 (definite) ; iftos ahxfo;, a brother of mine (indefinite), (c) those about T. and 
 A. (d) Observe carefully in respect to the use or omission of the pronouns in 
 Greek, according to their prominence or want of it. And in respect to the 
 third personal pronoun, observe the various ways in which it is supplied, ac- 
 cording to the nature and degree of its prominence. See § 502 f. (e) The 
 position of ai/TOi in its different uses must be carefully observed (§§ 508. II., 
 509, 510. a), (f) To show that alrov is used as the emphatic, and not as 
 
 LESSONS V. -VII, 
 
 71 
 
 VI. 
 
 1. The barbarians said to Clearchus, that they had come' re- 
 specting a truce. The soldiers themselves said, that they were 
 deliberating in common about the rest of their journey. Tracks 
 of horses appear. Thereupon the targeteers themselves take 
 some of '®^ the same horses. On the same day Seuthes was 
 hunting on horseback. And he cheerfully complied, for he 
 confided in the Lacedcemonians. 
 
 2. The barbarians wondered that Cyrus made war upon his 
 brother Artaxerxes. The soldiers wondered that the generals 
 nowhere appeared. The captains were angry with the soldiers. 
 But he himself, with the rest of the captains, remained at the 
 door. And again upon the fourth day they consulted the gods 
 oy sacrifice'' in respect to the way homeward'^ ^\ The barba- 
 rians remained, for they trusted in their' strongholds. 
 
 3. Two young men^ ran forward from the trees. Clearchus 
 sends for the rest of the heavy-armed, and with them ascends 
 upon the second hill. The unprincipled plot against the 
 good'^ ^\ And others, when the day began to dawn, descend- 
 ed in silence into the plain, and made a secure attack'' upon the 
 enemy''- =^. 
 
 4. The friends'^- '^ of Cyrus were taking' Orontes by the gir- 
 dle. The soldiers were inflicting severe blows. But the bar- 
 barians turn in flight, one one way, and another another. They 
 were put to death'" by Cyrus. The generals took each his share 
 of the money. The enemy leave only thirty alive. The rest 
 are said to have met with tlfbir end. When the rout of the bar- 
 barians had taken place, the soldiers are said to have divided 
 among themselves the prizes. 
 
 . .1 
 
 \\\ 
 
 vn. 
 
 1. The Chaldaeans are in the midst of the park^'- '*. The 
 other barbarians are said to be friendly"^^ For the road was 
 
 the common personal pronoun, place it at the beginning of the sentence 
 (^ 510. a), (g) The oratio obliqua, or indirect quotation, freely employs in 
 Greek either the distinct modes with coimectives or the incorporated modes 
 without (§^ 607. N., 614, 619). When the distinct modes are used in con- 
 nection with past time, the forms of expression in §§ 608 and 6 1 are both 
 common, (h) sacrificed, (i) the. (j) For the use of both the dual and the 
 plural, when two are spoken of, see § 337. When it is designed to give ex- 
 press information in respect to the number, as in the example above, it is usual 
 to employ the numeral, whether with the dual or the plural, (k) made an 
 attack securely. (1) Observe careftdly the distinction between the aorist and 
 the definite tenses, (m) died. 
 
 * j 
 
TZ 
 
 EXERCISES ON 
 
 said to be very steep" ^. Be ready. If indeed'^- "^ we are men. 
 The fountains beside the road were beautiful. And the gods 
 are judges of the contest\ And the judges of the contest are 
 gods. Let the soldiers be brave. 
 
 2. The Chaldaeans wish to be friends'' and allies. Upon 
 this'^ ", the soldiers inquired about the Pisidians, whether they 
 were friends or enemies. And Seuthes told where the villages 
 were''. For thus the matter stands. The expedition is said to 
 be against the Lacedaemonians. And Orontes the Chaldsean is 
 also present. 
 
 3. For there is a narrow pass between the trench and the 
 Euphrates. There are beautiful villages beside the Euphrates. 
 For I hear that there are suspicions. For it was now becom- 
 ing'' dark. For it was now dark. But when it was now even- 
 ing, he came" to Cyrus. It was necessary to fight, for there 
 was no money'^ '^ It is necessary to march'* * along side of 
 the river, for we have'^- *^ no vessels. Let us march, for it is 
 now daybreak. 
 
 4. Here Orontes had a palace, a park', and beautiful villages. 
 The generals have a suspicion. Here again the soldiers were 
 dejected'. The targeteers'^ ^ begin to run of their own accord 
 upon the villages. Artaxerxes made war upon the Mysians and 
 Chaldaeans. 
 
 5. Let us give the signal'^- % for it is now late. It is growing 
 late. And when it was now about sunset, suddenly the barbari- 
 ans appear upon the plain. The sun is setting. For it was 
 now towards day. 
 
 6. It was not possible to take th^ villages. It is permitted to 
 take some of '^ '^ the horses'^ '". For we cannot have** money. 
 But we could not obtain supplies. 
 
 7. It is now time to depart" ^ The soldiers have leisure to 
 hunt'" ^'■'^ in the park. For it is necessary now to consult to- 
 gether'^ ^. The circuit of the palace'^- '^ was a parasang. 
 
 VIII. 
 
 1. You' are generals, but we are soldiers. We advise you, 
 Clearchus, to follow and obey Cyrus. We flee'^- ®, and you pur- 
 
 (a) Observe, that the subject of the sentence and an attribute are often dis- 
 tinguished by the article's being used with the first and not with the second. 
 See ^ 487. 3, 4. (b) both friends. T« in Greek implies less emphasis than 
 both in English, and is therefore much more frequent, (c) told the villages^ 
 where they were, (d) Observe the distinction between tlfti and ylyvof^ai. 
 (e) comes. The Greek makes great use of the Historic Present, and unites 
 past and present tenses much more freely than the English, (f ) and a park, 
 (g) there was dejection to the soldiers, (h) it is not to have, (i) You on the one 
 
 LESSONS VII. - IX. 
 
 73 
 
 sue"- \ I, Seuthes, am neither so thoughtless nor so foolish. We 
 thought you an enemy'^ ^. Send me^ away, and think me no 
 longer a friend. Send away both me, and the army with me. 
 
 2. We plot against them with good reason, for they have our 
 property'" \ Do not wait for others to come to you. You and 
 I have the same enemies'". We can' now take pledges from 
 them. 
 
 3. They ride back to their own village. What age do you 
 now wait for? Let them inflict severe"*^ blows upon each 
 other. It is time for us to be upon our guard against them, as 
 enemies. » It is necessary^^- '^ for you to deliberate for your own 
 interest™. For I am no longer general, but Clearchus. 
 
 IX. 
 
 1. It is safer for you to pursue^^ ^ than for them. It was 
 said, that Cyrus was both more kingly, and more worthy to rule, 
 than his brother". We sufl^er most unjust treatment in being 
 cast out among the barbarians. The soldiers were far more 
 zealous than their generals. Let us knock upon the door'^- " 
 ourselves'^- *^. 
 
 2. O Seuthes, most wonderful of men. O Tissaphernes, and 
 ye others, as many as are friends of Artaxerxes, have you.no 
 respect for" the gods.? Thence Cyrus advances'^- *^ through 
 Phrygia by the shortest and safest way. The Cilician queen 
 sends back the most of her friends into Cilicia. 
 
 3. The worst men are worthy to suffer the severest punish- 
 ment. For, first and greatest, your oaths by the gods forbid 
 you to depart'* \ The good counsel the best measures. Clear- 
 chus was nearer than Proxenus. 
 
 4. But Lycius made much the greatest hasted. The barbari- 
 ans escape'^- ^^ into the nearest villages. The enemy were now 
 comingi nearer. The targeteers'^ =^ ran much faster than the 
 heavy-armed troops^^- ^^ The soldiers ascend'^- ^^ into the high- 
 est village. They watched'^- " each other more negligently. 
 
 hand [13. 7].^ See § 502. i. (j) In the oblique cases of iyd, the emphatic 
 forms are if^ov, iftoi, and Ifii ; while the unemphatic are fjcoZ, //,oi, and fci, which 
 are enclitic, and do not begin a sentence (§§ 142. 1, 502, 732). After a 
 preposition, use the longer forms (§ 732. b. 4). In general, avoid placing an 
 unemphatic pronoun at the beginning of a sentence, (k) There are the same 
 enemies to you and to me. (1) It is permitted us to take, (m) in behalf of your- 
 selves, (n) Gen., § 351. (o) are you not ashamed before ? (p) hastened much 
 the most, (q) becoming. 
 
 7 
 
 M 
 
 1 
 
let 
 
 74 
 
 EXERCISES OlSr 
 
 X. 
 
 1. You honor me. You are honored by me. They were 
 honored by us. The soldiers see two eagles. With the aid of 
 the gods, We conquered many times our own number. The 
 generals called aloud to the soldiers, both in Greek and in Per- 
 sian. Honor the good. Thence we attempt to enter into Cappa- 
 docia. Let us strive to conquer the enemy. Strive to become 
 good^®- ^^ They said to the messenger'®- ^\ that they were now 
 conquering the enemy. Do not encamp in a bad place. He 
 cried out in Greek, that Seuthes was near with few attend- 
 ants'«- '\ 
 
 2. The rivers flow through the plain'^- ^ of Cilicia into the 
 sea"- *^ The river was called Mseander. The barbarians call 
 the river Marsyas. The soldiers ask Seuthes for money'^''^ 
 Ask Cyrus for your pay. Ask Cyrus for our pay". They en- 
 deavoured to rob us of our pay. Soldiers, let us bring stones, 
 and erect'' a mound. 
 
 3. The soldiers brought stones, and threw them into the sea. 
 You fear us, as you yourselves acknowledge. We are the very 
 persons whom they seek. To me, therefore, it seems to be no 
 time for us to call the Persians together. Let us not neglect 
 ourselves. It is time for Cyrus to apprehend Orontes. On the 
 same day, Lycius arrives with four hundred targeteers. Epyaxa, 
 the Cilician queen, summons to° her tent the seven best of her 
 attendants''. 
 
 4. The soldiers encamp in the open air. Let Clearchus and 
 Chirisophus take the lead, since they are also Lacedaemonians. 
 With no good reason surely could you envy us. Let us no 
 longer'^- ® envy the wicked'^"- '^ We labor cheerfully, and ac- 
 quire securely"- ^ First carry back word to the army'^- \ that 
 there is need of silence"'- '^ In the first place, Cyrus appears 
 to be more modest than the rest ; and in the second, to obey the 
 most implicitly his elders. CaUimachus was fonder of horses 
 than Clearetus, and managed them' with more confidence^ 
 
 5. It is now time to feed the horses. The worst'"- ^'^ men are 
 thought worthy to rule. They claim to be honored by us. He 
 engages in earnest conversation, in order that he may show' 
 whom he honors. They engaged in earnest conversation, in 
 order that they might show whom they honored\ He learn-- 
 ed'^-® to obey, in order that he might be thought worthy to 
 rule. 
 
 (a) Why is it necessary to express the possessive in this example, but not 
 in the preceding, or the following ? (b) make, (c) calls together into, (d) of 
 those about her. (e) t/ie horses, (f) § 162. (g) §§ 592, 601. (h) What 
 
 
 LESSON X. 
 
 75 
 
 6. The soldiers were exceedingly angry with their generals. 
 I asked them how much gold they had. The two admirals were 
 sick. On the next day'®-% the messengers brought back word, 
 that both Darius and the rest of the Persians commended us. 
 He said that the robbers'^- '^ had again assembled. He said that 
 the robbers were again assembling. They endeavoured^"- '" to 
 pass by force. 
 
 7. They commended the captains. They asked^-*^^ Cyrus 
 for money and vessels. They had come, but Clearchus was 
 still riding up. Here were found many vessels. They used 
 the cords' which they found in the villages of the barbarians for 
 their slings. The men whom Darius supposed to be faithful to 
 himself, [them] he soon found to be more friendly to us than 
 to him. We saw each other joyfully and embraced as friends. 
 They said, that the Taochians inhabited strongholds. The 
 others had not yet come. They used the lead in various 
 ways^ 
 
 8. Would that Clearchus were living'' ! They had for arms 
 small spears'*- ^^ Would that the Chaldseans were free! 
 Cyrus did not permit the generals to collect an assembly of 
 their own soldiers. Permit us to open the door'^- ^ They saw 
 the messengers at the door. One waited for^'- ^ another. We 
 gladly opened the gates. The targeteers were drawing up the 
 hoplites. Would that you were ruling'^- ^ justly^'- * ! 
 
 9. For this was a custom with the Chaldaeans'. Let these 
 things be. He commanded these to remain, but the rest to pro- 
 ceed. This passage was narrow. These two passed through, 
 and came within the inclosure'^- ^^ 
 
 10. We had such an opinion respecting you. The admi- 
 rals'^*- '^ said the same things. For these same persons com- 
 mand us to remain. They^said thus much. And there are so 
 many vessels. So great is the number of the enemy"". Such 
 were the wishes of the soldiers". 
 
 n. We say, when the north wind blows against ws, that it 
 is bad'^-^^ sailing. Tamos the admiral is well-disposed. He 
 , commanded the well-disposed to follow. Would^'-^ that the 
 gods were propitious! He bids Tamos conduct these from 
 Ephesus. The dawn is beautiful. They fear'^"-^ the north 
 wind. As soon as the day began to appear, they crossed the 
 river. They waited for'*- ^ the morning. 
 
 two modes could be here employed? (i) Dat., § 419. 5. Q')some in one 
 way and others in another. (k) C. ought to be living, §§ 567. 7, 599. K. 
 (1) to tlie C. (m) The enemy are so many, (n) Such things the soldiers wished. 
 
 11 
 
i 
 
 76 
 
 EXERCISES ON 
 
 XI. 
 
 / 
 
 1. When they have arrived there, they 'will deliberate in 
 view of this. Tamos the admiral excluded them from Ephesus. 
 I would most gladly close the gates. Hear that'^- *^ tumult'^- ". 
 He called the Scythian archers. He called the generals into* 
 his tent*^- ^^ as advisers. We will hear you. 
 
 2. I will conduct you in ten days to a spot from which you 
 will see Byzantium. If' the gods are propitious^- '*, and so di- 
 rect'^ ^ you will take Byzantium without a battle. If you are 
 well disposed^- ", you will follow me. They will tarry the 
 present day. Send me to Ariseus. We will send with you 
 bowmen, who will forthwith turn the enemy to flight. He sent 
 for Proxenus. 
 
 y 3. But they said to him, " Do not close the gates." And on 
 the other hand do you show us, from what source you hear about 
 us. And you yourself shall lead. Wo will follow them, and 
 endeavour to imitate them. We hear, that you say to Artaxerxes, 
 that Mithridates would never have attempted to burn the 
 houses'^- ^^ if we had not commanded him. Do not hear these 
 men. But this robber^*- ^^ may the gods requite ! 
 
 4. They hunted in the park^^- ^% whenever they wished to 
 exercise themselves and their horses. We will comply with 
 this custom. 
 
 5. It will be difficult both to speak and to hear. At present' 
 he is satrap of Lydia. 
 
 6. We will provide pay for the soldiers. The enemy will 
 not be able to march rapidly ; and perhaps also they will be in 
 want of provisions. They will not fight within thirty days. 
 They took leave of us, as now upon the point of setting sail. 
 But upon the fourth day, if^" the north wind^'' '° blows, we 
 shall sail away. And it is now time for us to consider, how we 
 shall fight most successfully. When it is dark'^- ", I shall put 
 Ihem on board. 
 
 7. I gave him a thousand darics. If he speaks the truth, I 
 will give him a talent. The ten thousand darics we paid at that 
 time, since the thirty days had passed. 
 
 xn. 
 
 1. His wife will persuade him. He sent his wife. They 
 had golden flesh-combs. And the prizes were linen corselets. 
 
 (a) within, (b) In a conditional sentence great care must be taken to em- 
 ploy the appropriate mode and tense, and also the proper connecting particle. 
 See § 603 f. (c) During the now time. 
 
 
 LESSONS XI. - XIII. 
 
 77 
 
 And, when they were sending the heralds to the Thracians, it 
 was already'^- '* midnight. Do not make war against the Arca- 
 dians. When we have arrived there^ ^% we shall be at the door 
 of Greece. The Thracians send heralds by night^ 
 
 2. Darius wished Parysatis, and the two children Artaxerxes 
 and Cyrus, to be present. ^a lo 
 
 3. They sailed five days and five nights with a contrary • 
 wind. The Cerasuntians were making a din with their spears 
 acrainst their shields. ' For he had nothing harsh in his disposi- 
 tion, but was always friendly^*- '' and kind^- 'K We should like 
 extremely to hear^ the affair. When the soldiers were out ot 
 
 bread^, they came to us. n u e \^ rru 
 
 4. When I had gained this success, I sent for • the i hra- 
 cians ; and they came without trouble. 
 
 XIII. 
 
 1. And they asked again, " Shall we report war or peace } " 
 We shall remain here ten days. He will certainly reply to you 
 soon. Clearchus waited for the targeteers. 
 
 2. Each one of the soldiers receives a daric a month ; and 
 each one of the generals fourfold. He gave golden crowns to 
 the Greeks. We disembark at two fine*'- " harbours, about the 
 middle of Cilicia. The young men'^- " answered, some with 
 laughter, and others without^*- '^ , rj., v 
 
 3. They asked Cleaner for guides. Meno the Thessalian 
 took the lead of the left wing, and Clearchus, the Lacedremoni- 
 an exile, of the right. On the next day he sent for two compa- 
 nies of Meno's army. Thereupon he commands his attend- 
 ants'^"- "^ to cut off" the head and the right hand of Cyrus. I sent 
 this messenger to^ Babylon to Artaxerxes. 
 
 4 Do not call me mother. Darius the father favors Artax- 
 erxes. This^ man [here^-^] dwells a neighbour to us Do 
 YOU, men of Greece, carry back this word to Cyrus. Apollo 
 flayed Marsyas. He promises, that he will give to each one of 
 the Greeks five minse, when he arrives at Babylon. O father, 
 answer^^ '^ me. We will obey"- ^ our fathers. 
 
 5. Some said, that the two lines were five stadia apart'. Let 
 no one' fail of hitting a man. No one of us says this . Some 
 of the soldiers pass the night without food or fire . Let no one 
 
 (d) 5 378. (e) most gladly hear. (f) bread had failed the soldiers. 
 (J) Observe carefully the distinction between tU and ^e»' ^^'^h the accusative, 
 (h) § 473. a. (i) Le distant from each other, (j) Observe the distinction 
 between olL, ^d f..hU. See Notes on Less. I. 2. (k) § 451. (1) and 
 without fire. 
 
78 
 
 EXERCISES ON 
 
 pass the night without food. No one of the Greeks perished 
 l^et no one wrong us. We took some of the ostriches. Le 
 no one of the villages'^- '^ be inhabited'^'- =». 
 
 6. Men of Greece'^- \ who of you is so mad, that he is not 
 wilhng to follow Cyrus ? Say, Clearchus, what* opinion you 
 have respectmg the march, whether we shall follow Cyrus or 
 not. Hereupon^^-^Meno, before it is evident what reply the 
 other (creeks will make, assembles his own soldiers apart from 
 the rest. It is evident what he will do. 
 
 . 7. This woman asked him, who he was. This will bring us 
 honor m coming time. But what they would do, they did not 
 signify. Po you then, as friends, give us that advice which 
 seems to you to be most appropriate and useful. Tell us then, 
 Seuthes, what you have in mind. To whomsoever it seems 
 hand ^ journey with us, let him hold up his right"' ' 
 
 8. But if any one of you sees another course which is more 
 honorable '• ", let him mention it. The two lines were not 
 more than four stadia apart^- ''. More than six hundred soldiers 
 arrive at the village. Cyrus is worse towards you, than you 
 are towards him. -^ 
 
 XIV. 
 
 1. The rulers of these villages made" Xenophon a companion 
 at table, and bade him have no fear. The soldiers used the 
 thongs'^ for their slings^^- ^. 
 
 2. He made all the citizens his friends. All the Lacedaemo- 
 nians, both men and women, took part in the feast. Thev rule 
 the whole country. "^ 
 
 •^^5 T'T&^J?^^ therefore goes up to Babylon, taking cer- 
 tain^ of the Greeks as friends. These men disgrace both their 
 native city and the whole of Greece, that being Greeks they are 
 so senseless''- ^ Being such, he will disgrace all the citizens. 
 But the yo'^nger^^= of the children happened not to be present. 
 1 he brazen shields'^^- now and then shine through. For, when 
 It had become dark'« », they marched, having the Euphrates 
 upon their right, supposing that they should reach'' the village 
 by sunrise. ° 
 
 4. The exiles, hearing this, laughed. The Thracians, raising 
 an army, besieged Perinthus both by sea and by land. They 
 sailed forth to make war upon the Greeks. Their husbands 
 
 rJ^xvl'' •"^^'^ *?.5® *^^''^°* ^°"^' ^^ complementary pronouns, see 6 535. 
 (b; Why IS the middle voice here gged? (c) Dat., J 419. 5. (d) cowe to 
 
 LESSONS XIII. - XV. 
 
 79 
 
 
 had gone hare -hunting*. And she^ going to Xenophon, en- 
 treated him, not to slay her husband. 
 
 5. And this countr}?*- ", beginning at^ the mouth of the Eu- 
 phrates, extends as far as Babylon, upon the right as you sail 
 into the river'^- ^\ During this night, then, they lodged there 
 upon the beach by the harbour of Calpe. This harbour is in 
 Asiatic Thrace**. 
 
 6. We happened to be victors'. He sent some one to put to 
 death the two young men. It is the part of the victor^ to pur- 
 sue'^- ^ but of the vanquished to flee'^- \ And whoever desires 
 to conquer, let him be brave'''- =^. He happens to be at break- 
 fast''. They arrest Orontes in order to put him to death. 
 
 7. Parysatis loved Cyrus her' younger son more than Artax- 
 erxes the king™. But at the present time'^-^' the admirals^'-" 
 do every thing according to the major vote. 
 
 8. We will suffer with Cyrus whatever may be necessary. 
 He said, that he would suffer" with us whatever might be 
 necessary. If it is necessary", we will make a treaty. They 
 gladly^'- '■* made peace. 
 
 XV. 
 
 1. Here Belesys, the satrap of Syria, had'^- '^ a palace and 
 park. We arrived at Tarsus four days before Meno. There 
 are many'^'-^^ fishes and muscles in the river Selinus. There 
 was at Ephesus a most beautiful'®- " temple of Diana. 
 
 2. It was evident, that the horsemen were somewhere near. 
 These animals the king sometimes chased. There is immedi- 
 ateP need of an interpreter. Epyaxa sends her own interpret- 
 er to Cyrus. They made us interpreters. The horsemen pro- 
 ceed to the king. They thought that the letters were ready for 
 them. He wrote a letter to Belesys, who had been ruler of 
 Syria. 
 
 3. And when they had come back, they relate the affair*"-" 
 to Tissaphernes. When it was now about the time of full mar- 
 ket, there comes a herald from the Sinopians. We followed 
 Stratocles the Cretan as our guide, and exhorted each other by 
 name. The Sinopians entertain the generals of the Greeks. 
 
 (e) about to hunt hares, (f) Use both the form of expression in § 490. 1 
 and also that in § 491. k. (g) having begun from, (h) the Thrace the in 
 Asia, (i) happened conquering. Q) Sing,, the one co7iquering. (k) breakfast- 
 ing. (\)the. (m) the reigning A. (n) Fut. Opt., §§ 5S7. 2, 608. (o) Subj. 
 with lay. When the conclusion is expressed by the future indicative, the con- 
 dition is commonly expressed by the subjuxttivei . See § 603. (p) the quick- 
 est way. (q) the one having ruled. 
 
80 
 
 EXERCISES ON 
 
 This wild beast Hercules pursued. In these places the target 
 eers'^^ were more useful than the heavy-armed. But one of 
 the heralds was a barbarian, Ariceus, who happened to be an 
 attendant of* Cyrus, and to be held in honor hy him. 
 
 4. By this fountain Midas, the king of Phrygia, caught the 
 Satyr . He is said to have mixed the fountain with wine . This 
 brings honor^^' ^ to the whole'^- ^^ city. 
 
 5. And these again were other pretexts to Orontes for writing 
 the letter^- '^ to the king. Here Cyrus gave ten talents to Sila- 
 nus, the Ambraciot soothsayer. He sent to Artaxerxes the trib- 
 ute accruing from the city which this satrap happened to have. 
 
 6. And the depth of the fountain was two fathoms. He flees 
 to the mountain with his wife and children''. At last they de- 
 serted their houses. We have need° of ^^- ^ brazen helmets, and 
 purple tunics, and greaves. 
 
 7. The width of the river Cydnus was two hundred feet. 
 Through the midst of the plain'' '^ flows a river four hundred 
 feet in width. The Cretans, deserting the city, fled with all 
 speed to the mountains. And they were about fifty years old, 
 when they died*^. 
 
 8. No one either sneers at you as a coward in war, or blames 
 you in respect to friendship. Agias and Socrates were both, 
 when they died, about thirty-five* years old*. 
 
 9. And in the sacred district they found^*'^ oxen, swine, 
 sheep, goats, fowls, and their young^ In the sacred groves 
 were many goats and swine. But there is in this country'^- ^^ a 
 mountain covered with- trees, capable of supporting** oxen and 
 horses*^- *. The meadows were full of oxen, sheep, and goats. 
 
 10. The barbarians gazed upon the Argo in silence'^- *^ 
 They sailed with a fair wind along the Jasonian shore, where 
 the Argo came to anchor. 
 
 11. And meanwhile a false report goes abroad, that Cyrus 
 will pursue them with a trireme. But these things indeed were 
 true. The Cretans fled down the steep, and disappeared^ 
 They thought that the shortest way to the accomplishment of 
 their desires was through sincerity and trutW ; and falsehood" 
 they considered to be the same with folly. All men blame'^ ^ 
 perjury* and deceit. 
 
 12. They cross*^ "^^ a ravine very broad and deep. They re- 
 quest us to drink this wine to-day with our dearest friends'". 
 
 (a) to he with or near, (b) having also wife and children, (c) TTiere is neea 
 to us [dat.]. (d) Express these sentences variously, according to the models in 
 the Greek text, (e) § 140. (f) the young of these, (g) full of. (h) compe- 
 tent to nourish, (i) became [17. 23] invisible, (j) the sincere and the true. 
 (k) the false. (1) the to perjure one's self, (m) with those whom we love most. 
 
 
 LESSONS XV., XVI. 
 
 81 
 
 They said, that for a long time certainly they had not met" with 
 a finer*'- ** harbour than this. They said, that above half of the 
 whole army were Arcadians. The mouth of the river is broad 
 and deep. He sent to his friends a jar of wine half full. 
 Falsehood" is often more agreeable than truth^. 
 
 13. The amount of time occupied by the** journey"- * was 
 four months and ten days. The breadth'^- =^ of the river was 
 three stadia. 
 
 XVI. 
 
 1. And thence they march" ' through** *« a plain large and 
 beautiful, well watered, and full of trees of every kind. 
 
 2. In the river Chalus are large and tame fishes, which the 
 Syrians regard as deities. They permit neither**- *° fishes nor 
 doves to be injured". 
 
 3. They rushed up to Xenophon, saying: "Now, Xenophon, 
 It is in your power to become great." He has so many cities 
 and men. Now, Thracians, if you were willing, both you 
 might benefit me, and I would make you free*^- ^. 
 
 4. And while the Greeks were encamped, much rain fell in 
 the night. The women wept for a long time upon the moun- 
 tains. 
 
 5. The Greeks regarded'"^ Jupiter as king of all the gods. 
 They sacrificed to Hercules in respect to the journey'^- *. So 
 he arrived at his tent*'- *' safe. The name of this city is Cor- 
 sote. The river Mascas flows around the city. He wore* 
 something black before his eyes, as he marched'. 
 
 6. He remained three days in Issus, the last inhabited city of 
 Cihcia upon the sea-shore", a city large and prosperous. And 
 here Pythagoras, the Lacedaemonian admiral, came to the aid of 
 Cyrus with" the ships from the Peloponnesus. With these tri- 
 remes'*®- *^ five-and-twenty in number. Tamos besieges Miletus, 
 and assists Cyrus in the war against Tissaphernes. Anaxibius 
 was admiral over these ships. He anchored^- ** the vessel be- 
 side the camp^ ^. The vessel of Tamos lay at anchor in the 
 harbour'^^-^*. The two generals arrived^- =» in* the ship, havin<r 
 been sent for by the king"''- ^s. ^ 
 
 (n) not yet surely within much time had they met. (o) The false, (p) the true. 
 (q) f the. (r) They do not permit to injure neither the fishes nor the doves. 
 {B)had. {i) marching, (u) sea. (v) was present to. (w) having, (x) upon. 
 
n 
 
 8S 
 
 EXERCISES ON 
 
 XYII. 
 
 1. This river separates the country of the Thracians from 
 that of the Mysians. In this way he marched three parasangs ; 
 and when he was marching the fourth, he saw an eagle^°" 
 upon the right^® *. No one of the Greeks was shot in this battle. 
 Three horsemen^''" ^ were shot upon the left wing. Nor did 
 ANY OTHER ONE of the soldicrs find^^'^ any thing in this 
 march''^- \ 
 
 2. The robbers" *^ will alP " be apprehended. He was said 
 to have been sent down by the great king as satrap of Phrygia- 
 Very many were taken, and very few were left behind. 
 
 3. He asked^ ^\ what** would be done". They were arranged 
 four deep, the troops of Clearchus upon^^- *"' the left, those of 
 Meno'' upon the right, and the rest in the centre. Cyrus was 
 said to have been greatly disturbed. He said that this had been 
 done. He had* the worst^^- ^'^ assistants in every work. 
 
 4. Cyrus often sent wine to his friends, whenever he obtain- 
 ed any which was very pleasant^^, bidding those who bore*^ it 
 also to say, " Cyrus was greatly pleased with this ; therefore he 
 wishes you also to taste of it." We shall be compelled to 
 flee^^- ^ Brazen helmets and purple tunics'^^- ^ will be provided 
 for the soldiers. 
 
 5. And the citizens'^" hearing this ^vere greatly disturb- 
 gjj3i. 22^ fearing lest the whole city should be consumed. Cyrus 
 exhibited his whole army to the Cilician queen at her request'. 
 The generals took care, that all should be well**. They with- 
 drew the left wing from the sea. We were afraid lest we 
 should be surrounded by the enemy on both sides. 
 
 6. Fearing lest we should be intercepted, we fled with all 
 speed. Then it was at once perceived, in what kind of circum- 
 stances we were. Then we suspected"^" '^ that the man had 
 been insidiously sent by Tissaphernes. For let him recollect, 
 in what circumstances he happened to be. 
 
 7. The generals feared lest they should be taken' and be- 
 headed. They were said to have been vexed, and to have been 
 afraid lest they should lose^ the friendship of the king. They 
 will be carried up to the king and beheaded. 
 
 8. They feared lest they should be delivered up to the satrap. 
 He was carried up to Babylon, to be beheaded^ They set 
 forth from the camp^^ ^\ to pursue the barbarians. They recol- 
 lected two eagles screaming upon their right. 
 
 (a) and. (b) § 535. (c) §§ 608, 610. (d) the of M. (e) There were to him. 
 (f) hearing, (g) having requested, (h) It was a care to the generals, that it 
 should have itself well, (i) § 205. 1. (j) shotdd be cast out of. (k) § 583. a. 
 
 LESSONS XVII., XVIII. 
 
 83 
 
 I 
 
 9. Show yourself the best of the soldiers. They feared lest 
 the enemy would appear upon the next day. On the third day, 
 we deliberated with the ambassadors^^- ^^, whether we should 
 pursue the rest of our way by land or by sea. The next day, 
 the soldiers assembled and deliberated', how the dead might be 
 buried. 
 
 10. When the generals had been called into the fent'^- '^ of 
 Tissaphernes, they were seized by the barbarians. And not 
 long after they were delivered up to the king. At the same 
 signal, both those within the tent will be apprehended, and those 
 without at the door will be cut down. 
 
 XVIIT. 
 
 1. Such has been™ the conduct of the men, and such are 
 their words". You, Tissaphernes, have perjured yourself and 
 broken the truce. For good order has saved many armies^ ^, 
 and disorder has destroyed many. The generals whom we 
 have mentioned, set forth from Sardis with Cyrus. We have 
 now regained our courage, and, methinks, all the other soldiers 
 also. • 
 
 2. At the present time^'^\ the Lacedaemonians preside over 
 the Grecian cities. Lead forward directly against the barbari- 
 ans, so that you may not be standing still, since you have seen 
 the enemy and been seen by them. Xenias has deserted his 
 friends. The Persians consider themselves victorious, since 
 they have slain Cyrus. There stand in the sacred grove*^- "^ two 
 pillars, bearing inscriptions. 
 
 3. Thereupon certain men of the army came to the generals, 
 saying that they understood the language of these barbarians. 
 We have been slaves at Athens. And before he had slain his 
 brother^^' ^, he thought that he was already victor. 
 
 4. It is probable that the city will be taken at daybreak. 
 Having heard this statement", the generals -said, that they did 
 not commend the messengers, if they had pursued such a 
 course''. On the next day he sent messengers to say'^, that Xe- 
 nias and Pasio had deserted the army^^- '. After this, Orontes 
 was never seen" by any one' either dead or alive. The city is 
 
 (1) having assembled deliberated, § 631. (m) In respect to the complete tenses, 
 observe carefully when the simple forms should be employed, and when the 
 forms compounded of the participle and the verb ilfti (§§ 213. 2, 234, 637) ; 
 and also when it is better to employ the more familiar forms of the aorist 
 (>^ 580). (n) The men on the one hand have done such things, and on the 
 other say such things. (o) these things. (p) done such things [22. 6]. 
 (q) § 583. a. (r) Aor. Pass. See § 301. 4. (s) no one. 
 
84 
 
 EXERCISES ON 
 
 i! 
 
 |i 
 
 M 
 
 I 
 
 taken*, and all are lost. They said, that the barbarians had left 
 the heights. 
 
 5. He wore a small tunic, not reaching below the knee. 
 They were standing beside the door. They said, that the rob- 
 Jbers"' *^ had taken many sheep. On the same day messengers 
 came with the intelligence^, that many had climbed up, and 
 that the place had been taken. The enemy had regained their 
 courage*' ^. Who will take the place of Neon the Asinsean > 
 Advise the citizens^- " to sacrifice to the gods as they have been 
 wont to do. 
 
 6. Fellow-citizens", your work is done''. See, then, that you 
 be a man worthy of the honors*- ^ which you possess, and for 
 which I congratulate you. And whoever of us desires to be- 
 hold his native land"^®- '^, let him be a brave man. Remember 
 to be bold'" ^ men ; for it is not possible to obtain freedom in 
 any other way. 
 
 7. We confess, then, that we have been unjust towards our 
 allies*^*. So that we, from what we hear, judge no man to have 
 been more prosperous. No man has eve^* ^® been more'^"- " 
 loved, either by Greeks or barbarians. He is not willing'^ * to re- 
 main, on account of the dispersion of his heavy-armed troops'^- *^ 
 
 8. These villages, in which we are now encamping, are said 
 to have been given to Parysatis for her girdle. After this, Xen- 
 ophon, encamped near the city, waited for the heralds'^ ^ more 
 than ten days. These happened to have been stationed upon 
 the right^'*^ near the cavalry; and, when they perceived that 
 the general was dead^^'^, they fled with all speed^^ -^ And 
 when now it was' evening'^- ", the Greeks cross the bridge, 
 formed by the union of twenty-three boats. 
 
 9. And at the same time he showed them'^ Lydians with their 
 ears bored. We saw a man with both his legs crushed'. In 
 our march we found** villages beside the river in possession of* 
 the Thracians. They find many soldiers separated from the 
 rest of the army. They pointed out a man with both his^ hands 
 cutoff^*. 
 
 10. And, after the woman had been brought to the generals, 
 they ask her, if she has anywhere seen other companies'^- ^ 
 composed of Greeks. The messengers said, that the hill above 
 the way had been seized by the barbarians. When he had 
 been brought to Tissaphernes, he related every thing that had 
 taken place. The Pisidians are said to have all gathered in a 
 circle around the exiles^*- '^^ 
 
 (a) has been taken, (b) came saying, (c) § 443. (d) all things /tape been 
 done hy you. (e) had become, (f ) Dat., § 404. y. (g) crushed as to both the 
 legs, (h) Marching we found, (i) having been seized by. ( j) See § 1 33. J. 
 
 LESSONS XVIII., XIX. 
 
 85 
 
 11. They said, that the houses had been palisaded around on 
 account of the oxen^-^ These satraps had been honored by 
 the king by reason of their fidelity. The soothsayer had ex- 
 pressed the opinion, that there would be a rout'^-*^ of the enemy. 
 The result of the battle will be favorable. Let the gates be 
 kept closed, and let arms appear now and then^^'^" upon the 
 wall. 
 
 12. At'' Lampsacus, Euclides, the son of the Cleagoras who 
 painted tie picture of the Dreams, congratulated him upon his 
 safe return'. 
 
 13. Upon your doing this"*, I shall immediately withdraw ; so 
 that you will have no guide'^-^ left". For, if you will do this, 
 consider that no friend will be left you. Upon the same day, 
 both I shall be immediately cut down, and you yourselves not 
 long after. Ariseus stood aloof. They had been cut down by 
 the horsemen. 
 
 XIX. 
 
 1. We gladly'^'- '^^ saw the enemy no longer standing their 
 ground, but flying with all speed^ \ O most wonderfuP- '^ man, 
 you surely do not even^*- ^ understand this, that the south wind 
 carries us within the Pontics to Phasis. And they say that 
 they themselves healed the wounds of the king. At daybreak, 
 he sent certain persons'^- '^ to signify, what the soldiers must 
 doP. 
 
 2. Certain of the soldiers of Meno, as they see Clearchus 
 riding back'"- ^^ to his own tent, let fly with their axes. We tie 
 up a cross dog through the day, but let him loose at nighfJ. 
 But if we are wise, we shall treat this man in a contrary man- 
 ner. 
 
 3. They give to him twenty horses. Having bound the 
 prisoners'^- ^ he delivers them up to the king. 
 
 4. He puts to death both Clearchus himself, and the other 
 generals. You mingle with the citizens*^- ". While they are 
 speaking, I sneeze. 
 
 5. If you are wise, you will depart hence out of the power 
 cf this man. If you enter', you will be apprehended by the 
 guards^^- ^ He will advance silently"- '". 
 
 6. The Persians station themselves for the battle with their 
 heads unprotected'. He asked the heralds^- *^ if all this were 
 
 (k) In. (1) that he had been saved, (m) At the satne time you doing this. 
 (n) no guide will have been left to you. (o) Plup., § 233. (p) tvnat it is neces- 
 sary that the soldiers should do (ace. with infin.). (q) through the night. 
 (r) shaU enter, §§ 231. a, 587. 2. (s) having the heads bare. 
 
 8 
 
86 
 
 EXERCISES ON 
 
 r 
 
 false; and they said 'yes.' He asked them if they were 
 targeteers^^^ ; they said 'no.' They are unable to march 
 rapidly. As the general himself said. He marches as rapidly 
 as possible, 
 
 7. He threw off his purple cloak, where he happened to be 
 standing. He gave to the soldiers permission to take whatever 
 they pleased. As he was speaking, they both"^ * sneezed. 
 After this, permission to depart"-^ is given to all who wish. He 
 feared lest he should be intercepted. They rose, arrayed as 
 handsomely as was in their power. He rushes forward, as one 
 would run for safety^^ *. 
 
 8. He exhibited the head of the satrap both to the Thracians 
 and to his own soldiers. And upon these mountains*'- " they 
 found^^ ^ much snow, and cold so intense that even the wine'^ ^* 
 which they carried in goat-skins"- ^° froze. They all deserted* 
 to Cyrus. No one of you came into this city. We departed 
 with good courage. 
 
 9. As soon as they had said this, they rose up. And the 
 enemy, as soon as they had heard this", departed. The barba- 
 rians, having erected a trophy as victors% ascended upon the 
 mountain. And when we had descended into the plain, we 
 sacrificed an ox'^- ^ and erected a trophy. We appointed three 
 surgeons only^^ ^', for the wounded were few*®-^". 
 
 10. And leaping down from their horses, they put on linen'^-'^ 
 corselets. And, when the messengers had said this, he knew 
 that his fear was groundless, and that the army was safe. He 
 delivered'* the skins of the oxen to the young men'^- ". We at- 
 tacked the rear* of the barbarians, and slew many. And tri- 
 remes^^- ^^ were taken to the number of twenty, and all the trans- 
 ports^ ". 
 
 11. Pasio has deserted us; but let him know well, that he 
 has neither escaped by concealment nor by flight. For we 
 both know whither he has gone, and have a swift trireme, so 
 that we can take^ his transport vessel. Be well assured, that 
 we are friends. 
 
 12. But let him go, conscious' that he is vile and worthy"- ^^ 
 of blows*^" ^^. We deliver these things to you, Charminus ; and 
 do you, having disposed of thcm^ make distribution to the sol- 
 diers. For the present therefore, Xenophon, depart, leaving 
 these men ; and when we bid, be present at the trial. 
 
 13. Set the sentinels for the night, and give out the watch- 
 
 (a) departed, (b) at the same time having heard these tilings, (c) as conquer 
 ing [33. 5]. (d) Observe carefully the use of the 1st and 2d aorists of rlhfji.t, 
 S;J«^i, and 7f)^<, § 201. n., HIT 50, 51, 54. (e) last, (f) so as to take. 
 (g) knowing. 
 
 LESSON XIX, 
 
 87 
 
 word. It is not possible for the soldiers to buy either'' bread or 
 wine in the market-place. Fellow-soldiers, arise and cross the 
 river. 
 
 14. Stand to your arms around the tent. He bade the cap- 
 tains"- " inflict punishment upon the fugitives^^- '^\ He com- 
 manded the Pisidians to give up the exiles ; and they gave them 
 up. 
 
 15. The king gave to Orontes a large surr.' of money'. Ex- 
 hibit your training. But he said that he should not^ himself be 
 present at the triaP''- *^. For who will be willing -to go as 
 heralds, after having slain a herald I 
 
 16. Having mounted his horse in the night, he rode off to his 
 own country"-^'. On the next day^^-'^ they all ran off. He 
 stopped, wherever he might happen to be. The enemy col- 
 lected in a body. I am afraid, that they will run off'' in the 
 night. 
 
 17. Place your shield against your knee. Read the letter, 
 Socrates, and then advise'^ ^ me' respecting the expedition'® ^. 
 Give and take the right hand™. Read these letters. Embark 
 in the vessel, and put on board your most valuable effects. He 
 practised shooting, sending high into the air. They had as 
 guides the women who had been taken prisoners". 
 
 18. The cold^®-'^^ froze both my ears^^'^ They asked, who 
 was the satrap of the country. A noise ran" through the ranks 
 of the army. He said, that upon the following morning the 
 Persians would come to give battle. Depart in the night. 
 
 19. Endeavour, so far as you may be able^, to do good to 
 others. Be upon your guard, lest the king attack you in the 
 night. There were many barbarians in the neighbouring vil- 
 lage'^- ". They roused many partridges in the park. 
 
 20. He said that he would not remain'*- ^, unless they would 
 give him money. Therefore we do not fear this, that we may 
 not have enough to bestow upon our friends, but that we may 
 not have friends enough to receive'*. If you are taken within 
 the city, you will be sold. The king says, that, if we go to 
 him, he will treat us well. Let us not go against the Pisidians. 
 If you go against the men, you will conquer^"- '*. Deliver him 
 up to the citizens to judge, and then to do' with him whatever 
 they may please. 
 
 21. On this account we did not wait for you, that, if possible, 
 we might cross', before the bridge'^* "^ should be occupied by 
 
 (h) neither, § 664. (i. (i) much money, (j) Observe carefully the position 
 of the words, (k) lest they may run off. (1) having read the letter, advise me, 
 (m) right hands, (n) the having been taken women, (o) went, (p) whatever 
 you may he able, (q) to whom we may give, (r) having judged to do. 
 (s) if in any way we might be able to cross. 
 
88 
 
 EXERCISES ON 
 
 the enemy. He considered, how he might cross the river best 
 and both conquer those before and suffer no evil from*those be- 
 hind. 
 
 22. They showed", that they regarded it of the utmost conse 
 quence, if they had made an engagement with any one, to ob- 
 serve it impUcitly\ They inflicted punishment^'- ^° upon this 
 wan, in order that it might produce fear in others also. May 
 the gods not allow the war ! 
 
 23. They asked him, if he would give them money. The 
 Greeks gave a lance to the Macron ians. 
 
 24. He said, that he would sooner die, than deliver up his 
 shield** ". We answered, that we would sooner die, than be- 
 tray the exiles^- ^\ If they gave, they would give for this end, 
 that giving to us a smaller, they might not pay to you the larg- 
 er sum^ He deliberated, whether' he should send another, or 
 go himself to assist. 
 
 XX. 
 
 1. And another also stood' without the walls^ ^ Let one 
 company stand among the trees. They said that two noble 
 and good men were dead. They were not able to bury the 
 dead^-^ ^\ 
 
 2. The women stood a long time and wept^ Those of the 
 soldiers who stood around drove him away, and said that the 
 sheep^' '^ were public property. They answered'*- ^\ that they 
 thought they should find the robbers'*- '^ all dead. 
 
 3. Cleander, you know not, what you are doing. We are 
 conscious to ourselves of having deceived Cyrus in every thing. 
 The generals do not yet know the affair'^- ". 
 
 4. For know, Persians, that you are senseless, if you suppose 
 that your gold** ** could prevail over our valor. For be well 
 assured', O king, that we would choose freedom, in preference 
 to"* all the wealth*'- ** which you possess^- ^ 
 
 5. They wish to know, what would be done^ They were 
 observing carefully, what the enemy would do. We knew that 
 the Lacedaemonians occupied^ the centre of the Grecian^- '*^ 
 army. I fear that'' this may take place. We feared that this 
 might take place. 
 
 6. We were at a loss, what we should do ; for we happened 
 
 (a) exhibited themsehes. (b) to falsify nothing, (c) the more, (d) if. 
 
 (e) § 237. a. In verbs, in which some of the forms of the perfect and plu- 
 perfect active are nude, be careful in respect to the use of the different forms. 
 
 (f ) standing tcept. (g) know ire//. (h) instead of. (i) §§ 608, 610. 
 (j) knew the L., that they occupied, (k) lest. 
 
 LESSONS XIX. - XXIV. 
 
 89 
 
 to be sitting, as honored guests, upon the seat nearest to the 
 king. He sat down in the tent, and said that he would not rise 
 up^ ^ Do not sit down. 
 
 7. You are lying down, as if it were permitted to sleep'^- ^ 
 securely**- '. The barbarians fled, whenever we pressed upon 
 them vehemently. Let us lie down beside the river*^ **. 
 
 XXI. 
 
 1. It seems necessary to march' as rapidly as we can™. It 
 seemed to us, that we ought to consider, how we could march 
 most securely. We must pursue forthwith'^- ^^, 
 
 2. I must do every thing, that I may never be in the power 
 of the king". Virtue*"- *^ should be pursued by alP. We ought 
 to say what we know. 
 
 xxn. 
 
 The Macronian leaps both high and nimbly, and flourishes 
 his sword. After this, the Thracians went out, singing the 
 Sitalcas. But they had received no harm. They bound the 
 robber ; and having fastened" him beside the horses, drove him 
 on with both hands tied behind. 
 
 XXIII. 
 
 They asked the messenger, what the king said. He is ac- 
 quainted with the GreekP. They bid farewell to tears''. The 
 supper was served to' them reclining*" ^* around^'- *^ the foun- 
 tain^- '^ But Arystas^ who was a terrible fellow to eat, said to 
 the cupbearer, "Give the cup [said he] to Xenophon; for he 
 seems'^'- ^ to be already at leisure, while* I am not yet so." 
 
 XXIV. 
 
 I am conscious [to myself], that I have treated with neglect 
 both gods and men. For I neither know how the wicked^ '^ 
 could escape by flight, nor into what darkness they could run 
 for concealment. Whosoever is an enemy to the good, him no 
 one'^ '" could ever* deem happy. 
 
 (1) that it is to be marched, (m) §§ 592, 606. (n) Express these sentences 
 variously, according to the models in the text (o) yoked, (p) understands 
 to speak Greek, (q) they bid the weeping [40. 7] farewdU (r) was to. 
 (s) but, (t) neoer. 
 
VOCABULARY. 
 
 » 
 a- 
 
 ai 
 
 ^ 
 
 [a-, an inseparable particle, com- 
 monly denoting privation or ne- 
 gatiouy and then called a- priva- 
 tive (akin to avev, without) . See 
 ^ 325. a.] 
 
 ^AfSpo^eXfxrjs, -ov, Abrozelmes, in- 
 terpreter to Seuthes. 
 
 dyados, -rj, -6v, good; good in war y 
 brave. For its comparison, see 
 § 160. See Ka\6s. 
 
 Ayaaias, -ov, Agasias, a Stympha- 
 lian, one of the bravest of the 
 Greek lochagi. 
 
 dyyelov, -ov, vessel (for containing), 
 receptacle. 
 
 [dyyeXXo), f. dyyeKa, pf. rjyyikKa 
 (•^ 41, § 277. a), ^o announce 
 carry or ^m^ tidings.] 
 
 ayyeXos, ~ov, 6 {dyyeXKa>), messen- 
 ger. Der. ANGEL. 
 
 *Ayias, -ov, Agias, a Greek general 
 from Arcadia, slain through the 
 treachery of Tissaphernes. 
 
 dyopd, -as (ayetpo), to assemble), 
 place of assembly, market-place, 
 market. 
 
 aypios, -a, -ov (dypos, Lat. ager, 
 yield), wild. 
 
 cfyo), f. a|o>, pf. rjxa (in composi- 
 tion), 2 a. fjyayop (§ 194. 3- N.), 
 ^0 /eflrf, conduct, bring (by lead- 
 ing) ; direct ; fjo-vxiav dyeiv, to 
 lead a life of quiet. 
 
 dya>tf, -a)vos, 6 (ayw) , contest. Der. 
 
 AGONY. 
 dycopi^ofiai (dyav), f. -iaofxai, pf. 
 Tjya)VLa-fuii, to contend, struggle, 
 strive. Der. agonize. 
 
 dyavoderris, -ov (dydiv, Ti0T]fii), a 
 judge of a contest. 
 
 adcLTTvos, -ov (a-, dciTrvov), supper- 
 less. 
 
 dde\(f>6s, -ov, brother. 
 
 ddiKeco [abiKos), f. -^(T(o, pf. rj^LKTjKa, 
 to injure, wrong. 
 
 dbiKos, -ov (d-, diKT]), unjust, un- 
 principled. 
 
 a8o), f. aa-ofjiai (§ 260), to sing. 
 
 del, always, ever. 
 
 diTos, -ov, 6, eagle. 
 
 'Adrjvaios, -ov, 6 {'ABrjvai, Athens, 
 chief city of Attica), an Atheni- 
 an. 
 
 'ABrjVTjari, at Athens, prop, old dat. 
 pi. of'Ae^vat (§ 320. 2). 
 
 adXov, -ov, prize of a contest. Der. 
 
 ATHLETE, ATHLETIC. 
 
 dOpoi^o) {ddpoos), f. -otVo), tD col- 
 lect, assemble, trans. 
 
 ddpoos, -a, -ov, thick together, in a 
 body. 
 
 d6vfiia, -as (advpios), dejection, de- 
 spondency. 
 
 aOvpos, -ov (d-, Bvpos, spirit, cour- 
 age), spiritless, disinclined. 
 
 alyiaXos, -ov, 6, beach. 
 
 Alyxmrios, -ov, 6 (Atyvm-oy, -^- 
 gypt), an Egyptian. 
 
 albrjpav, -ov, g. -ovos {al8a>s, shame, 
 modesty), modest. 
 
 Alvidv, -dvos, 6, an JEnianian. 
 The .i^nianians were a tribe in 
 southern Thessaly, occupying 
 the upper valley of the Sper- 
 chlus. 
 
 a*^, alyos, 6, rj, goat. 
 
92 
 
 atpea 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 avayiyvaxTKa 
 
 aipecnj f. -rjcra>, pf. ^prjKa, 2 a. 
 elKov (§ 301. 1), to take J cap- 
 ture; Mid., to take for one's 
 self, choose. See aXia-Kopxii. 
 
 alaBdvopai, f. ala-Brja-opai,, pf. t}~ 
 a-BrjpoLL, 2 a. ^aOoprju (§ 289), Vo 
 '^ perceive. Der. esthetic. 
 
 al(r)(yva> {aI(rxos, shame, disgrace), 
 f. -iJi/o), /o shame, disgrace; 
 Mid., /o Z>e ashamed; with ace, 
 ^0 ie ashamed before, to have re- 
 spect far. 
 
 alrea), f. -rjo-o), pf. fjTrjKa, to ask for 
 a thing, demand. 
 
 alxpa\a)Tos , -ov {al)(prj, point of a 
 spear, dXla-Kopai) , taken in war; 
 ol alxpdXojToi, prisoners of war ; 
 TO. alxpoKcora, things taken in 
 war, prizes of icar, including 
 both prisoners and booty. 
 
 a/cevo), f. aKoiKTopai, pf. dKrjKoa 
 (§ 269. 7), to hear. Der. 
 
 ACOUSTICS. 
 
 aKpos, -a, -ov, at the end or top ; fj 
 uKpa, subst., citade\' to uKpov, 
 subst., height or summit; ra. 
 cLKpa, heights. 
 
 wcTT], -TJs {ayvvpj., to break, from 
 the breaking of the waves), 
 strand, shore. 
 
 aKrj6(ia, -as {oXtjBtjs), truth. 
 
 aki]6€va> {aXrjBfjs}, f. -fixro), to 
 speak the truth. 
 
 mXrjdrjs, -fs{d-, \av3dva), to lie hid), 
 true. 
 
 ftklaKopai, f. aXaxro/imt, pf. iaXcoKa 
 and rjXcoKa, 2 a. iakau and TJ\a)v 
 (^ 301. 1), to be captured or 
 taken; used as the passive of 
 alpc'o). 
 
 SkKipos, -ov {oKktj, valor), warlike, 
 brave. 
 
 dXkd, but; originally the nent. pi. 
 of aXXos, and denoting that dif- 
 ferent things follow from those 
 which have preceded. It ex- 
 presses opposition more strongly 
 than 8e. 
 
 aXKT}\(ov (aXXos), of one another, 
 of each other. See ^ 145, 
 •I 23. C. >' 
 
 aXXopMi, f. ^kovfuu (^ 277), to leap. 
 
 aXXos, -T], -0 (§ 97. 2), other, 
 
 another, else; aWj], dat. fem. 
 
 as adv., another way, else- 
 
 ivhere. 
 aXXore {akXos), at another time. 
 aXXcoff (aXXos), in another way^ 
 
 otherwise. 
 aXoyicrros, -ov (a-, Xoyi^o/xoi), in 
 
 considerate, thoughtless. 
 a\a-os, -eos, to, sacred grove, 
 apa, at the same time, 
 dpa^a, -r]s, carriage, wagon, 
 
 hence, wagon-load. 
 (S/ia|iroff, -01/ (a/xa^a),/or carriages; 
 
 odbs d/ia|tros, a carriage-road. 
 apxipTdvio, f. dpapTr)(Topai, pf. 17- 
 
 pApTTjKa, 2 a. TJpapTov (§ 289), to 
 
 err, miss, 
 dpaxei (a-, pdxn) , without a battle. 
 
 dp^XV'^ (^~» M«X°/^°*)' y^ithoui 
 fighting or resistance. 
 
 *Ap^paKto)Tr]s, -ov {^Ap^puKia, Am- 
 bracia, a city in Epirus), Ambra- 
 ciot or Ambracian. 
 
 dpeXeo) [d-fpeXto), f. -^(ra>, pf. 7;/X€- 
 XrjKa, to neglect, be careless of. 
 
 apneXos, -ov, rj, vine. 
 
 dp(^i, about; akin to apcfxo, and 
 signifying originally on both 
 sides. 
 
 dp(f)6T€pos, -a, -ov {ap<f)a>), both; 
 little used in the sing. 
 
 ap^a>, -olv (§ 137. y, 1 21), both. 
 
 av, — 1. at the beginning of a 
 clause, a shortened form of the 
 conj. edv, if; — 2. elsewhere, a 
 particle expressing contingency, 
 in connection with which a verb 
 is usually translated into Eng. 
 by the potential mode. See 
 §§ 587, 588, 603 f, 606, 615. 2, 
 616. b. 
 
 dvd, prep., up; dva KpdTos, [up to 
 one's strength] with all speed, 
 at full speed* 
 
 dva^aivQ) [dvd, ^aivu), f. ^(ropai, 
 pf. ^f^r}Ka, 2 a. f^rjv), to go up 
 ascend, mount, climb up- 
 
 dvd^aais, -eas, f) [dva^aivo)), as- 
 cent, expedition up from the sea- 
 coast into central Asia. 
 
 dvayiyvacTKco {dvd, yiyvdxTKa, f 
 
 avayiyvcoaKO) 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 anepxopMi 
 
 93 
 
 yvoio-opai, pf. tyvaxa, 2 a. e- 
 yv(ov), to read. 
 
 avayKa^oi {dvdyKi]), f. -ao"o>, to 
 compel, force. 
 
 dvdyKT], -r}s, necessity, 
 
 dvdyco [dvd, ayco, f. n^a, pf. ^X^» 
 2 a. Tjyayov), to lead, carry, or 
 bring up; hence, to bring upon 
 the high sea; Mid., to put out to 
 sea, set sail. 
 
 dvaOappio) [dvd, Bappico, f. -^(rco, pf. 
 TiBdpprjKo), to regain courage. 
 
 avaip€(o [dvd, atpeco, f. -rjarco, pf. 
 rjprjKa, 2 a. fiXoy), to take up; 
 Mid., to take up what is connect- 
 ed with one's self, as the bodies 
 of friends for burial, food placed 
 before one, &c. 
 
 dvaKoivoQ) [dvd, kolv6(o, f. -axroi, to 
 make common, from koivos), to 
 communicate. 
 
 dvaKpdC<o {dvd, Kpd^co and 2 pf. 
 KeKpdya, to cry, f. pf. KCKpd^o- 
 pai, 2 a. eKpayov, § 274. 6), to 
 raise a cry. 
 
 dvapfvoi [dvd, pevco, f. peva, pf. 
 pfpevrjKu), to wait for. 
 
 dvapipvTjo-KOi, {dvd, pipvrjcrKa), f. 
 pvr)(roi), to remind; Mid. and 
 Pass., to recollect, call to mind. 
 
 'Ava^L^ios, -ov, Anaxibius, a Spar- 
 tan admiral. 
 
 dvaneiBa) {dvd, TreiBco, f. TTftVo), pf. 
 TTfireiKa), to persuade, induce. 
 
 dvaTfivco (dvd, Telvco, to stretch, f. 
 T€vS), pf. TiraKa, § 2QS), to stretch 
 up, hold up. 
 
 dvareXXo) {dvd,TiKX(o, to raise, rise, 
 f. reXw, a. creiXa) , to rise, of the 
 sun. 
 
 dveXopfvos, 2 aor. mid. part, of 
 dvaipeoi. 
 
 avcpos, -ov, 6, wind. 
 
 avev, without; opposed to avv,' 
 with. 
 
 dvTfp, g. dvBpos (§ 106. 1), 6, man, 
 in distinction homwo7nan; hus- 
 band. See dvBpamos, 
 
 avBptoTTos, -ov,6, T], man, in distinc- 
 tion from beast. *Avrjp and dv 
 Bpamos are distinguished from 
 each other as vir and hoTno in 
 
 Latin ; the former signifying a 
 MAN, in a more special or em- 
 phatic sense; and the latter, 
 simply one of the human race. 
 Hence the former usually im- 
 plies honor, and the latter often 
 contempt. 
 
 dvioT-qpi {dvd, larr^pi, f. (mjoro), pf. 
 earrjKa), to raise up, rouse; in 
 the intrans. forms, to stand up, 
 rise. See la-rrjpi. 
 
 dvia-xoi [dvd, io-;^a), prolonged form 
 of e;^aj), to rise, of the sun. 
 
 dvorjTos, -ov [d-, void), to think), 
 senseless. 
 
 dvolya and dvoiyvvpi {dvd, ovya>, 
 poet.,^0 open), f. dvoil^a>, pf. dve- 
 c^X^i impf. dv€(oyov and later 
 ijvoiyov (§ 294), to open. 
 
 dvTL, over against, instead of. 
 
 dvTiTdrTto [dvri, raTTco, f. ra^co, pf. 
 Teraxa), to arrange or draw up 
 against. 
 
 av(o {dvd), adv., up, upwards. 
 Comp. dvuTepciO, sup. dvaTaTG). 
 
 d^tvT], -T}s, axe. 
 
 d^ios, -a, -ov, worthy of, worth; 
 d^ios elvai, with inf., to be wor- 
 thy, deserve. 
 
 d^ioo) [d^ios), f- -axro), pf. fj^iatKa, 
 to think worthy, think fit, claim. 
 
 aTrayyeXXo) (a7ro,dyyeXXa),f. -eXw, 
 pf. ^yyeXxa), to carry or bring 
 back word or tidings, report. 
 
 dnayopevo) [drro, dyopevco, to speak 
 in public, f. -evao)) , to [speak off 
 from a thing] give up, becqme ex- 
 hausted. 
 
 dTrdyco [drro, dyoi, f. d^a, pf. rjxa, 
 2 a. ffyayov) , to lead away. 
 
 aTravrdoi [dno, dvrdoi, to come op- 
 posite to), f. -T]a-(o, commonly 
 -rjaopai, pf. dTrqvrrjKu, to meet. 
 
 anas, dndcra, dirav, g. dnavTOS', 
 arrdoTjs {dpa, irds) , all together, 
 the whole. 
 
 aneipi (aTTo, ft/u), to go aiuay, de- 
 part. 
 
 dirfXavva) (oTro, iXavvco, f. iXdao), 
 pf. iXfiXaKa), to drive away, to 
 ride off or away. 
 
 dnepxopai {dno, epxop-ai, f. cXei/- 
 
 Jl 
 
 •>1 
 
94 
 
 om€pxo}iai 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 Spiarros 
 
 aofiai, pf. e\r}\vda, 2 a. ^\dov), 
 
 to ifo away, dtpart. 
 air)' 60s, -07,-001', contr. cnrkovs, -rj, 
 
 -ovv {afuz, -ttXo'os, § 138. 4), si?n- 
 
 ple, sincere, 
 dno, Lat. ab, from. In compos., 
 
 off, away, back. See c^. 
 cmo^alvo) [ano, ^aiv(o, f. ^rjcrofiai, 
 
 pf. ^(^T)Ka, 2 a. €^T}u}, to step off, 
 
 disembark. 
 OKobiiKviJ p.1, {ano, dciKVVfxi, f. 5ft- 
 
 |a>, pf. dedeixa), to show forth, 
 
 appoint, express; Mid., to express 
 
 one^s opinion. 
 dfroBibpaaKoi (otto, BidpatTKO), to 
 
 run, f. Spda-opai, pf. didpaKa, 
 
 2 a. edpdv, ^ 285), /o riln away, 
 
 to escape by stealth. 
 a7roSi5cD/ii(a7ro, bib<opi,f. Scotrco, pf. 
 
 de8(0Ka, a. cScBKa), ?o ^lue back, 
 
 pay. 
 diroOif^aKO)' (tiTro, 6vr)crK(o, f. ^a- 
 
 vovpai, pf. T(dvrjKa, 2 a. c^ai/oz/), 
 
 ^0 rfte q^, c?t>, *e 5Zai» or put to 
 
 death. 
 dTTOKaidj (dno, Kai<o,f- Kavaco, pf. K€- 
 
 KavKc), to burn off, icither, trans. 
 dnokkfia {dno, kXeia), f. -tro)), to 
 
 exclude, intercept. 
 dnoKonrco {dno, kotttco, f. ko-^u), pf. 
 
 K€Ko(f)a) , to cut or W/ off. 
 dnoKpivopai,{dn6, Kpiva>), f. -KpivoG- 
 
 pai, pf. -KeKpifiai, to answer, re- 
 ply- 
 dnoKTeivay and dnoKrtwvpi {dno, 
 
 KTfipQ), to kill, f. KT€Vci), pf. eKTO" 
 
 i/a,^ 295), to kill off, kill, slay, 
 put to death. 
 
 dnoXfina {dno, XfiVo), f. -^(o, pf. 
 XcXotTra, 2 a. eXtTroi/), /o /eat'C 
 behind, desert. 
 
 dnokXvpi {dno, okXvpi, to destroy, 
 f. oXeVw, commonly oXw, pf. 
 oXwXeica, § 295), ^o destroy; Mid. 
 (2 a. a7rtoXd/A77v) , to perish ; 2 pf. 
 oXcoXa, intrans. as pres., to be un- 
 done or lost. 
 
 'AttoXXo)!/, -ccvos (§§ 105. R., 107. 
 N.), Apollo, one of the chief 
 divinities of the Greeks, regard- 
 ed as the patron of soothsaying, 
 music, poetry, archery, &c. 
 
 dnonepna {dno, nepna, f. 7rc/i\^a), 
 
 pf. nenop(f)a), to send away or 
 
 back, to send (what is due). 
 dnonXiCi (aTrd, ttXc'co, f. nXfvaopa^ 
 
 or nXeva-ovpai, pf. nenXevKa), to 
 
 sail away, 
 dnopeo) (d-. Tropes, passage, way), 
 
 f. -rj(ra>, and dnopeopai, f. -rjao- 
 
 fiai, to be at a loss. 
 dno(rndoi {dno, andoa, to draw, i. 
 
 andaa, pf. eanuKa, § 219), to 
 
 draw off, separate, withdraw^ 
 
 trans. 
 aTTOo-TeXXo) {dno, (rre'XXa), f. OTeXai, 
 
 pf. eoT-aXKa), to send away or 
 
 dnocrT€p€(ji> {dno, a-repeo}, to deprive, 
 f. crTepj](T(t), pf. ia-reprjKa), to de- 
 prive, rob. 
 
 dnoTfpvoa {dn6,Tepv(o, f. repS), pf. 
 TerprjKa, 2 a. erepov and erapov), 
 to cut off, intercept, 
 
 dnoTLVd) {dno, rivo), to pay, expiate, 
 f. Tto-o), pf. T€TiKa, ^ 278), to 
 pay back; Mid. dnorivopat, f. 
 -ricropai, to take vengeance upon, 
 requite, punish. 
 
 dno(p€vya) {dno, cfyevyca, f. (f)€v^o- 
 pai, 2 pf. ni^€vya, 2 a. t(\>vyov), 
 to flee from, flee beyond reach, 
 escape by flight. . 
 
 apa [dp-, to Jit, § 285) , accordingly, 
 then, therefore. See ^ 673. a. 
 
 'A/rvfloy, -ov, 6 {"Apyos, Argos, 
 chief city of Argolis), an Argive. 
 
 dpyvpiov, -ov (dim. ofapyvpos, sil- 
 ver), silver-money, money. 
 
 *Apya), -60s, T], At go, the ship in 
 which Jason sailed to Colchis 
 in quest of the golden fleece. 
 
 dpcTT], -Tis, virtue, valor. 
 
 dpfjyi^, f. -^(o, to succour, assist, 
 
 'Aptatoff, -ov, AricEus, commander 
 of the Asiatics in the army of 
 Cyrus. 
 
 dpi6p6s, -ov, 6, number, amount. 
 
 Der. ARITHMETIC. 
 
 dpi(TTda> {dpiarov, breakfast), f. 
 -rjaa, pf. rjpiarrjKa, to breakfast. 
 
 apitrros, best, noblest, sup. of dya- 
 $6s; neut. pi. aptcrra, as adv., 
 best, sup. of €u or KoKas. 
 
 t 
 
 
 ApKa8iK6s VOCABULARY. Ba^vXav 
 
 95 
 
 ApKaBiKos, -rj, -ov (*ApKa8ia, Ar- 
 cadia, central province of the 
 Peloponnesus), Arcadian. 
 
 *ApKds, -dbos, 6, an Arcadian. 
 
 &ppd, -aros, t6, chariot. 
 
 *Appr)vi], -Tjs, Harmene, a harbour 
 of Sinope. 
 
 ipnd^Q), f. apnda-o), pf. fjpnaKa, to 
 snatch, snatch up. 
 
 Aprdo^os, -ov, Artaozus, a friend 
 of Cyrus. 
 
 *ApTa^ep^r]s, -ov, Artaxerxes, sur- 
 named Mnemon from his great 
 memory, eldest son of Darius 
 Nothus, and his successor upon 
 the throne of Persia. 
 
 "ApTcpis, -ihos, Diana, sister of 
 Apollo, goddess of the chase 
 and of virginity. 
 
 apros, -ov, 6, loaf of bread. 
 
 *ApvaTas, -ov, Arystas, an Arcadi- 
 an, a great eater. 
 
 *Apxay6pas, -ov, Archagoras, an 
 exile from Argos, one of the 
 Greek lochagi. 
 
 «PX^j -VS i»PX<^)^ rule^ govern- 
 ment; province; beginning. 
 
 &PXCO, f. ap^co (^ 222. 1), to take 
 the lead, to rule, to command; 
 to begin (^ 350. r.) ; Mid., to be- 
 gin. In the sense to begin, the 
 active rather denotes to begin 
 for others to follow, and the 
 middle simply /o begin for one'' s 
 self Der. arch-. 
 
 apx<>>v, -ovTos, 6 (prop. part, of ap- 
 ;^a)), commander, ruler. 
 
 da-dcveoj {dadevrjs, loeaJc), f. -rjaa, 
 to be weak, feeble, or sick. 
 
 'Ao-m, -as, Asia, the largest of the 
 three grand divisions of the old 
 world. 
 
 ^Ao-lMttjs, -ov, Asidates, a rich 
 Persian, taken and despoiled by 
 Xenophon. 
 
 ^Aa^Lvalos, -ov (Aa-ivr], Asine, a 
 town of Laconia), an Asinaan. 
 
 aarros, -ov (a-, ctItos), without food. 
 
 da-Kos, -ov, 6, leathern bag, goat- 
 skin . 
 
 aa-pfvos, -T), -ov, glad, joyful. 
 
 dand^opai, f. -dcropai, to greet, em- 
 brace, take leave of. 
 
 dairis, -l^os, rj, shield, the large 
 round shield of the Greeks. 
 
 da(f)aXr]s, -(s {d-, (r<pdXXopai, to 
 stumble, fall, fail), safe, secure. 
 
 da(t)aXa)s {darcpaXrjs) , safely, se- 
 curely. 
 
 dra^ia, -as (a-, rdrTo)) , disorder, 
 want of discipline. 
 
 av, again, on the otiter hand. 
 
 avXiCopai {avXr], court-yard, lodg- 
 ing), f. -iaopai, to lodge. 
 
 avX6s, -ov, 6, flute, differing from 
 that common with us, in having 
 a mouth-piece, and a fuller tone. 
 
 avTiKa {avT6s), forthwith. 
 
 avT6paTos, -r], -ov {avT6s, r. pa-, to 
 endeavour) , self-moving ; dno 
 Tov avTopaTov, of one^s own mo- 
 tion or accord. Der. automa- 
 ton. 
 
 avrds, -fj, -6, very, same, self; 6 
 avT6s, the same ; in the oblique 
 cases not beginning a clause, as 
 the common pron. of the 3d 
 pers. him, her, it; gen. avrov 
 [sc. T6nov or x^p'^-^^i ^ 379], as 
 adv., there. See §§ 149, 508 f. 
 
 avTOv, -Tjs, contr. from tavrov, -rfs. 
 
 d(f)aip4(o {dn6, alpea, f. -rjorco, pf. 
 jypT/Ka, 2 a. elXov) , and oftener 
 d(f}aipeopai, to take away, de- 
 prive, rob. 
 
 d(l)avTjs, -€s (d-, (jyaivco), unseen, out 
 of sight, invisible. 
 
 dcfyirjpL {dno, trjpi, f. rja-o), pf. fi/ca, 
 a. fJKa), to let loose. 
 
 d(f)iKV€opai {dn6, 'iKveopai, to come, 
 f. t^opai, pf. lypai, 2 a. iKoprjv, 
 ^ 292), to arrive, come to.^ 
 
 d(f)inn€VQi {dn6, Innevoa, to ride, t. 
 -€V(ra>) , to ride off or back. 
 
 d(f>iaTT]pt {dn6,taTrjpt), f. 07700x77- 
 (To), pf. d(f)€aTr]Ka, 1 a. dnearrj- 
 a-a, 2 a. dnearriy, to withdraw 
 from, trans. ; in the intrans. 
 forms, to stand off from or aloof, 
 withdraw, retire. 
 
 *Axai-6s,-ov, an Acho'/in, an inhab 
 itaut of Achaia, the northern 
 province of the Peloponnesus. 
 
 axBopai, f. dx6iO-opai, a. rjxO^aSrjv 
 (^ 223. a), to be vexed. 
 
 Ba^vX<i>v,-aiVos, f], Babylon, a cele- 
 
 1 
 
 »■ _ 
 
 M 
 
 "'I 
 
 i- 
 
 w .1 
 
96 
 
 Ba^v\a)v 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 yvfxvd^o) 
 
 brated city upon the river Eu- 
 phrates. 
 
 Baj3uX&)j/tos, -a, -ov (Ba/SuXo)!'), 
 Babylonian. 
 
 Pd3os, -€os, TO {^advs)y depth. 
 
 ^advs, -fla, -V, deep. 
 
 l^aivo), f. ^T](TOfxai, pf. ^e^rjKa, 2 a. 
 e^rju (^ 278), to step, go.] 
 
 jSaXXo), f. /3aXw, pf. ^f^XrjKa, 2 a. 
 e^aXov (§§ 223, 277. a), ^o 
 throw, cast, 
 
 ^ap^apiKos, -ri,-6v {^dp^apos), bar- 
 barian. 
 
 ^ap^apiKws {^ap^apiKos) , in the 
 barbarian tongue, in Persian. 
 
 Sdp^apos, -ov, barbarian; ^dp^a- 
 pos, subst., a barbarian, a term 
 apphed by the Greeks to those 
 of all nations except their own. 
 
 ^acriXfios, -ov (^acnXevs) , belong- 
 ing to a king, royal; to ^aai- 
 Xeiov [sc. dwfia], and oftener ra 
 /SaatXeia, palace. 
 
 ^aaiXcvs, -ecos, king, esp. applied 
 by the Greeks, and often with- 
 out the art. (^ 485. a), to the 
 King of Persia. 
 
 ^aaiXfvoi (jSao'iXevy), f. -eucro), to 
 
 reign. 
 
 ^aaiXiKos, -r/, -ov {^aaiXevs), king- 
 ly, royal. 
 
 BeXeavs, -vos, Belesys, a satrap of 
 Syria. 
 
 jScXticoi/, better, and ^eXTia-Tos, 
 best, comp. and sup. of dyados. 
 
 /3ia, -as, force, violence. 
 
 QiKos, -ov, 6, jar. 
 
 /3ios, -ov, 6, life. 
 
 /Soao), f. ^oTjo-ofMi, to cry out, call 
 aloud. 
 
 BoiaiTiosj-ov, 6, a Boeotian, an in- 
 habitant of the Grecian province 
 northwest of Attica. 
 
 ^opeast -ov, contr. poppas, -a (§ 94), 
 BOREAS, the north wind. 
 
 QovXfv(o {^ovXrj, plan, counsel, 
 from ^uvXopai), f. -evaio, pf. 
 jSf/SovXfv/ca, to plan, counsel; 
 Mid., to take counsel, deliberate, 
 consider, purpose, resolve. 
 
 QovXopxxL, f. ^ovXrjcropai, pf. j3e- 
 8ovXr]fuu (^ 222. 2), to will, be 
 Mllf^g, wish. See p. 68. c. 
 
 i3ov?, ^oos, 6, rj (§ 112. 4), Lat. 
 bos, ox, cow. 
 
 ^paxvs, -eia, -v, short; ^paxv, aa 
 adv. , a short distance. 
 
 Bv^dvTiov, -ov, Byzantium, a city 
 on the Thracian Bosphorus, 
 now Constantinople. ' 
 
 yaXrjVT], -qs, a calm. 
 
 ydp, con]., for ; never the first 
 word in its clause (^ 673. a), but 
 usually the second. 
 
 ye, at least, certainly, surely; a 
 particle, whose chief use is to 
 add emphasis or force to the 
 word preceding. See ^ 673. a. 
 
 yfiTcov, -oj/os, 6, fj, neighbour. 
 
 yeXda, f. -daopai, a. eyeXaara 
 (^ 219. a), to laugh. 
 
 yfXas , -(oTos , 6 (yeXdo)), laughter. 
 
 y€p(o, used only in pres. and impf., 
 to be full of. 
 
 yfved, -as (yiyvopai) , birth. 
 
 yippov, -ov, a wicker shield (of 
 osier, covered with ox-hide) . 
 
 yevopai, f. yevtropai, pf. yeyevpaij 
 to taste. The act. yevco is causa- 
 tive, to make to taste, give one a 
 taste of. 
 
 yf<f)vpa, -as, bridge. 
 
 yrj, yrjs (contr. from yda)^ earth, 
 land. 
 
 yiyvopai, f. yevrjaofiai, pf. yeyevrjpai 
 iindyeyova, 2 a. iy evoprjv {^286), 
 to come to be, become, be born, 
 take place, be, come. The gen- 
 eral distinction between elpi and 
 yiyvopai is the same as, in Eng., 
 between be and become. 
 
 y(.yv6aa'K(o, f. yvcaaopai, pf. eyva>Ka, 
 2 a. €yva)v (§ 285), Lat. nosco, 
 to KNOW, understand, determine., 
 judge. 
 
 TXovs, TXov (§ 126. 2), Glus, a 
 son of the ^Egyptian Tamos, 
 and a favorite officer of Cyrus. 
 
 yvoipt), -rjs, judgment, opinion. 
 
 yow, yovaros, to (§ 103. N.), knee. 
 
 ypdppa, -aros, to {ypdcf)(i)), letter. 
 Der. GRAMMAR. 
 
 ypd(j>(0, f. -^0), pf. yeypa<f)a (^ 36), 
 to write. 
 
 yvpvd(co (yvpvos^ naked, from the 
 Greek habit of engaging in ex- 
 
 yvpvd^ci 
 
 VOCABULARY. didXap^dva 
 
 97 
 
 ercise naked), f. -dao), to exer- 
 cise, train. Der. gymnastics. 
 
 yvvrj, yvvaiKos (§ 101. y), woman, 
 wife. 
 
 baKpvoi {bdKpvt tear), f. -vcrw, to 
 weep. 
 
 BapeiKos, -ov, 6 (Aa/jfioy), daric, 
 a Persian gold coin, = about 
 $ 4.00. 
 
 AapeloSi -ou, Darius, surnamed 
 Nothus, king of Persia, natural 
 son of Artaxerxes Longimanus, 
 and father of Artaxerxes Mne- 
 mon and Cyrus. 
 
 Baarpos^ -ov, 6 [8aiopai, to divide), 
 tribute. 
 
 Be, but, and; on the other hand, 
 also (^ 657. y) ; the common 
 particle of contradistinction, in- 
 termediate in its force between 
 the copulative /eat, and, and the 
 adversative dXXd, but. Kai 
 unites without implying dis- 
 tinction ; while Be implies some 
 distinction, and dXXd not only 
 distinction, but opposition. Ae, 
 like pev (which see), is usually 
 the second word in its clause, 
 never the first (^ 673. a>. 
 
 BeboiKa and Bedia, f. (epic) Beia-opai, 
 a. tBeiaa (t 58, §§ 237, 282), to 
 be afraid, fear. 
 
 Bei, see Beta, to need. 
 
 BeUvvpi and BeiKvixo, f. Set-to, pf. 
 BeBeixa (^ 52, § 294), to point 
 out, show. 
 
 BeiXrj, -rjs, evening, afternoon. 
 
 Beivos, -T], -ov {beos,fear), terrible. 
 
 BeiTTveo) {Belnvov), f. Benrvrjaa, pf. 
 BeBeiTTvrjKa, to sup, take one^s 
 supper. 
 
 BeiTTVov, -ov, supper, 
 
 BeKa, indecL, ten. 
 
 BeKanevTe, indecl., fifteen, 
 
 BevBpov, -ov (§ 124. /3), tree. 
 
 Be^ios, -a, -ov, Lat. dexter, right 
 ( as opposed to left), on the right ; 
 Tj Be^id [sc. x«^tp], the right hand; 
 TO Be^iov [sc. Kepas], the right 
 wing of an army. 
 
 ^e^nrnos, -ov, Dsxippus, a Laconi- 
 an in the array of Cyrus, who 
 
 proved false to his fellow-sol- 
 diers. 
 
 Beppa, -aros, to {Bepa>, to fay), skin, 
 hide. 
 
 Bea-TTOTTjs, -ov (§ 742), master. 
 Der. DESPOT. 
 
 Bevpo, hither. 
 
 BevrepQs, -a, -ov {Bvo), second. 
 
 fie^o/iat, f. Be^opat, pf. BeBeypai, to 
 receive, take. 
 
 Beoi and rarely BlBrjpi, f. Brja-oi, pf. 
 BeBeKa (§ § 219, 284), ^0 bind, tie 
 up. 
 
 Be(o, f. BerjO-a, pf. BeBerjKa (§ 222. 3), 
 to need; commonly impers. in 
 the Act., Bel, there is need, it is 
 necessary, f. Berjaei, &c. ; Mid. 
 Beopai, f. Ber]cropai,]){. BeBerjfjLai, 
 a. eBerjdrjv, to need, want, desire, 
 beg, entreat, request. 
 
 Br] {3. shorter and weaker form of 
 rjBri, now, and used, like our 
 unemphatic now, without any 
 distinct reference to time), note, 
 tlien, so, indeed. See ^ 673. a. 
 
 BriXos, -T], -ov, evident, manifest. 
 
 Bt]X6(o (BrjXos), f. -COCO), pf. BeB-qXa- 
 Ka (Tf 47), to manifest, show. 
 
 Brjpoa-ios, -a, -ov {Brjpos, people), be- 
 longing to tlie people, public. 
 
 Bid, through; w. gen., more liter- 
 ally, through place, time, &c. ; 
 w. ace, through means of, on 
 account of, by reason of. 
 
 Bia^aiv(o (Bid, ^aiv(o, f. ^rjcopai, 
 pf. ^€^r)Ka, 2 a. e^r)v),to go 
 through or across, to cross. 
 
 Bia^dXXa [Bid, /SaXXtOj f. ^aXSi, p£ 
 ^e^XrjKa, 2 a. e^aXov), to tra- 
 duce, slander, accuse falsely. 
 
 Btabibapt [Bid, BiBapi, f. Baiaco, pf. 
 BeBojKa, a. eda)Ku), to distribute. 
 
 Bia^evyvvpi {Bid, ^evyvvpi, f. ^cv^oi), 
 to disjoin, part, separate. 
 
 BiaKivBvveva>{bid, KivBvvevco, to risk, 
 f. -eva-co), to risk throughout, ex- 
 pose one^s self 
 
 BiaKXdoi {Bid, KXd(o,to break, f. kXo- 
 ara>), to break in pieces, break up. 
 
 BiaKoa-ioi, -ax, -a {Bis, eKarov), two 
 hundred. 
 
 BuAap^dva {Bid, Xap^dva, f. X'qyltO' 
 
 1 1 
 
 
 i 
 
98 
 
 dtaXa/ijSavo) VOCABULARY. 
 
 eaoi 
 
 pit, pf. eiX7;<^a, 2 a. fXa^0J/), to 
 take each his share of a thing, 
 divide (as a company among 
 themselves). 
 
 BidKeyofxai {8id,\eyco)j f. StaXe^o- 
 fiat, pf. bieiXcyfxai, a. 8ifX«;(^gi', 
 /o converse, Der. dialogue. 
 
 6(ai/o(a, -a? (Sia, voos), thought, 
 design. 
 
 dLanXeo) {did, TrXeco, f. TrXeutro/iat, 
 pf. TTCTrXfuica), to sail across. 
 
 oiappnmoi yoia, pnrreco, t. pf^rco, 
 pf. €ppL(pa), to throw [through a 
 company] about, distribute by 
 throwing. 
 
 tia<Tr]fjLaiv(o {Bid, (Trjfiaiva), f. -avQ>), 
 to signify, indicate, make known. 
 
 biaoTTfipa) {did, aTreipca, f. airfpSi), 
 to scatter abroad, disperse. 
 
 BiaTd-rroi (8m, Tdrra>, f. ra^o), pf. 
 Teraxa), to arrange, draw up 
 in order of battle, set in order. 
 
 hiariOrjpLi {bid, T'i6r]p.i, f. 6r)(r<o, pf. 
 redciKa, a. fdrjKa), to dispose; 
 Mid., to dispose q/*(for one's self, 
 especially by sale) . 
 
 biarpt^o) [bid, rpi^co, to rub, wear, 
 f. Tpiyf/(o, pf. TeTpi(l)a), to [wear 
 through] spend time, delay, tar- 
 ry. 
 
 tia({>aiva) [bid, (f>aiva>, f. (f>ava), pf. 
 ire({)ayKa), to shoic through; Mid., 
 to appear or shine through. 
 
 bibdcrKO), f. bibd^co, pf. bfbibaxa. 
 (^ 285), to teach. Der. didac- 
 tic. 
 
 BtbrjfjLi, see bea, to bind. 
 
 bib<s>fii, f. Saxro), pf. bebaxa, a. 
 €ba>Ka (^51), to give, present. 
 
 bickavpa {bid, iXavvay, f. i\d(T(o, 
 pf. eXrjXaKa), to ride through. 
 
 bUp^ofMi {bid, ep^ofiai, f. iXdao- 
 pxxi, pf. eXrjXvBa, 2 a. rjXdov), to 
 go through, pass over; go 
 abroad. 
 
 tUxcti [bid, tx(o, f. €|q) and (rpfi^tro), 
 pf. t(Txr]K.a, 2 a. eaxov), to [hold 
 aj^rt] be distant. 
 
 biKaias {bUaios, just, from bUr]), 
 justly, with good reason. 
 
 biKT], -rjs, justice, punishment. 
 
 di7r\6os, -OT), ~6ov, contr. birrXovs, 
 
 -TJ, -ovv {bit, -7rX(Jor, § 138. 4) 
 double. 
 
 [bis {bvo), twice.] 
 
 bi(rxiXioi, -at, -a {bis, ;(i'Xtot), two 
 thousand. 
 
 bi(f)pos, -ov, 6 {bis, (})(pa)), 5ca/(prop. 
 for two). 
 
 biojKTeos, -a, -ov (Sioxco), to be pur 
 sued. 
 
 bi(s)K(o, f. -^(0 and -^op,ai, to pursue^ 
 chase. 
 
 boK€(o, f. b6^a> (§ 288), to seem, 
 appear; think. Impers. boK€it 
 it seems, appears, f. bo^ei. 
 
 bopdriov, -ov (dim. of bopv), a small 
 spear, javelin. 
 
 bopv, boparos (§ 103. N.), spear. 
 
 bov\€V(i> {bovXos, slave), f. -ever©, 
 pf. bf.bovXevKa, to be a slave. 
 
 bovTreo) {boiiTTOS, din), f. -rjo-o), to 
 make a din. 
 
 ApaKovrios, -ov, Dracontius, a 
 Spartan exile, chosen by the 
 Greeks to superintend the 
 games celebrated on account 
 of their safe return to the sea- 
 coast. 
 
 bpapciv, 2 a. infin. ofrpexco. 
 
 bp6px)s^ov, 6 (rpe'xa)), running j 
 race. 
 
 bvvafiai, f. bvvTjO-ofJiai, pf. bfbvvTjfjLaif 
 a. ebvvr)dr]v, Tjbvvrjdrjv (^ 189. 1), 
 and ebvvdadrjv, to be able, can. 
 
 bvvap.is, -ecos, rj {bvvapxii), power. 
 
 Der. DYNAMIC. 
 
 bvvo) and bvop^i, f. bvaop-ai, pf. 
 
 bebvKa, 2 a. ebiv (^ 278), to 
 
 enter, put on one's self; of the 
 
 sun, to set. 
 bvo, bvolv (^ 137. y), Lat. duo, two. 
 bvaprj, -rjs {bvv(o), setting (of the 
 
 sun), scarce used except in the 
 
 plur. 
 edv {el, civ), contr. rjv and av, if, 
 
 used w. subj. (^ 603) ; edv [itj, 
 
 if not, unless. 
 iavTov, -rjs, contr. avrov, -rjs {% 23. 
 
 B, § 144), of himself , herself, or 
 
 itself. 
 ido), f. -dcro), pf. elciKa, to permit, 
 
 fdco x'^'-P^'-^i '^ ^^ farewell tOy 
 
 let alone. 
 
 eyyvs 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 U<l)€pa> 
 
 €K' 
 
 99 
 
 eyyvff, near. For its comparison, 
 
 see ^ 163. ^. 
 iyi>, epod or pov (1 23), Lat. ego, 
 
 /. See p. 73. j. 
 eycoye (cyto, ye, §§ 328. b, /o^. 
 d. b), I at least, J surely, I 
 (more emphatic than e-ycb). 
 iOeXoi, f. -,70-to, pf. ijOiXrjKa {§ 222. 
 •2), to ivish, will, be willing. 
 See p. 68. c. 
 ei, if used w. ind. and opt. (§ 603) ; 
 
 ct pi], if not, unless, 
 elbevai, eibas, inf. and part, of oiSa. 
 eibov, 2 a. of ooao). 
 €iKdC<o [eiKos), t. -ao-o), impf. eUaCov 
 and fJKaCov (§ 188. N.), to liken, 
 conjecture. 
 €ik6s, -vtos (neut. part, of the perf. 
 
 eiKa) , likely, probable. 
 €iKO(Ti[v, ^ 66. a), indecl., twenty. 
 elXov, 2 a. of aipeto. 
 fipl., f. ecropai, impf. rjv (1 55, 
 
 & 230), to be. See ylyvopai. 
 elpi, impf. ^eiv (H 56, ^ 231), to 
 
 go, come. See ^ 301. 3. 
 etTToi/, said, 2 aor., and (ipr]Ka, pf. 
 associated with <^j;fti (H 53, 
 ^ 301. 7). 
 ils [iv, ^ 648. y), into ; to ; against, 
 upon ; for, in respect to ; to the 
 number of In expressing mo- 
 tion to, els is the common prep, 
 •with names of places, and npos 
 or napd with names of persons 
 {irapd expressing more precisely 
 to the side or vicinity of as to the 
 court of a monarch), 
 els, pia, ev, g. evos, pias (1[ 21, 
 5. 137. ^), one; used more 
 strictly as a numeral than one 
 in Eng. 
 fiV/3aXXa) {els, ^dXXco, f. ^aXS>, pf. 
 ^i^XrjKa, 2 a. eliaXov), to throw 
 one's self into, enter into. 
 eia^oXi], -?is {el(r^dXX<o), entrance, 
 elabvvo) and elabvopai {els, btva 
 and bvopai, f bvcropai, pf bebvKa, 
 2 a. ediJi/), ^0 en^tr into, 
 etaeipi {els, ei/it), /o go into or m, 
 
 en/er. 
 etaepxopai- (f is. epxo/uit, f. eXevao- 
 pai, pf. eXfjXvea, 2 a. ^X^o»/), ^0 
 come xn/o or iw, enier. 
 
 eiaTrXco) (eiy, ttXcco, f. irXevaopni, 
 
 pf. neTrXevKa), to sail into. 
 ela(f)€p(o {els, (j)ep(o, f. olaoj, pf. 
 evT]vnxa, 1 a. rjveyica, 2 a. ^j/ey- 
 *cov), /o 6nn^ rrt/o or in. 
 elcrco {(Is), ivithin. 
 elra [el rd, if those things are), then. 
 
 in that case. 
 eXre . . eire {el, re), whether . . or, 
 el<o6a (§ 297), plup. eltoOeiv, to be 
 
 accustomed or wont. 
 €K, see e^. 
 
 eKaaros, -t), -ov, each. 
 eKarepcodev {eKdrepos, each of two), 
 
 from each side, on both sides. 
 eKarov, indecl., one hundred. 
 eK^dXX(o (e^, ^aXXo), f. /SoXoi, pf. 
 ^e^XrjKu, 2 a. e^dXov), to Cast 
 out. 
 eKyovus, -ov {eK, yiyvopai), bom 
 from ; to. eKyova, offspring, 
 young, 
 eicbipco {ei, bepa, to flay, f. bepSt, 
 
 a. ^beipa, ^ 259. a), to flay. 
 eKbibaypi {e^, bibaypi, f. Saxro), pf. 
 bebcoKa, a. ebaKa), to give forth, 
 deliver up. 
 e'/cei, inhere. 
 
 cfceTi/ot, -r], -o {eKeT),that, pi. those; 
 as pers. pron., he, she, it. See 
 §^ 97. 2, 502, 512 f. 
 €Kel(T€ (eK€i), thither. 
 eKKXtjaia, -as {eKKaXea, to call 
 forth), an assembly (prop, called 
 forth by a crier). 
 eK/cXtj/o) (e|, KXtv(o, tobend, f.icXivS}), 
 to turn aside or aivay, give way, 
 eKXetVo) (c^, Xeina, f. -■v//-o), pf. Xc- 
 XoiTra, 2 a. eXtTrov), to forsake, 
 desert. Der. eclipse. 
 eKiTivoi {ei,mv(o, f. Triopai, pf. ttc- 
 TTWKa, 2 a. eTTtoj^), to drink off or 
 
 cWXeo) (c'l, TrXeo), f. trXeva-opai, pf. 
 irenXevKa), to sail forth. 
 
 eKTToplCoj (e^, TTopifo), ^0 5Mp;)Zy, f. 
 -lo-o)), <o provide. 
 
 eKTpi-nco {ei,Tpen<o, f. -^^co, pf. re- 
 Tpo<|)a and TeTpa(f)a), to turn out 
 of or aside, trans. ; Mid., to turn 
 aside, intrans. ^ ^ ^ 
 
 €K</)cpa) (e^, (jiepo, f. oio-o), pf. ew^ 
 wxa, 1 a. iji/ey/ca, 2 a. jyi/r/Koj/), 
 
 
100 
 
 €K^€p<0 
 
 VOCABULARY. f^a/cicr;(tXtot 
 
 if 
 
 I 
 
 1 
 
 1 
 
 to carry out (esp. a corpse for 
 
 burial). 
 ikavpcot f. c'XaiTw, eXco, pf. cXi^Xoica 
 
 (^ 278), to drive, ride, 
 Aeij/, 2 a. inf. o(aipea>. 
 iXevOepia, -as [iXevOepos), freedom^ 
 
 liberty. 
 iXevBeposy -a, -ov^free. 
 iXOtlv^ 2 a. inf. of cpxopai. 
 cX/co), f.-|o),impf. fIXicoy(^^ 189.3, 
 
 298) , to draWy draw vp. 
 EXXay, -ados, fj {"EWriv), Greece. 
 "EWrjVi -Tjvosj 6, a Greek. 
 iWrjvi^a) ("EXXjji/), f. -iVo), /O 
 
 speak Greek. 
 *EWt]vik6si -rjt -6v ("EXXj^v), Gre- 
 cian, Greek. 
 *'EWr]viKws ('EXX7;vt/cof), in Greek. 
 *EWr]vls, -iBoSj Tj ("EXXt;!', ^ ISl), 
 
 adj., Grecian, 
 efiavrov, -rjs ("H 23. B, ^ 144), o/* 
 
 myself. 
 ip^alvo) (cV, ^a'iVKo, f. ^rfaopai-, pf. 
 
 fie^rjKa, 2 a. €^J;»'), io ^0 in/o or 
 
 on board, embark. 
 ip^aX\a> (cV, ^aXXo), f. /SaXco, pf. 
 
 /3€)3XT;Ka, 2 a. e/3aXoi/), ^o Mrou; 
 
 or put in or w;7on, insert, injiict. 
 ip^i^dCo) (eV, ^i^d^to, to cause to 
 
 go, f. -aorca), to put on board a 
 
 vessel, make one embark, 
 (fwv, (px)i, iiU, oblique cases of 
 
 cyw. 
 e/xof , -17, -6v (cyo), (fiov), my, mine, 
 tpneipos, -ov {ev, irelpa, trial), ex- 
 perienced in, acquainted wilh. 
 ifimirra} (eV, TTtTrra), f. neaovfiai, 
 
 pf. TreTTTcoKa, 2 a. eTrecroi'), /o 
 
 yo// in/o, fU5A or throw one's 
 
 self into. 
 €fnr\e(oSi -a>v {iv, TrXecoy, ^ 135), 
 
 ffinopiov, -ov (epnoposy trader), em- 
 porium, mar^ 
 
 ffxirpoaBev {iv, 7rp6a-0ev), in front, 
 before, previously. 
 
 iv, Lat. in, in; within, among; at; 
 on, upon; in composition, often 
 into. 
 
 ivavTiost -a, -ov (cV, dvri), over 
 against, opposite, opposed to, 
 contrary ; oi ivavrioh the enemy. 
 
 €vbov (eV), within. 
 
 ivbvv()3 and ivhv^pai (fV, hvvoi and 
 bvopai, f. hvaopxii, pf. fic6v*ca, 
 2 a. e^iij/), to put on one's 
 self. 
 
 €V(ipi {ip, ft/it, f. eaopai), to be in. 
 
 €ueKa, on account of, for the sake of. 
 
 ZuOa (cV), there, here; where; there- 
 upon. 
 
 tvi, see Notes on Less. XV. 9. 
 
 iviavTos, -ov, 6, year. 
 
 ivlore (m, ore, § 523. a), some 
 times. 
 
 iwoidi [iv, voeo), to think, f. -rjaaj 
 pf. v€v6r]Ka, from v6os)y to con- 
 sider, reflect upon. 
 
 ivravBa (emphatic form of cj/^a, 
 and more frequent in prose, 
 ^ 63), there, here; thereupon, 
 hereupon, upon this. 
 
 ivT€iVQ> (ev, T€Lua>, to stretch, f. t^vo), 
 pf. TiTaKa, § 268), to [stretch 
 out upon] inflict (blows). 
 
 €VT€v6€u (emphatic form of tvOev, 
 thence, % 63), thence, hence; 
 thenceforth; hereupon. 
 
 ivTiOrjpt {(If, Tidrjpi, f. 6ri(r(0, pf. 
 reOeiKa, a. Z6r]Ka)y to put into or 
 on board. 
 
 ivTipas (evTt/io?, honored, from iv 
 and ripT]), in honor. 
 
 ivTvy\dv(ti (cV, rvy;^avo), f. rtv^o- 
 fiai, pf. TfTvxr)Ka, 2 a. Ztvxov), 
 to happen upon, meet with, find. 
 
 evinrviovi -ov {ev, vttvos, sleep), 
 dream. 
 
 i^ (before a cons, ck, § 68. 1) out 
 of, from. *Arro expresses the 
 simple idea of from, or from the 
 surface; while i^ denotes from 
 t/ie interior, or from within ; and 
 napd,from the vicinity, or from 
 beside. In composition, €^ some- 
 times simply strengthens the 
 meaning, by expressing the 
 carrying out of the action. 
 
 €$, indecl., six. 
 
 €^ayycXXti) (c^, dyycXXw, f. ayyeXw, 
 pf. ^yyeX<a), to bring out word. 
 
 (^al(f)vr]s, suddenly, on a sudden. 
 
 e|a/«o-xtXtoi, -at, -a {e^aKis, six 
 times, xiXtot), six thousand. 
 
 i^oKoaioi 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 eTTOfiai 
 
 101 
 
 i^aKocrioi, -ai, -a (e^, e/cariJi/), six 
 hundred. 
 
 i^aTTardoi {e^, aTrdraw, to deceive, 
 f- -T](r(o), to deceive, cheat. 
 
 e^ajrivTjs, softer form for e^ai(f)vr]s. 
 
 €^eip.L (e^, ufii), only used in the 
 irapers. e^eari, it is permitted, 
 possible, or in one^s power, f. i^e- 
 (TTai, &c. 
 
 e^cLfii (e^, et/zi), to go out. 
 
 e^eXavuco (e^, iXavvu), f. eXd(ra>, pf. 
 eXrjXaKa), to ride forth, march, 
 advance; used of the leader of 
 an expedition. 
 
 e^epxofiai (e|, fpxopai, f. iXevcro- 
 poL, pf. €\r]\v6a, 2 a. rj\6ov), to 
 come or ^o out or forth. 
 
 €^o8os, -ov, f] (c^, oSos-), going 
 forth, excursion. Der. Exodus. 
 
 e|a) (e^), without (opposed to with- 
 in). 
 
 eopTj], -rjs, festival, feast. 
 
 €7raive(t) (eVt, alveco, to praise, f. 
 -eVo), pf. fjveKa), to praise, com- 
 mend. 
 
 iirdv {eirei, av), after that, vjhen. 
 
 eVet {cTri), after that, when, since. 
 
 fTreiddv (eVeifij;, av), when now, 
 wlien. 
 
 iireibi) (eVei, S17), Since now, since. 
 
 encipt (tV/, fipi), to come upon or 
 on, advance. 
 
 fTTfira (fVei ra, since those things 
 are), t/iereupon, then, after- 
 wards, in the second place. 
 
 fTTepcorao) (eVi, epcoraw, f. epcoTTjaa) 
 and epT}(ropaL, pf. rjpayrqKa, 2 a. 
 m. rip6p.T]v), to ask or question 
 further. 
 
 inl, upon : w. gen. Mpon( rest strict- 
 ly upon), on Joarrf o/"; w. dat., 
 wpon (rest upon, but less strictly 
 than w. gen. ) ; at, by ;for ; over; 
 dependent upon, in the power 
 of; in addition to: w. ace, up- 
 on (motion upon); against, to. 
 
 firt^ovXevo) {eni, jSouXevo), f. -evaco, 
 pf. ^c^ovXevKa), to plan or plot 
 against, to plot. 
 
 €7ri$ovXT], -rjs (eVi, ^ovXj]\plan, 
 counsel), plot. 
 
 iirihiiKvvpi (eVi, BeUvvp-i, f. dei^o), 
 
 9* 
 
 pf. bedetxa), to exhibit; Mid.,/o 
 
 exhibit one's self, or what be- 
 longs to one's self. 
 €7ndvp€(0 {em, 6vpj^, spirit), f. 
 
 -ria-oi, to [set one's heart upon a 
 
 thing] desire. 
 eTTiKfipaL (eVt, K.€ip,ai, f. Kciaofjuii), 
 
 to press upon, as an enemy. 
 i'iTLKovpj)pa, -arcs, to {entKovpea, 
 
 to aid, protect), protection. 
 €TnKpdTcia,-as (eVi, Kpareo)), power 
 
 over, dominion. 
 iiriXeyo) (cVt, Xeyw, f. Xe'^o)), tO say 
 
 in addition or also. 
 eVtXetTrco (cV/, XetTTO), f. -\^o), pf. 
 
 XeXotTra, 2 a. eXnrov), to fail, be 
 
 wanting to. 
 impeXeopai (eVij/ieXw), f. -r\<Topai, 
 
 pf. €7np€p€Xr}pai,io take care of, 
 
 obsei've carefully. 
 fTnopKeo) (erri, opKos)j f. -rjato, to 
 
 sivear falsely, perjure one^s self. 
 €7rippvTos, -ov (cTTt, pico), wcll-wo- 
 
 tered. 
 inioTapai, f. iTnarfja-opai, impf. 
 
 rjTTKTTdprjv, to understand, know, 
 
 be assured. 
 iiTKTToXrj, -^s (^tTnoTeXXci), to send 
 . to), EPISTLE, letter. 
 eVtri^dfioy, -a, -ov (eVirT/Sey, on pur- 
 pose), suitable, serviceable; rh 
 
 cTTLTrj^eia, the necessaries of life, 
 
 provisions, supplies. 
 iTTLTiBrjpi [enl, TiSrjpi, f. Bf)<Ta>, pf. 
 
 redciica, a. €0r]Ka), to put upon, 
 
 inflict; Mid.,^o throw onfs self 
 
 upon, fall upon, attack. 
 irrtTvyxdvco {iirl, rvyxdva, f. rev 
 
 ^o/iai, pf. TCTvxr]<a, 2 a. erv^ov), 
 
 to happen upon, meet with, find. 
 CTrKJ^aivco (eVi, (paivco, f. (jyavoi, pf. 
 
 ir€<PayKa), to show upon or forth ; 
 
 Mid., io show one^s self or appear, 
 
 especially for an attack upon 
 
 another. 
 inixapis, -i, g. -tros {iirl, X^P'-^i 
 
 grace) , pleasing, agreeable, 
 iinx^ipeco, f. -rja-ay {eni, X^^'p)' '^ 
 
 [put one's hand to a thing] 
 
 undertake, attempt. 
 CTTopai, f. eyjrop^i, impf. eirroprjv, 
 
 2 a. cWo/xj^v ( § 300), to follow. 
 
 
 II 
 
102 
 
 CTTTO 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 tjyeofuu 
 
 tjyeofuu 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 Bpcurvs 
 
 103 
 
 I 
 
 i^ 
 
 V. 
 
 
 ii 
 
 I. 
 
 cTrra, indecl., sfiven. 
 
 iirraKotrioit -ai, -a (cTrra, (Kctrov), 
 seven hundred. 
 
 *ETrva^a, -rjSi Epi/ena, wife of 
 Syennesis, king of Cilicia. 
 
 epyd^ofxai (epyov), f. -daopaij pf. 
 etpyatruaif to work. 
 
 tpyovi -ov, ivork. 
 
 fprjpia, -as {eprjpLos), solitude , lone- 
 liness. 
 
 tprjposi -ovj deserted J desert, unin- 
 habited. 
 
 (ppjjvfvsj -((OS, 6 ('Ep/i^y, Mercury^ 
 the god of speech, and messen- 
 ger of the gods), interpreter. 
 
 €ppa)p€va>s{eppa)p€vos, strong, reso- 
 lute), strongly, resolutely. 
 
 tp-Xppxxi, f. iXevaopai, pf. eXrjXvda, 
 2 a. rj\6ov, to come, go. See 
 § 301. 3. 
 
 ipa>, see (pTjpi. 
 
 ipuyrdo), f ip<oTr](ra) and ipTjaopai, pf. 
 fjponTTjKa, 2 a. m. rjpoprjv (§ 298), 
 to ask for information, question. 
 
 €(r6ia>, f. edofiai, pf. idrjboKa, 2 a. 
 t^ayov (§ 298), to eat. 
 
 taxorosy -t), -ov {e^, ^ 161. 2), 
 uttermost, extreme, last. 
 
 *Et€6vTkos, -ov, Eteonicus, a Spar- 
 tan officer at Byzantium. 
 
 €T€pos, -a, -ov (^ 316. 2), other of 
 two ; one of two, ^ 542. y. 
 
 €Ti, still, yet, more, longer. 
 
 eroipos, -T], -ov, ready. 
 
 €Tos, -60S, TO, year. 
 
 €v, well. 
 
 evBaipovi^o) {ei/baipav), f. -i(ra>,to 
 think or deem happy, congratu- 
 late. 
 
 (vBaipav, -ov, g. -ovos {(v, Balpav, 
 fortune), happy, prosperous. 
 
 €vBvsy straightway, immediately. 
 
 'EvKkeibrji, -ov, Euclides, a sooth- 
 sayer from Phlius, and a friend 
 of Xenophon. 
 
 €vvoia, -as {evvoos), good-will, af- 
 fection. 
 
 tvvoost -oov, contr. tvvovs, -ovv [ev, 
 voos), well-disposed, kind. 
 
 €vpi<rKto, f. €vp^(ra>, pf. (vprjKa, 2 a. 
 evpov or T}vpov (^ 296), to find. 
 
 €vpos, -cos, 
 breadth. 
 
 
 TO (evpvs), width, 
 
 ci^^^i-M '(ia, -V, wide, broad, 
 fvra^ia, -as (fv, rdrra)), good or 
 
 der or discipline. 
 furvx«'<«> {f^Tvx^s-, fortunaie), i 
 
 -Tj(Ta), pf. fVTvxrjKa (^ 193. III.) 
 
 to succeed, be successful. 
 (VTvxfJpa, -aros, to {(vtvx^^)* *^C" 
 
 cess. 
 Evcpparrjs, -ov, the Euphrates, a 
 
 celebrated river of western Asia. 
 €V(avvpos, -ov {ev, ovopa), left (op- 
 posed to right) ; to fviawpMV [sc. 
 
 K€pas], the left wing of an army. 
 "Eipeo-os, -ov, T], Ephesus, an Ionian 
 
 city upon the western coast of 
 
 Asia Minor, having a celebrated 
 
 temple of Diana. 
 €cf>i(TTr]p.t, {iiTi, loTrjpi, f. (TTrjcra, 
 
 pf. eoTTjKa), to Stop, trans.; in 
 
 the intrans. forms, to stand by; 
 
 to stop, intrans. 
 exOpos, -a, -ov, hostile, inimical; 6 
 
 ix^postfoe. 
 e'xvpo's, -a, -ov (Ixo)), strong (easily 
 
 held or defended), secure. 
 e^w and lo-xw, f. e^co and a-xrjo-co, 
 
 pf. €crxT]Ka, 2 a. faxov, to have_ 
 
 hold, occupy. See § 300. 
 ews, eo), T] (^^ 97. 3, 98), dawn, 
 
 morning. 
 €<asi while, whilst; until. 
 ^da>, f. C^o"w, to live. See ^'^ 33. a, 
 
 280. y. 
 ^evyrjXareo) (^(vyrjXdTTjs), f. -lycrco, 
 
 /o rfWvc a team. 
 ^€vyrj\dTrjSi -ov {C^vyos, iXavvco), 
 
 teamster. 
 Cevyvvpi, f. (ev^o) (^ 294), to yoke, 
 
 join, connect. 
 ffvyos, -eos, ro (^fvyviJ/xt)! a yoke 
 
 of oxen or other animals. 
 Zivs, Aios (H 16), Jupiter, king 
 
 of the gods. 
 Cr}T€<o, f. -170'Ci), /o seek. 
 Cvptrrjsi -ov, 6 {C^prj, leaven), adj. 
 
 leavened. 
 (a>vT], -rjs iC^vvvpu, to gird), girdle, 
 
 ZONE. 
 
 n , or ; than ; ^ . . n, either . . or. 
 tj (dat. fem. of os, § 421. )3), M;^e. 
 rjyfp^v, -oj/os, 6 (^yco/xai), guide, 
 
 leader, 
 fiyeopai (aya>), f. -rjaopMi, pf. ^yij- 
 
 
 fiai, to lead, take the lead, lead 
 the way; to guide, conduct; to 
 think. 
 
 Tjdeiv, see oida. 
 
 Tjbeois {f}dvs)i with pleasure, cheer- 
 fully, gladly. 
 
 ^8rj, already, now. 
 
 rjbopxn., f. rjadrjaopai, a. rjadTjv, to 
 be pleased. 
 
 ^8us, -€ia, -V {fjbopai), sweet, pleas- 
 ant, agreeable, Comp. rjdtav, 
 
 sup. rjdl(TT0S' 
 
 ^KO), f. TJ^o), to come, have come. 
 See ^ 579. f. 
 
 Tj\i9ios, -a, -ov, foolish, silly, sense- 
 less. 
 
 •^XtKi'a, -as {rjXiKosj how old), time 
 of life, age. 
 
 ^\iKioiTr)s, -ov {^XiKia), an equal in 
 
 age. 
 
 rfKios, -ov, 6, the siin. 
 
 fipfls, we, plur. of eyo). 
 
 rjpeXrjpevays {fjpeXrjpevoSy pf. part, 
 of dpikeo}), carelessly, negli- 
 gently. 
 
 qpcpa, -as, day. 
 
 rjpcTeposy -a, -ov (fjpels), our. 
 
 fjpl^p(OTOs, -ov {rjpta-vsi ^i^paarKco, 
 to eat), ha f -eaten. 
 
 ^piBerjSi -es {rjpiavsy Seca), wanting 
 half, lialffull. 
 
 i\pn.(Tvs, -€ia, -V, Lat. semis, half. 
 
 rjv, contr. from idv, if 
 
 TjvUa (H 63), when; more specific 
 than 0T6. 
 
 *HpaicXcT;s, -c'eos, contr. 'HpaicXJjs, 
 -eovs (^ 115. ^), Herailes, son 
 of Jupiter and Alcmene, the 
 most famous of the Greek he- 
 roes. 
 
 *Hpd<Xem, -as ('HpaKX?)?), Hera- 
 clea, a city of Bithynia on the 
 Pontus EuxTnus. 
 
 'HpaxXfiSr;?, -ov, Heraclides, a 
 Greek from Maronea in Thrace, 
 an unprincipled agent of Seu- 
 thes. 
 
 ^(Tvxt'a* -as {rjavxoSi Still, quiet), 
 stillness, quiet. 
 
 fjTTdopai {rJTToyv, inferior), f. -rjdri- 
 aopuu and -rjaopxii, pf. fJTrqpxiL, 
 to be inferior, to be vanquished. 
 
 OdXarra, -rjs, the sea. 
 
 dapivd (neut. pi. of Bapivos, fre* 
 quent ) , frequently. 
 
 6dvaT0Si ov, 6 {OvrjaKco, f. $avovpxii) 
 death. 
 
 0d7rra>, f. BdyJAO) (§ 272), to bury. 
 
 OappoKecos {BappaXeos, confident, 
 from Qdppos), confidently, with 
 confidence, with good courage. 
 
 6dppea> {ddppoSi courage), f. -rja-oi, 
 pf. TcOdpprjKa, to be of good 
 courage, have no fear. 
 
 3dTTcov, comp. of ra^vs. 
 
 Oavpa^a [Oavpa, wonder), f. -dcra, 
 oftener -da-opai, pf. reBavpoKa, 
 to wonder, ivonder at, admire. 
 
 Oavpdaios, -a, -ov [Oavpa), wonder- 
 ful. 
 
 6eX(o (a shorter form for the more 
 common (OiXa), f. -Tjaa, to wish, 
 will, be willing. 
 
 Beds, -ov, 6, rj, Lat. deus, god, 
 deity. 
 
 OerraXos, -ov, a Thcssalian, an in- 
 habitant of the fertile but rude 
 province in the northeast of 
 Greece. 
 
 6i(o, f. Oevo-opai (^ 220), to run. 
 
 Setopeo), f. -rjaco [Becopds, spectator), 
 to behold, view, gaze upon. 
 
 Orj^alos, -ov, 6 (G^^ai, Thebes, 
 chief city of Boeotia) , a Theban. 
 
 {Bi]p, -p6s, 6, wild beast.] 
 
 dr]pd(t) [Brjp), f. -dato and -aaopai, 
 pf. TeBripaKa, to hunt wild beasts. 
 
 Brjpevco {Btjp), f. -fva-o), to hunt, 
 catch. 
 
 Brfpiov, -ov {Bi]p, ^ 312. N.), wild 
 beast or animal. 
 
 BvT](TKa>, f. Bavovpai, pf. reBvrjKa, 
 2 a. eBavov (§§ 281, 237), to 
 die ; pf. , to be dead. 
 
 Bdpv^os, -ov, 6, tumult, noise. 
 
 epdicri,-i}s{epa^), Thrace, a coun- 
 try in Europe, lying north and 
 northeast of the -^gean. The 
 name was also given to a coun- 
 try upon the northwestern coast 
 of Asia Minor colonized by Thra- 
 cians. 
 
 epq^, -qKos, 6, a Thracian. 
 
 Bpa<rvs,'-€7a, -v, bold, courageous. 
 
 i •■. 
 
 •\3 
 
 ■ v' 
 
 i 
 
104 
 
 6v\aKos 
 
 VOCABULARY. KapSov^os 
 
 ,) 
 
 
 |: y 
 
 0v\aKos, -ov, 6, sack. 
 
 Gu/i/Syjioi/, -ou, Thi/mbrium, a city 
 of Phrygia. 
 
 6Cpa, -aSi door; often in the plur., 
 even when a single entrance is 
 spoken of. 
 
 Ovaia^ -as {6va), sacrifice. 
 
 6i>(o, f. 6va-<ay pf. TtOvKa (^ 219), 
 to sacrifice; Mid., to sacrifice for 
 purposes of divination, to con- 
 sult the s;ods by sacrifice. 
 
 6a>pa^, -uKos, 6, breastplate J corse- 
 let, coat of mail. 
 
 idofjLai, f. lacrofjuiL, to heal, cure, 
 laaovios, -a, -ou {^Id(ra>v, Jason, 
 the famous leader of the Argo- 
 nauts), Jasonian. 
 
 idrpus, -ov, 6 {ldo[xai), physician, 
 surgeon. 
 
 Ideiv, 2 a. inf. of opda. 
 
 Upos, -a, -01/, sacred. 
 
 trjpi, f. rja-co, pf. et/ca, a. ^Ka (^ 54, 
 § 229), /o senrf, /e^ ^o or fiy; 
 Mid., to [send one's self] rush. 
 
 iKovos, -rj, -OP, sufficient, enough, 
 competent, suitable. 
 
 iKeas, -(OV (contr. from iXaoff, -ov, 
 §§ 98. 3, 726, /3), propitious. 
 
 ifids, -dvTos, 6, thong, 
 
 iva, in order that. 
 
 iTTTrevs, -ecus, 6 (ittttos), horseman, 
 knight. 
 
 iTnTiKosj-rj, -6v (iTTTro?), relating to 
 a horse; to imnKov [sc. TrX^^oy 
 or (rrpdrevjLia] , the cavalry. 
 
 nnros, -ov, 6, 17, horse, mare. 
 
 taOi, imp. of e£/zi and of oiSa. 
 
 itroff, -t;, -ov, equal; 1<tov, as adv., 
 equally, alike. 
 
 *l(Taol, -(OV, oi, also 'icro-o?, -oO, ^, 
 /557is, the most eastern city 
 upon the coast of Cilicia. 
 
 iirTTjfxi, f. (rrr}(r(o, 1 a. tcrrqaa, to 
 place, station; 1 a. m. €(rTr}(rd- 
 firiv, to have set up or erected for 
 one's self: intrans. forms, pf. 
 €(rTqKa as pres., 2 a. ecrrrfv, and 
 Mid. except 1 a., to stand, stand 
 one's ground. See ^ 48, 
 §§ 233, 237, 257. jS. 
 
 i<rxvp6s, -a, -dv (i(r;^5, strength), 
 strong, severe. 
 
 tcrxvpojs {icrxvpos)^ strongly, exceed- 
 
 ingly, very, vehemently, severely 
 i(r;^(B, see f;^©. 
 lo-coff (lo-oy), equally, probably , per^ 
 
 haps. 
 Ix^vsi -vos, 6, fish, 
 txviov, -ov {Ixvosi track, ^ 312. N.), 
 
 track, footstep. 
 Kadd {Kara, a), accordiiig as. 
 Kadevdoi {Kard, fv8(o, to sleep, f. 
 
 €vbfj(r(o, § 222. 3), to sleep 
 
 For augment, see ^ 192. 3. 
 KdBrjfiai (Kara, rjpxii, to sit, ^ 59, 
 
 ^ 275. ^) , to 5i7 down. 
 KadlcTTTjfxi (/card, "[(TTrjpi, f. or^o-o), 
 
 pf. ecrrrjKa), to station, appoint; 
 
 in the intrans. forms, to station 
 
 one's self, settle down. 
 Kal, and; also, even (§ 657. -y); 
 
 icat . . Kal, both . . and. See be. 
 KdiVo?, -ov, 6, G3iCM5, a river of 
 
 Mysia. 
 Kai(o, f. Kavaio, pf. « /cav/ca ( § 267. 
 
 3), to iifrn, kindle, set on fire 
 KOKoSi ■'?» ■o*'> ^^^» ^y^^j vaVe; 6a£? 
 
 in war, cowardly; to kukov, 
 
 subst., evil, harm. For com- 
 parison, see ^160. 
 Ka\€(o, f. KaXcVo), pf. KeKXrjKa 
 
 (M61), to CALL. 
 
 KaWlpaxos, -ov, Callimachus, a 
 lochagus from Parrhasia in Ar- 
 cadia, distinguished for bravery. 
 
 KaXof, -T], -6v, beautiful, fine, fair, 
 favorable, honorable, noble, good. 
 Comp. KaXKt(ov, sup. /cdXXtoTOff. 
 *Aya66s refers more to the essen- 
 tial quality of an object, and 
 KaXos more to the impression 
 which it produces upon the eye 
 or mind. 
 
 KdXrrr), -jjs, Calpe, a harbour upon 
 the coast of Bithynia. 
 
 Ka\<os (Koikos) , beautifully, honor' 
 ably, well. 
 
 Kdvbvs, -vos, 6, a robe with sleeves, 
 worn by Persians of rank. 
 
 KairTradoKia, -as, Cappadocia, a 
 large province in the eastern 
 part of Asia Minor. 
 
 Kapdovxosj -ov, 6, a Cardu^hian, 
 or one of the Cardiichi, a race 
 
 Kap^ovxos 
 
 VOCABULARY. KXed/jeroy 
 
 105 
 
 of fierce and independent moun- 
 taineers upon the east of the 
 Tigris, from whom the modern 
 Kurds ha.ve derived their lineage 
 and name. 
 KapTTala, -as, carpoea, a kind of 
 
 dance. 
 Kard, prep., down : w. gen., down 
 ■'rom, down: w. ace, down 
 along or doion to; beside, by, 
 at, over against; according to. 
 In composition, it usually signi- 
 fies doion or against, or implies 
 completion. 
 icara/3aiVo> {Kard, ^aivco, f. ^f)(ropai, 
 pf. ^€^r)Ka, 2 a. e^rjv), to go 
 down, descend. 
 Kard^aais, -ecos, fj [KaTa^alvco), de- 
 scent, return from Central Asia 
 to the sea-coast. 
 Kardyeios, -ov (Kard, y^), under- 
 ground, subterranean. 
 KarayeXdo) {Kard, yekda, f. -dtxo- 
 pai), to laugh at, deride, sneer 
 at. 
 KaTaiorxyvca {Kard, alcrxvvco, f. -vvio), 
 
 to disgrace. 
 KaraKaivQ) [Kard, Kaivo), to kill, f. 
 Kava>, 2 a. Zkovov, ^ 267), to kill. 
 KaTaKaloi (/card, /caiu, f. Kavcrto, pf. 
 KCKavKa), to burn down, con- 
 sume. 
 KardKfipai (Kard, Kupai, f. Kclao- 
 
 fiai), to lie down, recline. 
 icara/coTrro) (/card, kottto), f. Koyfra, 
 pf. /ce'/co(^a), to cut down, cut in 
 pieces. 
 KardXap^dvo) (Kard, 'Kap^dvco, f. 
 \rjylropai, pf. fiXrjcfia, 2 a. eXa- 
 /3oi/) . to seize, take possession of. 
 /caraXftTTo) (/card, XftVo), f. -^1^(0, pf. 
 XeXoiTra, 2 a. TKittov), to leave 
 behind or alive. 
 Karapevoi {Kard, pevcD, f. pevS), pf. 
 pepevTjKa), to stay behind, con- 
 tinue. 
 KaTaTTepnay (Kard, 7re/x7ra), f. -yjra, 
 pf. TTCTTo/t^a), to send down, as 
 from Central Asia to the sea- 
 coast. 
 ^caraTTT^Sdo) (/card, injbdco, f. -rjcrco, 
 to leap), to leap down. 
 
 KaTaTTpdrro) {Kara, TTpdrro), f. -^c» 
 pf- TTiTrpdxa), to accomplish; 
 Mid., to accomplish for one's 
 self, obtain. 
 KaTacTTpecfxo (Kard, aTpe(f)(o, to 
 twist, turn, f. -yJAoo, ^ 259. a), 
 to overturn; Mid., to subject to 
 one's self, subdue, conquer. 
 Karepyd^opai (/card, ipyd^opai, f. 
 -d(ropai, pf. etpyaa-pai) , to ac- 
 complish. 
 /cdro) (/card), adv., down. 
 K€yxpos, -ov, 6, T], millet, a small 
 
 grain. 
 Kelfxai, f. Kcicropai {% 60, § 232), 
 
 to lie ; lie dead. 
 Kfkevoi, f. -eucro), pf. /ceKeXeu/ca, to 
 
 command, bid. 
 K€v6s, -T], -ov, empty, vain, ground- 
 less. 
 KevrpirTjs, -ov, Centrltes, a river 
 flowing between Armenia and 
 the land of the Cardiichi. 
 Kfpdvvvpi, f. Kepdao) (§ 293), to 
 
 mingle, mix. 
 Kepas, Kepdros, contr. K€p<os (^ 104), 
 
 TO, horn, wing of an army. 
 K€pa(rovvTios, -ov, 6 (Kepaaovs, 
 Cerasus, a Sinopian colony in 
 Pontus), a Cerasuntian. 
 Ke(f)a\f], -rjs, head. 
 Ki'ipv^, -vKos, 6 (/cT^purro)), herald. 
 KTjpvTTO), f. -v^a>, pf. K€KT)pvxa, to 
 
 proclaim. 
 KiXiKia, -as (KiXt^), Cilicia, the 
 southeastern province of Asia 
 Minor. 
 KiXi^, -iKos, 6, a Cilician. 
 KiXiaaa, -rjs (KtXt^, §§ 311. d, 
 313. R.), a Cilician woman 
 (used in speaking of the queen 
 of Cilicia). 
 KXeaydpas-, -ov, Cleagoras, a paint- 
 er of Phlius. 
 KXcai/Spoy, -ov, Oeander, Lace- 
 dasmonian prefect of Byzantium. 
 KXearcop, -opos, Clednor, an Ar- 
 cadian, chosen general in the 
 place of Agias. 
 KXfdperoff, -ov, Clearetus, one of 
 the lochagi, who lost his life in 
 a wicked enterprise. 
 
 I. 
 
106 
 
 KXeapXOS VOCABULARY. 
 
 Xifi^u 
 
 It 
 
 \n 
 
 SI 
 
 -J 
 
 KXeapxoff, -ov, ClearchuSj a Lace- 
 daemonian exile, a lover of war 
 for its own sake, and the gener- 
 al most honored and trusted by 
 Cyrus. 
 
 jcXe/co, f. -o-w (§ 270. 10), to shut, 
 dose. 
 
 KVT]fMis, -Idos, f] {Kjrq^irj, the Icg from 
 the knee to the ancle) , greave, 
 a piece of armour for the leg. 
 
 KoyxVy 'V^7 Lai. concha, cockle or 
 muscle, a kind of shell-fish. 
 Der. CONCH. 
 
 Kotvos, -T), -oV, common, joint; 
 KOLvfi [sc. 6a«, § 320. 2. Z»], in 
 common, jointly, together. 
 
 Ko\a>v6s, -oO, 6, Ai//, mound, 
 
 KOTTTO), f. JC0X//'C0, pf. KtKO^a (§ 272. 
 
 a), /o CM^ ; to strike or ^ea^ v;?on, 
 knock at a door or gate. 
 
 KopcraTTj, -rjs, CorsOte, a large but 
 desert city of Mesopotamia. 
 
 Koixfxcs {Kovcpos, light), lightly, 
 nimbly. 
 
 Kpdvos, -(OS, TO, helmet. 
 
 Kpariui (/cpaTOs), f. -^(rca, pf. KiKpd- 
 TTjKa, to control, govern, con- 
 quer, 
 
 KpaTicrros, best, noblest, sup. of 
 dyados. 
 
 Kpdros, -eoy, to, strength, might. 
 
 Kpavyr), -rjs {KpdCa, to cry out), 
 outcry, clamor. 
 
 Kptas, g. Kpeaos, contr. Kptoas, pi- 
 Kpeaa, contr. Kpia, jlesh, meat; 
 chiefly used in the plur. 
 
 Kpeirrav, better, superior, comp. of 
 ay ados. 
 
 Kprjvri, 'TIS, fountain. 
 
 Y.pf)s,-nT6s,6, a Cretan, an. in- 
 habitant of the large island 
 south of the iEgean, now Can- 
 dia, 
 
 Kpidf), -Tjs, barley; usually in the 
 plur. 
 
 Kpiv(0, t. KpXvo), pf. KiKptKa (§217. 
 
 a), to judge. 
 Kpiais, -((OS, T) {KpLv<a), tnal by a 
 
 judge, 
 wdo/iui, f. KTTiaofiai, to acquire; 
 
 pf. K€KTTjaai, 3 f. K€KTr]<Toiiai, to 
 
 possess (^§ 233, 234). 
 
 KTTjo-ias, -ov, Ctesias, a physician 
 from Cnidus, who was in the 
 service of Artaxerxes, and wrote 
 a history of Persia. 
 
 Kvhvos, -ov, 6, Cydnus, a river of 
 Cilicia, flowing through the city 
 of Tarsus. 
 
 kvkKos, -ov, 6, Lat. circulus, circle, 
 ring, inclosure. 
 
 KVKK6(i> {kvkKos), f. -oxro), to encir- 
 cle, surround. 
 
 Kvpos, -ov, Cyrus (surnamed the 
 Younger in distinction from 
 Cyrus the Great, the founder 
 of the Persian monarchy), 
 younger brother of Artaxerxes 
 Mnemon, against whom he 
 made a disastrous expedition, 
 B. C. 401. 
 
 KV(ov^ Kvvos, 6, 17 (§ 106), dog. 
 
 KOiXvb), f. -v(ra>, pf. KCKooiXvKa, to 
 hinder, forbid, prevent. 
 
 Kcopdpxos, -ov (kw/xj;, apx^o), the 
 head man of a village. 
 
 KOiprj, -r)s, village. 
 
 \aya>s, -co, 6 (§§ 98, 123. y), hare. 
 
 AoKedaipuvios, -ov, 6 (AaKfSai/xojv, 
 Lacedcemon, also called Sparta, 
 chief city of Laconia), a Lace- 
 dccmonian. 
 
 AaKO)]/, -(ovos, 6, a Laconian. 
 
 Xap^dpco, f. Xjj^ojLxai, pf. €'iXrj<pa, 
 2 a. fXa^ov (^ 290), to take, re- 
 ceive, obtain. 
 
 AdpyjraKos, -ov, f), Lampsacus, a 
 city of Mysia on the Hellespont. 
 
 \(ya), f. Xc'^w, [pf. p. XeXcy/ioi,] to 
 say, speak, mention, relate, pro- 
 pose. 
 
 Xct/xwi', -(ovos, 6, meadow. 
 
 XetTTO), f. -^|/■co, pf. XeXoiTTO, 2 a. 
 IKiTTov (1 37), to leave, quit; 
 pf. p. XeXfippai, to have been 
 left, to remain. 
 
 XfKTeos, -a, -ov {Xcyw), to be said. 
 
 "KcvKos, -T), -ov. white. 
 
 XfjiConai, f. -ta-i^ai (Xem, booty), 
 to plunder, ravage, rob. 
 
 XrjtTTrjs, -ov {XrjtCopMi), plujiderer^ 
 robber. 
 
 \i6os, -ov, 6, a stone. 
 
 Xilifjv, -fvos, 6, harbour, haven. 
 
 \lV€0S 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 fiAo) 
 
 107 
 
 u 
 
 Xiveos, -a, -ov, contr. Xivovs, -rj, 
 -ovv {Xivov, flax), flaxen, linen. 
 
 XoyiXo/iat (Xdyoff), f. -iaopai, to 
 reckon, calculate, suppose. 
 
 \6yos, -ov, 6 (Xe'yo)), ivord, dis- 
 course, narrative, report. 
 
 Xoyxn, -rjs, spear-head, lance. 
 
 XoiTTos, -T], -6v (Xdrra), remaining, 
 rest. 
 
 X6<pos, -ov, 6, ridge, hill. 
 
 Xoxdyos, -ov, 6 [Xoxos, aya>), the 
 commander of a Xoxos, captain, 
 centurion. 
 
 Xoxos, -ov,6,a company of soldiers, 
 usually containing about 100 
 men. 
 
 Avbia, -as [Avbos), Lydia, a rich 
 province in the western part of 
 Asia Minor, once a powerful 
 kingdom. 
 
 Avbios, -a, -ov (AuSdff), Lydian. 
 
 Avbos, -ov, 6, a Lydian. 
 
 AvKelov, -ov, the Lyceum, a public 
 gymnasmm with covered walks, 
 in the eastern suburb of Athens. 
 
 AvKLos, -ov, Lycius, — 1. son of 
 Polystratus, an Athenian, ap- 
 pointed commander of horse 
 among the Greeks ; — 2. a 
 Syracusan, under the command 
 of Clearchus. 
 
 Xva, f. Xva-Q}, pf XeXvKa (§ 219), 
 to loose, undo, break or violate a 
 treaty or oath. 
 
 /id, adv. of swearing, by. See 
 § 426. S. 
 
 "Hdyvr^s, -tjtos, 6, a Magnesian, an 
 inhabitant of Magnesia, a part 
 of Thessaly upon the eastern 
 coast. 
 
 MaiavSpos, -ov, 6, the MtEander, a 
 river separating Lydia from 
 Caria and from a part of Phry- 
 gia, so remarkable for its wind- 
 ing course through its rich al- 
 luvial plain, that it has given a 
 name to the winding of rivers. 
 fiaivofiai, f. pavovp^i, pf. peprjva, 
 
 to be mad, frenzied, or insane. 
 fULKpos, -d, -ov, long; p,aKpdv [sc. 
 odov, § 439. /3], as adv., a long 
 • way, far. 
 
 MaKpoav, -a>vos, 6, a Macronian, or 
 one of the Macrones, a tribe 
 living near Trebizond. 
 
 fidiXa, adv. , very, very much ; comp. 
 fidXXov, more, rather; sup. p,d- 
 Xiora, most, especially. 
 
 pav6dv(o, f. p.a6rj<TopLai, pf. jne/id- 
 Br^Ka, 2 a. c/xa^oi/ (§ 290), to 
 learn. 
 
 pavreia, -as {pdvris), divination, 
 oracle. 
 
 pAvTLs, -€(os, 6, Tf [palvopai, to be 
 frenzied), diviner, soothsayer, 
 prophet. 
 
 Mapo~vas, -ov, Marsyas, a Phry- 
 gian, the reputed inventor of 
 the flute. From the tears shed 
 by the shepherds and rural di- 
 vinities of Phrygia for his cruel 
 fate, is fabled to have arisen the 
 river bearing the same name. 
 
 Mda-Kas, -a, or MaaKasi -a (^ 126. 
 2), the Mascas, a river of Meso- 
 potamia. 
 
 paaros, -ov, 6, breast (one of the 
 breasts), pap. 
 
 p.dxaipa, -as, sword. 
 
 p^XVt ■'?y (m^X^/^O' battle, 
 pdxopai, f. pxixea-op^ii, in Attic 
 
 always paxovp^i, pf. pepaxrjpxu 
 
 {^222. a), to fight. 
 Meyapevs, -eas, 6 {Mey apa, Mega- 
 
 ra, chief city of Megaris), a 
 
 Megarian. 
 peyas, pfydXrj, piya (§ 135), 
 
 great, large. Comp. pd^av, 
 
 sup. peyioTos. 
 p.€i(ov, less, comp. of piKpos. 
 peXas, piXaiva, p,iXav {% 19), 
 
 black. 
 peXeTdto (/ucXcd), f. -rjcra, to prac- 
 tise. 
 p,€XivT), -TjSi panic, a grain resem 
 
 bling millet. 
 peXXcd, f. peXXriaco, a. ipeXXija-a 
 
 and ^peXXT](Ta (^^ 189. 1, 222. 
 
 1), to be about to; to delay. 
 piXa>, f. peXrjao), pf. pepeXrjKU 
 
 (^ 222. 2) , to concern, be a care 
 
 to; commonly impers., peXei, it 
 
 concerns or is a care to, f. p^Xrj' 
 
 <7Ct, &c. 
 
108 
 
 fl€flVT]fJUlt 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 va6s 
 
 fiefivT^fiaty see fiifivrjcKco. 
 
 fieficpo^aij f. ->|/'o/xai, to blame. 
 
 fiev, a prospective particle, mark- 
 ing the words with which it is 
 connected as distin squished from 
 others which follow and with 
 which the retrospective particle 
 8€ is commonly joined. Mev . . 
 Be may be translated on the one 
 hand . . on the other hand, or 
 indeed . . but. Often, however, 
 fiev is better omitted in transla- 
 tion. It is usually the second 
 word in its clause, never the 
 first (^ 673. a). 
 
 fifvToi (fieV, Toi), however, yet, 
 certainly. 
 
 fieva>, f. fi€va>, pf. fi€fievr]Ka (§ 222. 
 2), Lat. maneo, to rem wn, wait, 
 wait for. 
 
 Mei/oji/, -(ovosj Meno, from Pharsa- 
 lus in Thessaly, a general of 
 the Greeks, whose character is 
 drawn by Xenophon in dark 
 colors. 
 
 fiea-osj -rj, -ov, Lat. medius, mid- 
 dle; TO ixea-ov, the middle or 
 centre. 
 
 fuarroSj -r}, -6v,full. 
 
 fierd, among: w. gen., among 
 {being among), with: w. ace, 
 among (going among) , after. 
 
 uera^v (/xcra), between. 
 
 fieTcnrefiirTos,-ov {fieTanefiiro)), sent 
 for. 
 
 ueTanefina {nerd, nffiTra, i. -yo), 
 pf. TTCTTo/i^a), to send one after 
 another; Mid., to send for to 
 come to one's self, to summon. 
 
 fi€Ta<TTpe(f)Q} ifierd, <rrpi<^(o, to 
 twist, turn, f. arpi-^oi, ^ 259. 
 a), to turn about, trans. ; Mid., 
 to turn one''s self about, turn 
 about, intrans. 
 
 fjLeT€x<o (fiera, €;^a), f. €^a>, pf. 
 taxVKa, 2 a. taxov), to partake 
 of take part in. 
 
 fL€Xpi{s, 67. 2), as far as, until. 
 
 fir], adv., not; conj., lest (^ 601). 
 For the distinction between firj 
 and ov, as negative adverbs, see 
 § 647. 2, Notes on Less. I. 2, 
 
 and page 68. h. In a condition 
 al sentence, fif) is commonly 
 used in the condition, and ov in 
 the conclusion. 
 
 fiTjBfis, iJ.r]bep.ia, pr]hiv (p-rjBe, not 
 even, ely), no one, no. 
 
 Mr)bo(Td8T]s, -ov, Medosades, am 
 bassador of Seuthes. 
 
 yLr)Kirt. {/xjy, Ztl, § 68. a), no longej . 
 
 fir]v, firjvos, 6, Lat. mensis, month. 
 
 p.T]u, indeed, surely, certainly. 
 
 fXT]7roT€ (p.rj, TTore), never. 
 
 firjTjjp,fiTjTp6s (^ 106. 2), Lat. ma- 
 ter, MOTHER. 
 
 fiia, fem. of fis, one. 
 
 Midas, -ov, Midas, king of Phry- 
 gia, famed for his power of 
 changing all he touched to gold, 
 and for having the ears of an 
 ass. 
 
 MiOpibdrrjSi -ov, Mithridates, sa- 
 trap of Lycaonia and Cappado- 
 cia, and friend of Cyrus. 
 
 fiiKpos, -d, -ov, small, little. For 
 comparison, see § 160. 
 
 MtkrjTos, -ov, rj, Miletus, an Ionian 
 city upon the coast of Caria, 
 famed for its early commerce, 
 arts, wealth, and refinement. 
 
 fiifi€Onai, f. -Tjaofiai, pf. p.enifir}fxat, 
 Lat. imitor, to imitate. 
 
 [iip.vr}<rKa>, f. fivrjaa) (^285), to re- 
 mind; pf. p. fi(p.vT]pMt as pres. 
 (^§ 233, 234. /3), 3 f. ficpujao- 
 fxat, 1 f. p,vr)a-6r](Top.ai, a. e/ii/17- 
 a-6riv, Lat. memini, to remem- 
 ber, make mention of 
 
 fiiaOos, '-0V, 6, hire, pay, wages. 
 
 fivda,-das, contr. p,va, -as, a mina, 
 = about $ 17.60. 
 
 fioKis, toith difficulty, hardly, 
 scarcely. 
 
 fjLoKv^bos, -ov, 6, lead. 
 
 fxovos, -rj, -ov, alone, only. 
 
 fiov, fioi, /ie, oblique cases of tyw. 
 
 fioxKos, -ov, 6, bar. 
 
 fivpioi ,-ai,-a,ten thousand. Der. 
 
 MYRIAD. 
 
 Mvaos, -ov, Mysus, a Mysian in 
 the army of the Greeks. 
 
 vdos, -ov, contr. vtas, -« (^ 98. )3), 
 6, temple. 
 
 vavapxos 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 OTTT] 
 
 109 
 
 
 I j 
 
 vavapxos, -ov, 6 {vavs, apxat), ad- 
 miral. 
 
 vavs, vci!os, T} (^ 121. 6), Lat. na- 
 
 vis, ship. NaC? was commonly 
 
 applied to ships of war, and 
 
 TrXotoj/ to other vessels. 
 
 veavia-Kos, -ov, 6 (veos), young man. 
 
 v€Kp6s, -ov, 6, dead body, corpse. 
 
 veficD, f. v€pS), pf. v€V€pr)Ka (§ 222. 
 
 2), to distribute, portion out. 
 V€os, -a, -ov, NEW, young, 
 vevpov, -ov, cord. Der. nerve. 
 V€(f)€Xr], -T]s {ve(f)os, cloud), cloud. 
 Necoj/, -Qivos, Neon, an Asinaean, 
 lieutenant and successor to 
 Chirisophus. 
 veois, -a>, see vaos. 
 NiVavSpo?, -ov, Nicander, a Lace- 
 daemonian who slew Dexippus 
 in Thrace. 
 viKaco {viKT)), f. -^0-0), pf. veviKTjKa, 
 
 to conquer, win. 
 viKTj, -T}s, victory, 
 vopl^a [vofjios), f. -tcrQ),pf. vevopiKU, 
 
 to think, consider, regard, 
 vofios, -ov, 6 {vefxco), law, custom; 
 
 tune. 
 v6os,v6ov, contr. vovs, vov, 6, mind, 
 
 intellect, 
 voros, -ov, 6, south wind. 
 WKTcpfixo {vv^), f. -evo-o), to pass 
 
 the night. 
 WKTO(f)vXa^, -oKos, 6 iyv^, <f)vXa^, 
 
 guard) , a night-sentinel, 
 vvv, Lat. nunc, now, at the present 
 
 time, 
 vv^, wKTos, T], Lat. nox, night. 
 Sevias, -ov, Xenias, from Parrhasia 
 in Arcadia, a general in the ser- 
 vice of Cyrus, who took oflfence 
 and deserted. 
 $€viC(o (^evos), f. -/(TO), to entertain 
 
 as a guest. 
 $€vos, -ov, 6, stranger, guest, host. 
 S€vo<])S>v, -S>vTos, Xenophon, an 
 Athenian, distinguished as a 
 general, historian, and philoso- 
 pher, the principal leader of the 
 Greeks in their retDjat, and the 
 author of the Anabasis. 
 ^v\iCop.at {^vXov), f. -la-oixai, to 
 gather tvood. 
 
 10 
 
 ^vKov, -ov, stick of wood, beam; 
 
 pi. wood, timber, 
 ^vv. For ^vv an(f its compounds, 
 
 see (Tvv, &c. 
 6, J7, TO, the. See && 147 f, 
 ^ 467 f. 
 
 oyhoos, -77, -ov (oKTc!)), eisrhth. 
 o6e, rjde, ro'Se (6, -8e, § 150), thii^, 
 
 the following. See ^ 512 f. 
 obos, -ov, rj, way, road. 
 o6ev (os), whence,from whatsoura, 
 
 from whom or which, 
 otda, f. fla-opai, plup. ^deiv {% 58, 
 ^^^237, 301.4), /oA-nmt?. 
 ulKude {oiKos, -de, to, §§ 124. fi. 
 
 N., 322), homeward, home. 
 oiKelos, -a, -ov [oikos), belonging to 
 a house or family; oi oUeloi, 
 relatii^es, friends. 
 oIk€(o {oikos), f. -rja-co, pf. mKijKa, to 
 
 inhabit, dwell. 
 oiKia, -as (oiKos), house. 
 [oikos, -ov, 6, house.] 
 oivos, -ov, 6, Lat. vinum, wine. 
 olvoxoos, -ov, 6 [oivos, x«"> '0 
 
 pour), cupbearer. 
 
 OLopai, f. olrja-ouat, a. (arjdijv, to 
 
 think, suppose. For the nude 
 
 ^ forms olpai, <Spr]v, see ^ 222. 3. 
 
 010$-, -a, -ov, of ivhat nature, what 
 
 kind^of. 
 oLs, olds, 6, T} (^ 14), sheep. 
 0L(ra>, fut. of(f)e'p(o. 
 oixopai, f. olxT]aop.ai, pf. axrjuat 
 (^ 222. 3), to depart, be gone. 
 See § 579. C- 
 oKTa, indecl., eight. 
 oX lyos, -T] , -ov, little ; pi . few . For 
 
 comparison, see ^160. 
 okos, -Tj, -ov, whole. 
 ofxoXoy eoi {opos, same, Xoyos), f. - 
 -rja-oi, to agree, confess, acknowl- 
 edge, 
 optos {6p6s), [just the same] never- 
 theless, notwithstanding. 
 6vlvr)pi', f. ovrjao) (§ 284), to bene- 
 
 fit, profit, 
 ovopa, -aros, to, Lat. nomen, 
 
 name. 
 ovopLaari [ovopa), by name, 
 ovos, -ov, 6, fj, ass. 
 OTTT] or 67rr, (t 63, ^ 25. /3), 
 

 - 
 
 i^ 
 
 110 
 
 OTTT} 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 OVTOS 
 
 which way ; where, whither ; in 
 
 what way. 
 onicrdeuy from^hind, behind. 
 OTTiVo), behind. 
 onXiTevoi [oTrXirrjs), f. -futra), to 
 
 serve as a lieavy-armed soldier. 
 OTrXiTrjs, -ov (ottXoi/), a heavy- 
 armed foot-soldier, heavy-armed 
 
 man, hojjlile. 
 oTrkiTiKosj-T), -6v (oTrXtTT/y), relating 
 
 to a hoplite; to ottXitikov [sc. 
 
 ■jrk^Oos or orpareu/Aa] , the in- 
 fantry. 
 onXov, -ov, tool, implement; pi. 
 
 oTrXa, implements of war, arms. 
 oTTorav (oTTOTe, av) , whenever, 
 onore (i[ 63), whenever. 
 oTTov (^ 63), wherever, where, 
 oircos ("if 63), how; in order that, 
 
 that, 
 opdco, f. o-^opai, pf. loipaKa, 2 a. 
 
 (Ibov (^ 301. 4), to see. 
 6pylC(o [opyf], anger), f. -iVo), to 
 
 make angry; Mid., to be angry, 
 opyvid, -as^ fathom, 
 opbios, -a, -ou {6p06si straight), 
 
 [straight up] steep. 
 opOpos, -ov, 6, early dawn, day- 
 break. 
 6pd(os (6p66s, straight, right), 
 
 rightly. 
 6piC<o {opos, boundary), f. -tVoj, to 
 
 bound, separate as a boundary. 
 opKos, -ov, 6, oath, 
 oppdoi {oppr}), f. -T}(ra), pf. apprjKa, 
 
 to put in motion, urge on ; Mid., 
 
 to set forth, 
 oppeca {oppos, anchorage), f. -rj(T<o, 
 
 to lie at anchor, 
 opprj, -rjs, impulse- 
 6ppiC<o {oppos, anchorage), f. -ia-co, 
 
 to bring to anchor, anchor, 
 
 trans. ; Mid., to come to anchor, 
 
 anchor, in trans. 
 opvisy -Wosy 6, rj (^ 123. y), bird, 
 
 fowl, esp. cock or hen. 
 'Opdyn/s, -ov, Orontes, a Persian 
 
 nobleman, put to death by Cyrus 
 
 for treason. 
 opos, -(OS, TO, mountain, 
 opx^opai, f.-Tj(Topai, a. b>pxrj(rdpTjv, 
 to danc9 
 
 opxrja-is, -€<os, fj [opx^opai), danc 
 ing, dance. 
 
 OS, r\, o, who, ichich, what, that; 
 Ka\ OS, and Ae (§ 491. r). See 
 ^^ 147 f, 519 f. 
 
 oaos, -77, -ov, as much; pi. a& 
 many ; too-ovtoi oaoi, as many 
 as. 
 
 oa-Tis, rJTis, o TL (oy, TLs), whoever, 
 ivhosoever, who, whatever, what. 
 Sec ^^ 153, 519 f, 535 f. 
 
 orau {ore, av), whenever. 
 
 ore C^ 63), lohen. 
 
 oTt (originally neut. of oorts; com- 
 pare Lat. quod and our that), 
 that, because. 
 
 ov (before a vowel ovk or ovxt 
 ^ 68. 2), not. See pr). 
 
 ov (t 23, §^ 142. 2, 507. 6), his, 
 her. 
 
 ovdaprj [ov^apos, no one), in no 
 wise, by no means. 
 
 ovdapov {ov8ap6s), nowhere. 
 
 ovde {ov. Be), nor, not even. 
 
 ovdcis (ouSe, els), ovbepia, ovBev 
 (^ 21), no one, no; ovbev, 
 subst., nothing. 
 
 ovhenoi {ov8e, ttco), not yet. 
 
 OVK, not; see ov. 
 
 ovKeTL {ovk, en), no longer. 
 
 ovv (contr. from the impers. pari 
 eov, it being so, from fi/xi) 
 shows that the sentence which 
 it introduces follows from, or is 
 connected with, something pre- 
 ceding, either expressed or un- 
 derstood. It is commonly trans- 
 lated therefore or then, some- 
 times yet. After the first place 
 (^673. a), it comes as early in 
 the sentence as other words will 
 allow. 
 
 ovnore {ov, ttotc), never. 
 
 ouTTo) (ou, TTO)), not yct ; hy no 
 means. 
 
 ovpavos, -ov, 6, heaven, the heav- 
 ens, sky. 
 
 ovs, euros, TO (^ 104. N.), ear. 
 
 ovT€ {oi), ff), and not; ovre . , 
 ovre, neither . . nor. 
 
 OVTOS, avTT], TOVTO (6, ovTos), this, 
 
 pi. these; as pers. pron., he, she 
 
 OVTOS 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 narpis 
 
 111 
 
 It. See 1 24, ^§ 150, 502, 
 512 f. 
 
 ovToa-i, strengthened form of ovros, 
 ^ 150. y. 
 
 ovTcis {ovTos), commonly ovrco be- 
 fore a cons. ((^ 67. 2), thus, so. 
 
 olxi not ; see oii. 
 
 oipeiXdj, f. -rjaco, pf. ax^etXi^Ka, to 
 owe, ought. The 2 a. axPeXov 
 is used to express wish {§^ 599. 
 N., 567. y). 
 
 6(f)da\p6si -ov, 6 (oTT-, § 301. 4), 
 eye. 
 
 oxvposj -d, -ov (ex")» strong (easily 
 held or defended). 
 
 oyjre, adv., late. 
 
 oyjropai, fut. of 6pda>. 
 
 naideia, -as {natdevco) , education, 
 discipline, training. 
 
 [TraiSeuco {irals), f. -evaca, to edu- 
 cate.^ 
 
 irals, iraibos, 6,r], child; boy, girl; 
 son, daughter. 
 
 Traio), f. rraiaa, pf. neTraiKa, to 
 strilce. 
 
 Traiwvi^oi {Traidyv, pecan), f. -icrco, to 
 sing the pcean. 
 
 •trdXiv, again, hack. 
 
 7ravTd7rdai{v, ^ 66 ; Trdirra Trdo-i, 
 from Trds), all in all, altogether, 
 entirely. 
 
 iravraxrj {irds)^ everywhere, every 
 way. 
 
 irdvTT) {irds), throughout, every- 
 where. 
 
 iravTobanos , -r), -ov (ttos), of every 
 kind, various. 
 
 ndw {irds), altogether, at all; very. 
 
 Trapd, beside : w. gen., from beside, 
 from: w. dat., at the side of, be- 
 side, near, with : w. ace. , to the 
 side of, to ; along side of, along, 
 beside. See tis, e^, irpost and 
 § 651. y. 
 
 7ra/)ayyeXXa) (napd, ayyeXXo), f. 
 -e\(o, pf. rjyyeXKa), to pass the 
 word. 
 
 irapdbeLCTos, -ov, 6, park. Der. 
 
 PARADISE. 
 
 7rapadii8(opi {wapd, Blboipi,, f. Boicrco, 
 pf. dedcaKa, a. edooKa), to give 
 over, deliver up, give out. 
 
 TrapaKoXeco (rrapd, KoXea , f. -eo"©, 
 pf. KiKkr]Ka),to mil to one's self, 
 call in, summon; to call to, ex- 
 hort, encourage. 
 
 irapaKeipai {irapd, Kclpai, f. Kelao- 
 pai), to lie beside or before. 
 
 rrapaXap^dvoi {Trapd, Xap^dvco, f. 
 Xtj^opai, pf. €tXT](f)a, 2 a. eXa- 
 ^ov), to take or receive from 
 another, succeed to. 
 
 TrapapeXeco {napd, dpeXeo), f. -fj(ra>), 
 to disregard, treat with neglect. 
 
 TTapaTrXeco {napd, TrXeco, f. TrXeva-o- 
 pat, pf. TreTrXevKa), to sail by or 
 along side of. 
 
 7rapapp€(o {Trapd, peco, f. pvrjo-opait 
 pf. ippvrjKu), to flow by or beside. 
 
 Trapaadyyrjs, -ov, parasang, a Per- 
 sian measure of distance, equal 
 to about 3i miles. 
 
 TrapiiTidrjpi {Trapd, Tidrjpi, f. Bfjcrco, 
 pf. TeBeiKa, a. e6i]Ka), to place 
 beside; Mid., to place by one^s 
 own side. 
 
 Trdpeipi, {Trapd, elpi, f. eaopai), to 
 be by or present; hence to come to 
 the aid of. 
 
 TTapepxopai {Trapd, epxopat, f. 
 eXevcropai, pf. eXrjXvda, 2 a. 
 rjXdov), to go by, pass by or 
 through, pass. 
 
 Trapexio {Trapd, €;(a), f. e^o) and 
 crxw^^ P^- ^(rxri<a, 2 a. eaxov), 
 to offer to, put in the hands of. 
 
 Tvdpohos, -ov, fj {Trapd, 6d6s)i * tt'fly 
 by, passage, pass. 
 
 Hapva-arts, -idos, Parysatis, half- 
 sister and wife of Darius No- 
 thus, and mother of Artaxerxes 
 Mnemon and Cyrus. 
 
 Trds, Trdaa, ttclv (^ 19), all, the 
 ivhole, every. 
 
 Haaiav, -<ovos, Pasion, a Megari- 
 an general in the service of Cy- 
 rus, who took offence and de- 
 serted. 
 
 7rao-;(£i>, f. Treicropai, pf. TreTTOvSa, 
 2 a. eTradov (§ 281. e),io suffer. 
 
 TraTrjp, Trarpos (§ 106. 2), Lat. pa- 
 ter, FATHER. 
 
 Trarpis, -i8os, fj {TraTfjp),fath€r-landj 
 native land or city, one's country. 
 

 li 
 
 tl 
 
 112 
 
 rrava 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 nkevpd 
 
 travo), f. Travtro), pf. neTravKa, to 
 make to cease, stop, trdus. ; Mid. , 
 to cease, rM from, stop, in- 
 trans. 
 
 IIa(})\ayQiP, -ovos, 6, a Papilla go- 
 nian, one of a tribe dwelling- 
 upon the northern coast of Asia 
 Minor, 
 
 TTeb'iov, -ov {TredoPy ground), plain. 
 \ Treido), f. Tre/cro), pf. nenfiKa, a. 
 eyreto-a, to persuade; 2 pf. ne- 
 TToida, to trust; Pass, and Mid., 
 to be persuaded, believe, listen to, 
 obey, comply. See % 39. 
 
 freipao), f. -daco, oftener ireipdopai, 
 f. -dcropxii, to try, attempt, en- 
 deavour, strive. 
 
 Ueia-idrjs, -ov, or TIi(ri8r)Si -ov, a 
 Pisidian. The Pisidians were 
 a race of wild, tameless robbers, 
 dwelling upon Mount Taurus. 
 
 cros, the island of Pelops), the 
 
 peninsula forming the southern 
 
 i part of Greece, now the Morea. 
 
 irekTaoTTjs, -ov (ttcXtt;), targeteer. 
 
 nek-n], -rjs, target. 
 
 vepTTTOS, -T], -ov {irevre) , fifth. 
 
 wipT^oi, f. -x//'a), pf. Trenopcpa (^ 236. 
 a), to send. 
 
 irevTf, indecl.,^i'ff. 
 
 jTctTfKatSeica [Tvevre koI biKo), fif- 
 teen. 
 
 irevTT)Kojrra {nevTe), indecl., fifty. 
 
 TTtpdi^, -Tkos, 6, ^, partridge. 
 
 irepi, around, about : w. gen., about, 
 concerning, in respect to, for: 
 w. ace, around, about, towards. 
 
 nepiylyvopai (Trepi, yiyvopai, f. 
 y€vr](Topai, pf. ycytvrjpai and ye- 
 yova, 2 a. eyevoprjv), to be su- 
 perior, prevail over. 
 
 nepiex^ (Trepi, €X'*» ^' ^i^ ^^^ 
 
 o'xno'b), pf. t(rxTri<a, 2 a. €(T)(ov), 
 
 to encompass, protect. 
 TT€puo'Tr]pi (Trepi, larripi, f. (rTrjcra), 
 
 pf. eoTTTjKa), to station around; 
 
 in the intrans. forms, to stand 
 
 around or about. 
 iTfpiKVKXoa (nepi, kuacXoo), f. -axrco) , 
 
 to make a circle around; Mid., 
 
 to gather in a circle around. 
 
 Trepipevo} {nepL, peva>, f. peva>, pt 
 
 pepepTjKa), to Slay about, stay 
 
 wait for. 
 lie pip6os, -ov, fj, a city of Thrace 
 
 upon the Propontis. 
 TTcpiodos, -ov, f) (TTfot, 686s) , woy 
 
 round, circuit. Der. period. 
 TTfpippeco (nfpi, p€(o, f. pvrjaopaii 
 
 pf. eppvrjKu), to fioiv around f to 
 
 surround (of a stream). 
 Treptaravpoo) {nepi, (rTavp6(o, to 
 
 palisade, f. -coo-qj), to palisade 
 
 around. 
 Trepia-Tfpd, -as, dove, pigeon. 
 Trept^e'po) {nepi, (j)epa>, f. oitro), pf 
 
 (pfjpoxa, 1 a. jjveyKa, 2 a. fhey- 
 
 Kop), to carry round. JDer. 
 
 PEIUPIIERY. 
 
 Hepa-rjSi -ov, a Persian. 
 
 Uepa-iKoSi -7], -OP {n.€p<Tr]s)i Per- 
 sian. 
 
 TTCTopai, f. Trerriaopai, commonly 
 TTTTjaopai, pf. TrenoTTjpai (^ 287), 
 tojfly, as a bird. 
 
 nerpa, -as, rock, mass of rock, large 
 stone. 
 
 TTTjyri, -^9, a spring. 
 
 nrjypvui, f. 7717^0) (§ 294), to make 
 
 fast or solid, stiffen, freeze, 
 
 trans. ; 2 pf ufnrjya, as intrans. 
 
 pres. , to be stiff ov frozen ; Mid., 
 
 to become solid, freeze, intrans. 
 
 TTivcii, f. TTiopai, pf. n€7ra>Ka, 2 a. 
 tmop (^ 278), to drink. 
 
 TTiTrpda-Kio, pf. TrenpaKU (^ 285), to 
 sell. 
 
 TTtTTTO), f. TTfO-OVpai, pf. TTeiTTOiKa, 
 
 2 a. enecTop (§ 286), to fall. 
 TTtorevo) [irioTiSj faith, from Tret- 
 
 ^0)), f. -fuo-o), ^0 pit faith in, 
 
 confide in, trust. 
 iTicrros, -T}, -OP {irf Ida)), faithful ; to. 
 
 TTia-Td, pledges. 
 TrtoToTT/r, -T]T05, T] (ttiotos), foith- 
 
 fulness, fidelity. 
 liKiOpop, ov, a hundred feet, a 
 
 measure of length. 
 irXeioiP or TrXeap, more, and ^rXft- 
 
 aros, most, comp. and sup. of 
 
 TToXvs. 
 irXfvpd, -as, rib, side. Der. PLEU 
 
 RISY. 
 
 TrXfi 
 
 60) 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 jrpaTTo) 
 
 113 
 
 TrXeto, f. TrXfucro), common.y TrXfu- 
 aofiai or n\(vcroi>paL, pf. ttc- 
 TrXeuxa (^ 220), /a 5ai7. 
 [TrXe'o)?, Ion. TrXeos (^ 135),/mZ/.J 
 
 TrXi/yi;, -^? (7rX)7rra)), a Z>/o«7. 
 
 TrXrjdos, -€os, TO (ttXij^o)), fulness, 
 multitude; amount or length of 
 time. 
 
 TrXiy^o), pf. poet. TTeTrKrjda (TrXews), 
 ^0 be full. 
 
 irXrjP, except, but. 
 
 Trkfjprjs, -€s {7rXea>s),full. 
 
 ttXtjo-iop [neKas, near), adv., near; 
 comp. (§ 161. 2) irXTja-iaiTepos, 
 nearer, sup. TrXTjo-iairaros, near- 
 est, next. 
 
 TrXrjTTO), f. ttXjJ^o), 2 pf. TreVXj^ya 
 (§ 274), /o 5/riA-c, wound. 
 
 irXoXop, -ov (TrXeo)), res5e/ (for sail- 
 ing), transport-vessel, ship, boat. 
 See vavs. 
 
 ttXoos, -60V, contr. TrXoCy, -ov, 6 
 (TrXeo)), sailing, voyage. 
 
 irvevpa, -aros, to {irpe(S), breeze, 
 wind. Der. pneumatics. 
 
 TTveo), f, Tryfuo-o), commonly TTVfuo-o- 
 pat or TTPevcrovfiai, pf. irinPiVKa 
 (^ 220), /o breathe, blow. 
 
 iroUcu, f -j)o-o>, pf TTfnoLTjKa, to make, 
 do ; fv noielp, to do good to, treat 
 well; Mid., to make to one's self, 
 esteem, regard. See updrTco. 
 
 iroirjTios, -a, -OP (Trotcco), to be done. 
 
 TTolosy -a, -OP (T[ 63), of what na- 
 ture ? of ivhat kind ? 
 
 TToXf /xf'ci) (TToXe/ioff), f. -T](Ta>, to 
 make loar. 
 
 iroXepios, -a, -ov (TToXe/xos), hostile, 
 of the enemy; noXepios, subst., 
 enemy ; oi woXepioi, the enemy. 
 
 TToXf/xos, -ov, 6, war. 
 
 TToXiopKco) (ttoXi?, cpKos, inclosurc), 
 f. -Tjacii, to besiege. 
 
 TToXis, -ecos, T], city. 
 
 n-oXiTT;?, -ov (rroXts), citizen. Der. 
 
 POLITICS. 
 
 coXXa/cts (ttoXvs), many times, of- 
 ten. 
 
 voXXanXdarios, -a, -ov (ttoXu?, ^Xd- 
 aios, § 138. 5), many times as 
 much or many. 
 
 ^oXvviKos, -ov, Polynlcus, a Lace- 
 
 10* 
 
 daemonian envoy, sent to the 
 army by Thibron. 
 
 7roXvs,7roXXr],7roXv (§ 135), much, 
 pi. many; of lime, long; ttoXv, 
 as adv., much, very. 
 
 JIoXvaTpaTos, -ov, Polystratus, fa- 
 ther of Lycius the Athenian. 
 
 TTOpiat (ttoi/os), f. -j-Jo-q), pf. TreTTO- 
 vTjKa, to toil, labor. 
 
 TTOprjpos, -d, -OP (Trows), pernicioUm 
 mischievous, wicked, bad. 
 
 TTovos, -ov, 6 [irevopai, to work for 
 a living, be poor], toil, labor. 
 
 IlopTos, -ov, 6, a name given both 
 to the Euxine or Black Sea 
 {ttoptos ev^eivus, hospitable sea), 
 and also to its southern coast 
 (afterwards specially applied to 
 the eastern part ot this coast) 
 
 TTopeia, -as (Tropevco), journey j 
 march. 
 
 ivopevriost -a, -ov (nopevco), to be 
 travelled. 
 
 iropeixo (Tra'poy, passage, way), f. 
 -€V(Ta> , to transport ; Mid . , nopev • 
 opal, f. -ivcropai, pf. TTfTrdptu- 
 pai, a. €7Topcv8T]p, to travel, jour- 
 ney, march, proceedupon a march 
 or journry. 
 
 TTOpi^io, f. -laro), pf. TreirdpiKa, to 
 
 fnrnifh. 
 TTopfpi/tifos, -ea, -cop, contr. nop(f)v- 
 
 povs, -a, -ovp {irop^vpa, the pur- 
 
 pie fish), purple. 
 TroVos, -T}, -ov (^ 63), how much? 
 
 pi. how many? 
 TTOTafios, -ov, 6, river. 
 [rroTe {% 63), at some or any time, 
 
 once, ever.] 
 TTorepos, -a, -ov (^ 63, ^ 316. 2), 
 
 which or whether of the two ? 
 
 TTOTcpov or noTcpa, as adv., 
 
 whether. 
 TTov (IT 63, ^ 732), somewhere, 
 irovs, TToSos, 6, Lat. pes, ybo^. 
 npaypa, -qtos, to (Trparro)), thing 
 
 done, affair, circumstance ; rrpdy 
 
 pLaTa, business, trouble, 
 irpavrjs, -es, steep. 
 Trpaof , Trpafla, Trpaov (^ 135), gen^ 
 
 tie, tame. 
 TTpdrra), f. -^w, pf. mrrpaxa (Tf 38), 
 
 1 1 
 
 4 
 
 i] 
 
 9 
 
 i 
 
114 
 
 ItpaTTO) 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 iTvkri 
 
 % 
 
 ■ 
 
 f 
 
 h 
 
 ^ 
 
 to manage, act ^ do. UpaTrat e^\\ addition to: w. ace, [to the 
 presses rather the management \ front of] to^ towards ; against 
 
 upon; at; with reference to, in 
 view of. See eiy and ^ 651. y 
 
 7rpo(T^a\X(o (TTpdy, jSoXXto, f. /3aXw, 
 pf. /3«/3Xj7Ka, 2 a. e^aXov), to 
 throw against, make an attack 
 upon. 
 
 npocrfXavva) {irpos, iXavvoi, f. eXa- 
 o-ti), pf. eXrjXaKa) , to ride to, ride 
 up. 
 
 7rpo(T(pxopai (nposy (p^opai, f. 
 (Xevaopm, pf. iXrjXvda, 2 a. ^X- 
 6ov), to come or go to, approach, 
 come up. 
 
 irpoaBcv [irp6i)i before, previously; 
 TTpocrOfv TJ, sooner than. 
 
 npocrlTjpi (rrpos, irjpi, f. rjco}, pf. 
 ciAca, a. TjKa), to send to; Mid., 
 to [admit to one's presence] ap- 
 prove, allow. 
 
 irpoaKvv(Q) {irpos, Kweco, to kiss), 
 f. -T](T(o, to kiss the hand to, do 
 homage to, worship. 
 
 Trpoanfpovda) (rrpos, ir^povaa^ to 
 pin, f. -^o-o)), to pin or skewer 
 to or upoTu 
 
 irpoO-TTlTTTQ) {npoS, TTtTTTO), f. TTf (TOU- 
 
 pai, pf. TTeTTTcoKa, 2 a. eTretroi/), 
 
 to rush to. 
 npo(rTpe\(i> [irpoStTpixoi, f. Spapov' 
 
 paly pt". dedpdprjKa, 2 a. edpapov), 
 
 to inin to, run up. 
 'ivp6<Tx<t>posy -ov {irpos, ;(a>pa), 
 
 of business or performance of an 
 action; and Troieco, the production 
 of an effect. 
 
 Trpeo-^f la, -a? (Trpecr/Scvo), /o ^o fl5 
 on ambassador), embassy. 
 
 Trpea^vsy -etoy, 6, oW; subst., 
 an elder, an ambassador (the 
 plur. only, in the sense of am- 
 bassadors, was in common use, 
 ^ 136. a) . Comp. Trpea^vrepost 
 older, elder^ sup. Trpta^vraTosy 
 oldest, eldest. Der. presbyter. 
 
 Trpiacrdai, 2 a. inf. of oivco/iat, to 
 buy. 
 
 TrptV, adv., before, before that. See 
 657. N. 
 
 rrpo, prep., before, in front of. 
 
 irpo^aray -a>v, -ois, rd (7rpo^aivo>, to 
 go forth), animals that go forth 
 to pasture, chiefly used of small 
 cattle, esp. sheep. 
 
 rrpoTjyeopai {irpo, rjyeopai , f. -T}(ro- 
 paiy pf. r)yr]pai)y to lead forward. 
 
 rrpoOvpos, -ov (rrpo, Ovpos, spirit), 
 ea<^er, zealous. 
 
 rrpo'idecrOai, 2 a. m. inf. of irpo- 
 opdco. 
 
 irpotrjpi (npo, irjpi, f. rja-coy pf. fiKa, 
 a. ^Ko), to send forth; Mid., to 
 send from one^s self, give up^ 
 betray. 
 
 Trpota-rrjpi {npo, tarrjpi, f. aTTjorco, 
 pf earrjKa), to place before; in 
 the intrans. forms, to stand at 
 the head of, preside or rule over. 
 
 Upo^fvosy -ov, Proxenus, a Boeo- 
 tian, a friend of Xenophon, and 
 one of the Greek generals slain 
 through the treachery of Tissa- 
 phernes, 
 
 rpoopdd) (Trpd, opdoa, f. o\fropaty pf. 
 iapdKa, 2 a. ei8oi/), to see before- 
 hand, to see one while yet ap- 
 proaching. 
 
 rpdff (Trpd, § 648, 7; relating to 
 
 fronts as Trapa to side, and c^, 
 
 cV, and els to interior), w. gen., 
 
 [from the front of, from before] 
 
 from, before; by : w. dat., [at the 
 
 front of] before, near, upon ; in 
 
 neighbouring, 
 nporepos, -a, -ov (Trpd, ^ 161. 2), 
 
 former, sooner. 
 Trporpexio {npo, rpiX,(o, f. bpapov' 
 
 ftai, pf. dfbpdprjKUy 2 a. edpapov) , 
 
 to run forward ox forth. 
 7rp6(f)aa-is, -ecos, r) {Trp6,<j>T]pi), pre- 
 
 text. 
 TrpwTOff, -T], -ov (Trpd, § 161. 2), 
 
 Jirst ; irptdTov, as adv., in the 
 
 first place, first, 
 Trrdpvvpaiy 2 a. tirrapov (^ 295), 
 
 to sneeze. 
 UvOayopas, -ov, Pythagoras, a 
 
 Lacedaemonian admiral. 
 TTVKVoi, -rj, -6v, close, thick ; rrvKvdf 
 
 as adv., often. 
 irvXr], -179, gate; usually in the 
 
 TrvXj; 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 aradpos 
 
 115 
 
 plur., even when a single en- 
 trance is spoken of. 
 
 TTVvBdvopaL, f. nevaopai, pf. Tre'- 
 TTvapaiy 2 a. €7rv66pT]v (§ 290), 
 to inquire, learn by inquiry. 
 
 7tvp,Tivp6s,T6, fire; pi. (Dec. II., 
 § 124. )3) TTvpd, watch-fires. 
 
 irvperro) [Trvperos, fever, from irvp), 
 f. -e^a, to be in a fever. 
 
 TTvpoff, -ov,6, wheat; usually in the 
 plur. 
 
 ira> (^ 63, § 732), in any way, 
 yet; ov . . TToij not yet. 
 
 naiXos, -ov, 6, 17, colt. 
 
 iranore (ttw, Trore), at any time, 
 ever ; stronger than nore. 
 
 TTcis (^63), hoio? 
 
 TTOis (il 63, § 732), in any way, 
 somehow; perchance. 
 
 oeoj, f.pvrja-opaty pf. ippvr]Ka (§ 264), 
 topoiv, run, of a stream. 
 
 piirreo) and plirroi, f. pl^o), pf. 
 epplcjya (§ 288), to throw, hurl, 
 throw off. 
 
 pvdpds-, -ov, 6, regular movement 
 or time, rhythm. 
 
 aaXTTiyKrfjs, -ov [aaXniy^), trum- 
 peter. 
 
 adXTny^, -lyyo?, fj, trumpet. 
 
 SapSeis, -iav, al, Sardis, capital 
 of Lydia, and chief city of the 
 dominions of Cyrus. 
 
 a-arpdirrjs, -ov, satrap, a Persian 
 viceroy or governor of a prov- 
 ince. 
 
 SdrvpoSi -ov, d, a Satyr, a fabulous 
 being, half man and half goat. 
 
 SeXti/oOf, -ovvTos, d, Selinus, the 
 name of a river flowing by 
 Ephesus, and of another flowing 
 through the grounds of Xeno- 
 phon at Scillus, 
 
 2€v6r)Sy -ov, Seufhis, a Thracian 
 prince, assisted by the Greek 
 army to recover his hereditary 
 dominions. 
 
 CTjpaivo), f. -avo) (aijpa, sign), to 
 give a sign or signal, signify. 
 
 OTjpf'iov, -ov {(T^pa), signal, mark. 
 
 <jT](Tapov, -ov, sesame, a seed used 
 in the East for food, 
 
 aiyfi, -^s, silence. 
 
 2tXai/dr, -ov, Sildnus, an Ambra- 
 cian soothsayer who deserted 
 the army. 
 
 2iva>7rcvs, -eas, 6 (Stj/wxr^, Sinope 
 an important city upon the coast 
 of Paphlagonia, founded by a 
 colony from Miletus) , a Sinopi 
 an. 
 
 SiraX/cay, -ov, the Sitalcas, a mar- 
 tial song named from a king of 
 Thrace. 
 
 o-tTOff, -ov, 6, pi. TO, o-Ira (§ 125. a), 
 corn, grain, bread. 
 
 CTKiXoS, -cos, TO, leg. 
 
 o-KfTTTiOs, -a, -ov (jTKiirTopai, to 
 consider) , to be considered. 
 
 CTKTjvda) and aKrjveco, f. -^aa (o-kt]- 
 vt]), to encamp, be encamped. 
 
 a-KTjvT], -rjs, tent. Der. scene. 
 
 cTKOTos, -ov, 6, and (tkotos, -€os, to 
 (§ 125. y), darkness. 
 
 2Kv6ris, -ov, a Scythian ; IkvOoi to- 
 ^orai, Scythian archers, so call- 
 ed from their being armed in 
 Scythian fashion. 
 
 'S.KvOivos, -ov, 6, a Scythinian, or 
 one of the Scythini, a tribe in 
 Armenia. 
 
 cTKuXevo) {(TKvXa, spoils), f. -evao), 
 to strip off the arms of a slain 
 enemy. 
 
 "SpiKprjs, -t}tos, Smicres, an Area 
 dian commander, slain near 
 Calpe by the Thracians. 
 
 cnravi^io {^(nrdvis, lack), f. -tcra>, to 
 lack, want, be in want of. 
 
 (nT€ip<o, f. (Tire pa) (^ 268), to soiv, 
 scatter. 
 
 cTTrcVSo), f. o-TreiVo) (^ 222) , to make 
 a libation ; Mid. , to make a trea- 
 ty, peace, or truce. See cmovBf]. 
 
 cTTrevSo), f. (TTtevaoi, to hasten. 
 
 (movbr), -Tjs {a-7revd(o), libation; pi. 
 a-7rov8ai, truce, treaty, peace, be- 
 cause made with libations. 
 
 (TirovSaioXoyeopai {aTrovdaios, ear- 
 nest, Xdyos), f. -T]aopai, to en- 
 gage in earnest conversation, 
 converse seriously. 
 
 ardbiov, -ov, pi. rd crdBia and of 
 crrdbioi, Lat. stadium, /wWon^-. 
 
 araOpMS, -ov, 6 (larrjpi), station; 
 
116 
 
 (TTaB/Mds 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 avvfp)(ofiat 
 
 day's march or journey, as the 
 distance travelled from station 
 to station. 
 
 (TTavpos, -oO, 6, stakcy pale. 
 
 OTeXXo), f. oTfXa>, pf. fOToKKa 
 (§ *277. a), /o equip, array, send. 
 
 ar€v6s, -f], -6u, narrow. 
 
 oTfCpavosj -ovy 6 {aT((f)(Oj to encir- 
 cle, crown), a crown. 
 
 ottjXt], -j/ff, pillar. 
 
 arXcyyis, -Idas, ff,flesh-comb, scrap- 
 er. 
 
 OToXoy, -ov, 6 (otAXo)), a settins[ 
 forth upon a journey or march, 
 e,vpedition, journey. 
 
 OTopa, -aros, to, mouth. 
 
 OTparev/xa, -aros, to {oTpaTsvoi) , 
 armed force, division of an ar- 
 my, army. 
 
 OTpaTevu) {oTpaTos), f. -€v<ra> and 
 OTpaTfvopai, f. -€v(Topai, to make 
 an expedition, make war, march, 
 serve in arms. 
 
 arpaTTjyea {oTpaTrjyos) , f. -fja-u), 
 to- command as s^eneral. 
 
 OTpaTrjyos, -ov, 6 (arpaTos, ny(o), 
 leader of an army, s:eneral. 
 
 arpoTid, -as [orpaTos), army. 
 
 OTparia)TT7?, -ov (arpaTid), soldier. 
 
 SrpnTOJcX^?, -(ovs (contr. from 
 
 2TpaT0K\fT]S, -€fO?, § 115. ^), 
 
 StratocJes, a commander of 
 light-armed Cretans. 
 
 OTparoTreSfuco {oTpaToireBov) , f. 
 -ev(Ta>, and ofiener crrparoTre- 
 Scvofiat, f. -rva-opai, to encamp, 
 be encamped. 
 
 arpaTorredov, -ov {arpaTos, neBov, 
 ground), camp. 
 
 [oTpoTos, -ov, 6, host, army.'\ 
 
 <rrpov06sf -ov, 6, 17, ostrich (fully 
 6 peyas arpovOos, the s^eat stru- 
 thus, in distinction from smaller 
 birds, esp. the sparrow, caUed 
 by the same name). 
 
 Sry/i^oXtoSj-oulSTT^/x^aXos, Stym- 
 phdlus, a town in the north- 
 eastern part of Arcadia), a Slym- 
 phalian. 
 
 c'), a-ov (^ 23), Lat. ta,^Acm, you. 
 
 avyyiyvopai (<rvv, yiyvopai, f. yt- 
 vrjaopai, pf. y€y€VT}fiat and ye- 
 
 yova, 2 a. iyevoprjp), to have an 
 interview with, hold intercourse 
 with. 
 
 avyKoXeco {(rvv, /caXc'co, f. -cVo), pf 
 K€K\ijKa), to call together. 
 
 avyKkfloi [<Tvv, KXet'co, f. -(rco), to 
 shut together, close. 
 
 2v€uv€a-is, -los, Syennesis, king of 
 Cilicia. 
 
 avWap^dvco {(rvv, \ap^dua), f. 
 Xrjyp-opai, pf. fiXrjcfya, 2 a. eXa- 
 /Soi/) , to seize, apprehend, arrest. 
 
 crvXX^ya) (a-vv, Xcyca, to gather) , f. 
 avWc^o), pf. avpciKox^a, to col- 
 lect, ti^ns. ; Mid. (2 a, p. auveXe- 
 yrjv), to collect, assemble, in- 
 trans. 
 
 avp^odco ((Tvv, ^oda>, f. ^OTjcropai), 
 to cry out together; (rvp^oav 
 oXXjJXovy, to shout to each other. 
 
 (rvp^ov\(v<ji {(Tvv, ^ovXevo), f. -ev- 
 (TO), pf. ^(^ovXevKa), to advise, 
 counsel; Mid., to consult to- 
 gether. 
 
 avp^ovXos, -ov, 6 {avv, jSovX?;), ad- 
 viser, counsellor. 
 
 (rvppaxia,-as {a-vppaxos), alliance, 
 wppaxps, -ov, 6, T) {avv, pd^opai), 
 ally. 
 
 avppiyvvpi {avv, plyvvpi, to min- 
 gle, f. pi^at), to mingle with, 
 crvpnasy -irdaa, -ttov, g. -^avros, 
 
 -Ttda-qs {avv, ttSs), all together, 
 
 the whole. 
 avpTTfpTra) {(rvv,ir€p7r<M), f. ->/r<B, pf. 
 
 iTiTTop<\>a) , to send ivifh. 
 avpTTokfpfQ} {(TVV, TToXe/ut/a), f. 
 
 -i/crw), to mcdie war togethei 
 
 with, assist in war. 
 (TvpTTOpfvopai {(TVV, TTopevopai, f. 
 
 -fixropai), to journey or march 
 
 with 6t in company, 
 avv, old form ^vv (^ 70. v.), Lat. 
 
 cum, with, togetlier with, 
 (rvvdyoi {(tvv, aya, f. a^to, pf. ^;^a, 
 
 2 a. rfyayov), to bring together, 
 
 collect. 
 avvdTTTio {avv, aTrra>, to fasten to, 
 
 f. a>^a)), to join, 
 arvvdfnrvos, -ov, 6 {(tvv, belTTVOv), a 
 
 companion at table. 
 (Tvvfpxppai {(TVV, fpxopai, f. cXfv- 
 
 (Tvvepxopai. 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 TfXcirr^ 
 
 117 
 
 aopai, pf. eXijXv^a, 2 a. tjKBov), 
 
 to come together, assemble. 
 avvr)8opai {avv, rjdopaii (.rjaOifjao- 
 pai), to rejoice with, congratu- 
 late. 
 
 (TVvOrjpa, -QTOS, TO {(TVVTldrjpt) , 
 
 watch-word, pass-word. 
 
 (TVvicTTqpi {(TVV, lartjpi, f. (rrqaco, 
 pf. e(TTT}Ka), to [bring together 
 as friends] present or introduce 
 to; m the intrans. forms, to 
 stand together, collect. 
 
 avvoida {avv, oi8a, f. eiaopai), to 
 [know with] be conscious. 
 
 avvTiOrjpt {avv, Tidr^pi., f. Brjaco, pf. 
 TedeiKa, a. eOrjKa), to put to- 
 gether; Mid., to make an agree- 
 ment with. 
 
 (TvvToposj -ov {(TVV, Tepvd)), concise, 
 short. 
 
 (rvvTpi^ci) {(TVV, Tpl/So), to rub, 
 bruise, f. Tpl^oi, pf. T^TpK^a), 
 to crush. 
 
 ^vpaKoaios, -ov, 6 (2upa/coo"at or 
 2vpdKovacu, Syracuse, a cele- 
 brated city upon the eastern 
 coast of Sicily), a Syracusan. 
 
 2vpia, -as (2upos), Syria, a country 
 of western Asia, north of Arabia. 
 
 2i;po9, -ov, 6, a Syrian. 
 
 avs, avos, 6, rj, Lat. sus, hog, 
 swine. 
 
 (Tvxvos, -fj, -ov, thick, many. 
 
 (Tt^arro), f. tr^a^o) {^ 274. 5), to 
 slay, slaughter. 
 
 (r(f)ev86vr] , rjs, sling. 
 
 a(f)€vdovT]Tr}s, -ov {a(f)€v86vT}),sling- 
 er. 
 
 (T(f>iai, dat. pi. of ou. 
 
 a(f)68pa {a(l)obp6s, vehement), ex- 
 ceedingly, greatly. 
 
 ax^Bov, nearly, almost. 
 
 ax^C^^ f- tr;(t<ra>, to split. 
 
 axo\dC(ii (o-;(oX^), f. -daa, to be at 
 leisure. 
 
 (txoXt], -rjs, leisure. 
 
 aoi^iti, f. aoaaa), pf. aeacuKa, to 
 save, preserve, bring safe; Pass, 
 and Mid .,tob€ saved, arrive stfe. 
 
 2(0KpdTrjs, -€os (^ 14), Socra- 
 tes, — 1. an Athenian philoso- 
 pher, eminent for wisdom and 
 
 virtue, teacher of Xenophon 
 Plato, &c. ; — 2. an Achffian, 
 one of the Greek generals slain 
 through the treachery of Tissa- 
 phernes. 
 
 aaos (^ 135), safe. 
 
 aoiTTipia, -as {acj^a), safety, pres 
 er vat ion, deliverance. 
 
 a(o(f)poveQ} {aa)(j)pciiv, of sound 
 mind), f. -rjaoj, to be of sound 
 mind, to be wise. 
 
 rdXavTov, -ov, talent ; as a weight, 
 = almost 57 lb. ; as a sum of sil- 
 ver money, = about $ 1056.60. 
 
 Ta/xo)?, -o), Tamos, an Egyptian, 
 commander of the fleet of 
 Cyrus. 
 
 ra^lapxos, -ov, 6 (rd^is, apxo>)i ^^e 
 commander of a rd^is, a taxi- 
 arch. 
 
 rd^LS, -€(as, fj (raTTo)), order, bat- 
 tle-array; division of an army, 
 cohort. 
 
 TaoYos, -ov, 6, a Taochian, or one 
 of the Taochi, an independent 
 tribe upon the frontiers of Ar- 
 menia. 
 
 TapdrTO), f. -d^a, to disturb. 
 
 Tapaol, 5)V, 01, or Tapaos, -ov, r]. 
 Tarsus, chief city of Cilicia. 
 
 TaTTO), f. Ta|a), pf. reraxa (§ 274) 
 to arrange, station in order. 
 
 Tavrd, for to. avrd (§ 39) ; ravra, 
 neut. pi. of ouroff. 
 
 Td(f>osj -ov, 6 {BaTTTOj), grave, tomh. 
 
 Td(j)pos, -ov, rj, trench, ditch. 
 
 raxioJS {raxvs), swiftly, rapidly. 
 
 rdxos, -€0Si TO {raxvs), swiftness, 
 speed. 
 
 Taxvsy -€ia, -V, swift, quick ; raxy, 
 ' as adv., quickly, suddenly, soon. 
 
 T€, both, and. It is commonly 
 placed immediately after the 
 word which it should precede 
 in translation. See ^^ 673. a, 
 732. 
 
 T(7x°^^ ~^os, TO, wall. 
 
 rikevralos, -a, -ov {TeXeurq), last. 
 
 TfXevraco (reXevr^), -rjaa, to com- 
 plete, jinish ; to die. 
 
 TfXevTr], -ris {t(\os), completion, 
 end, esp. of life. 
 
118 
 
 TfAOS 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 VTrayo) 
 
 n 
 
 TeKos, -foff, TO, end, result; ace. as 
 adv. (^ 440), at last, finally. 
 
 Te/iro), f. refio), pf. TeTjxrjKa, 2 a. 
 €T€iJLov and erafiov (§ 277. j3), ^y 
 cw/. 
 
 rerapTos, -r], -ov (reTTapcs) , fourth. 
 
 rerpaKiaxiXioi, -at, -a [reTpciKis, 
 four times, ;(iXtot), /uwr /Aou- 
 sand. 
 
 TfTpaKoa-ioi, -ai, -a {reTTapfS, eKa- 
 r6v),four hundred. 
 
 T€Tpan\6os, -or], -oov, contr. rerpa- 
 7rXovs,-T], -ovv {reTTapes, -ttXoos, 
 § 138. i), fourfold, (juadruple. 
 
 Terrapes, -pa (^ 21), four. 
 
 T^xviKfos {rixvj), art), artfully. 
 
 TTjfXfpov {T]p.epa), adv., to-day. 
 
 Ti6r]p.i, f. Otjo-o), pf. TfdeiKa, a. e- 
 Btjku (TI 50), to put, set, place; 
 TideaOai ra oTrXa, to stand,, in 
 arms, stand to one's arms. 
 
 rt/xaa> {Tifir}), f. -rjao), pf. T€Tip.r}Ka 
 (^ 45), to honor. 
 
 niiTj, -Tjs (tio), to pay honor), 
 honor. 
 
 Tipi^aCos, -ov, Ttribazus, satrap 
 of Armenia. 
 
 Tty, rt, g. rtvoff, 5owie, some one, 
 any one, any, a, a certain. See 
 t 24, ^^ 152, 517 f, 732. 
 
 Tiff, Tt, g. Ti'voy, who? lohich? 
 ivhat ? See ^ 24, ^^ 152, 535 f, 
 729. Exc. 
 
 li(T(Ta^ipvrjs, -€os (see Notes on 
 Less. XV. 3), Tissaphemes, 
 satrap of Caria, noted for his 
 wily, intriguing, and treacher- 
 ous character. 
 
 Ttrpcoo-zco), f. rpaxrat (^ 285), to 
 wound. 
 
 Tol {^122), surHy, certainly. 
 
 TOLyapovv (rot, yap, ovv], therefore, 
 accordingly. 
 
 roiwv (toi, vvv), tlierefore. 
 
 TOIOVTOS, TOiaVTT}, TOIOVTO 01 -OV 
 
 (^^ 97. N., 150), 5ucA. 
 
 T0^€V(O {tO^OV, bow), f. -€V(TCO, tO 
 
 shoot with a bow. 
 
 To^oTTjff, -ov {ro^ov), bowman, ar- 
 cher. 
 
 TOTTos, -ov, 6, a spot, place. 
 
 ToaovTos, Toaavrr], roaovro or -ov 
 
 (^^ 97. N., 150), so much, pi. so 
 many. 
 
 t6t€ {^ 63), at that time, then. 
 
 rpdnc^a, -rjs, table. 
 
 rpavpa, -arcs, ru, wound. 
 
 rpui, rpla (^ 21 ), Lat.trns, three 
 
 Tpiiroi, f. rpfylro}, pf. rerpocfja and 
 TiTpacpa (^ 259. a), to turn, 
 trans. ; Mid. {2 a. erpanoprjv), 
 to turn one^s self, turn, intrans. 
 
 Tp€(f)ot), f. 6pl-^(o, pf. TeTpocf)a 
 (§ 263. 5), to nourish, support. 
 
 rpex^y f- Opf^ofiai, commonly dpa- 
 pLovpai, pf. dcbpaprjKa, 2 a. efipa- 
 pov (§ 301. 5), to run. 
 
 TpiaKovra (rpety), indecl., thirty 
 
 Tpir]pr]s, -€S {rpls, dp-, to fit, 
 ^ 285), triply-furnished ; rj rpi- 
 T]pT)s [sc. vavs], trireme, a war- 
 galley with three banks of 
 oars. 
 
 rpiTTOVS, -TTOVV, g. -TToSo? ("TpiS, 
 
 irovs), three-footed ; 6 rpiirovs, 
 tripod, a three-footed table or 
 vase. 
 
 [rpi'ff (rpfis), thrice]. 
 
 rpiarfivptoi, -ai, -a {rpls, pvpiot), 
 thirty thousand. 
 
 rpta;^iXtoi, -at, -a (rpi's, ;(tXiot)i 
 /Aree thousand. 
 
 rpiTos, -Tj, -ov (rpcif), third. 
 
 TpixoivtKos, -ov {rpisi x^'"*^' ^ 
 measure holding about a quart), 
 containing three ckcenices, three- 
 quart. 
 
 TpoTraiov, -ov (Tpoirfj), TROPJW. ^^ 
 
 TpoTTT], -Tjs {rpeiroi), roui or defeat 
 of an army. 
 
 rpoTTos, -ov, 6 (rpcVo)), turn, man- 
 ner. Der. TROPIC. 
 
 Tpvnda>, f. -jjtro) (rpOTra, hole"), to 
 bore- 
 
 Tvyxdvci, f. rev^opai, pf. T€Tvx^f(a, 
 2 a. ervxoi' (^ 290), /<? happen; 
 happen upon, meet with; obtain^ 
 attain. 
 
 vba>p, vhaT09, TO (§ 103. N.), water. 
 
 Der. HYDRANT. 
 
 vid?, -oO (^ 16), son. 
 
 VpflSi you, pi. of (TV. 
 
 vfieTfpos, -a, -oi/ (v/xfrffN 7/owr. 
 vndyoi {vno, ayaj, f. a^o), pf. i^x*** 
 
 wrayoa 
 
 VOCABULAEY. 
 
 <^X(d(7'(0f 
 
 119 
 
 / 
 
 2 a. ffyayov), and vndyopai, to 
 lead on insidiously. 
 vTraidpLos, -ov {vno, aldpla. Open 
 air), under or in the open air. 
 
 V7rdpx<^ (t-Trd, "PX*^' ^" "^'^)' '^ 
 
 begin; be; [lead on under anoth- 
 er] second, favor, 
 virep, Lat. super, over: w. gen., 
 
 over in place, above, beyond; 
 
 over to protect, in behalf of , for 
 
 the sake of, on account of: w. 
 
 ace, over (going over or be- 
 yond), above in quantity. 
 V7rep/3oXi7, -^s(i;7rep, /SdXXo)), Twoun- 
 
 iain-pa^s. 
 \mr)piTr]s, -ov {vTTo, ipiTr]^, rower), 
 
 servant, assistant, 
 vmo'xv^opai {vno, e;(0)), f. vttoctx^' 
 
 (Topai, pf. vneax^pat (§ 292), 
 
 to promise. 
 VTTO, Lat. sub, under: w. gen., 
 from under or beneath; [from 
 
 beneath the agency of] by: w. 
 
 dat., under (being under) : w. 
 
 ace, under (going under). 
 virobe^s, -€S {vrro, Se'to), deficient; 
 
 comp. vTTobeea-Tepos, inferior. 
 inoXap^dvco [vtto, Xap.^dya>, f. Xj;- 
 
 ylropai,, pf. eiXT^^a, 2 a. eXa/3of ), 
 • to receive or take under one^s 
 
 protection, 
 vnopeva {vno, /leVo), f. /xei/co, pf. 
 
 pi€p.evT}<a), to wait for, halt, 
 xmonipnoi [vno, ntpnto, f. -'^(o, pf. 
 
 nenopcfya), to send insidiously. 
 vnoTTT€va> [vno, on-, to look, ^301. 
 
 4), f. -evoro), to suspect, appre- 
 
 Jiend. 
 vno(f>aiva> [vno, (fyaivo), f. (f)avc^, pf. 
 
 ne<payKa), to show a little, begin 
 
 to appear, dawn, 
 vnoxos, -ov [vno, ex*^)' ^^^ under, 
 
 sul)ject. 
 vno^la, -as {vno, on-, to look, 
 
 ^ 301. 4), suspicion, 
 varepalos, -a, -ov [varepos], follow- 
 ing or nea:t in time. 
 varfpos, -a, -ov {vno, ^ 161. 2), 
 
 later; varepov, as adv., later, 
 
 after, 
 vylrrjkos, -r}, -ov {v^jtos, height), 
 
 high. 
 
 <f)ayf7v, 2 a. inf. of icrBlca, to eat. 
 (fialvco, f. ^avoi, pf. ni<^ayKa[^ 42, 
 
 ^ 267. 2), to show; 2 pf. n(<j)rjva 
 
 and Mid. (with 2 a. p. ec})dvT]v), 
 
 to appear, show one^s self 
 (pdXay^, -ayyos, tj, line of battle, 
 
 phalanx. 
 ^dKlvos, -ov, Phalinus, a Greek 
 
 from Zacynthus, in the service 
 
 of Tissaphernes. 
 (f)av€p6s,-d, -ov [(j>alva)), apparent, 
 
 evident, manifest, open. 
 (jidppaKov, -ov, drug, ' medicine. 
 
 Der. PHARMACY. 
 
 ^apvd^aCos, -ov, Pharnabazus, sa- 
 trap of Lesser Phrygia. 
 
 ^dai?, -toy, 6, the Phasis, a river 
 of Colchis. 
 
 (j)d(TKa> (strengthened form of <^T;pi 
 ^ 301. 7), f. (l)Tj(r(o, to affirm, as- 
 sert, say. 
 
 (f)€po), f. oio-co, pf. ivfjvoxa, 1 a. 
 TJveyKa, 2 a. rjvcyKOv (^ 301. 6), 
 Lat. fero, <o bear, brmg, carry; 
 bring forth, produce; [carry off] 
 receive. 
 
 (f)€vya>, {. (pev^opai, 2 pf. nt^€vya, 
 2 a. e^ivyov (§ 270. 9), to Jlee, 
 fiy from an enemy. 
 
 (I>r]pi, f. dyfjao) and cpw, pf. eTprjKa, 
 2 a. (tnov (§ 301. 7), to say, 
 say yes; ov (f)T}pL, to say no. 
 
 ^6dv(o, f. cfiSdaro), commonly ^^17- 
 aopai, pf. €(f)daKa, to antici- 
 pate. 
 
 (ftOeyyopai, f. (jyOcy^opai, pf ecf)d€y- 
 pai, to utter a sound; of an 
 eagle, to scream. 
 
 (f)6ovea) {<p66vos, envy), f. -jjo-o), to 
 envy. 
 
 ^tXeo) (^I'Xoy), f. -T]a-(o, pf. yre^i- 
 "KrjKa, to love. 
 
 (})L\ia, -as {(})[\os) , friendship. 
 
 (f)i\ios, -a, -ov [cf)iXos),friendly. 
 
 ^iXtTTTTOff, -ov {<f)iXeai, innos),fond 
 of horses. 
 
 (piXos, -rj, -ov, dear, friendly; 6 
 <f)iXos, subst. , friend. For com- 
 parison, see ^ 156. y. 
 
 ^Xida-tos, -ov, 6 {^Xiovs, Phlius, a 
 city of the Peloponnesus, north- 
 west of Argos), a Phliasian. 
 
120 
 
 (fikvapia 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 ^i\6s 
 
 (jiXvapiOi -a? {(f>\vdp6s, prating), 
 idle talk, nonsense. 
 
 <f)o^ep6s<, -d, -01/ {(pu^os), /right- 
 ful, fearful, terrible. 
 
 (^o^eoi {(po^os), f. -770-0), to make 
 to fear, frighten, terrify ; Pass. 
 and Mid., (po'fi^opxii, f. -rjOrjao- 
 pxiL and -Tjcropai, pf. 7r((f)6^r)pai., 
 a. €(f>o^T]d7jv, to be frightened, 
 fear, be afraid. 
 
 <l)6^os, -ov, 6, fear, fright. 
 
 (poiviKfos, -€a, -€ov, contr. (poivi- 
 K0V9, -T], -ovp {<f>oivL^, furple), 
 purple. 
 
 (j)pd^(t}, f. (Ppa(T(o, pf. nec^paKa 
 (§ 275), to tell. 
 
 (^peap, (f)p€aTos, to (^ 104. N.), 
 a icell. 
 
 <Ppovp6s, -ov, 6, guard. 
 
 ^pvyla, -as {^pv^), Phrygia, the 
 large central province of Asia 
 Minor. 
 
 *pu|, -vyo?, 6, a Phrygian. 
 
 (f)vyds, -dBos, 6 {(fievyo)) , an ex- 
 ile, fugitive. 
 
 4>vyr}* -^s {(j)fvy(o), flight. 
 
 (jyvXaTTto, f. -d^o), pf. 7r€(f)v\axa, 
 to guard, watch; Mid., to watch 
 for one's own security, to be on 
 one^s guard against. 
 
 fjxavT), -r)s, voice, speech, sound. 
 
 ip5>s, (fxjOToSi TO, light. 
 
 ■)(aip(ji, f. \aipr\(Ta>, pf. KcxdprjKa 
 (§ 267. 2), to rejoice; farewell. 
 
 XoXSato?, -ov, 6, a Chaldcean, or 
 one of the Chaldm, a warlike 
 people on the borders of Ar- 
 menia. 
 
 ^oKfTraivco (;^aXe7rds), f. -avat, to 
 be or become angry. 
 
 ^(aXciTos, -rj, -6u, hard, difficult, 
 harsh, cross, ferocious. 
 
 p^oXxfoy, -ca, -eov, contr. )^a\Kovs, 
 -rj, -ovv {xoKkos, copper, brass), 
 brazen, of brass. 
 
 XaKKTjbdiu, -ovos, 17, Chalcedon, a 
 city of Bithynia, at the mouth 
 of the Thracian Bosphorus. 
 
 XdXoff, -ov, 6, the C/ialus, a river 
 of Syria. 
 
 \apdbpa, -as (xapdrTCj, to furrow), 
 ravine. 
 
 Xappivos,-ov, Charmlnus, a Lac6 
 daemonian envoy, sent to the 
 army by Thibron. 
 
 X^'f-P^ X^f-P^s, Tj (^ 123. y), hand. 
 
 Xfipia-ocpos, -ov, Chirisophus, a 
 Lacedaemonian, chosen com- 
 mander-in-chief of the Greek 
 army. 
 
 X(pp6vT]a-os, -ov, T) {x^ppos vtJ(tos, 
 shore- island), the Cherronese or 
 Chersonese, a long peninsula 
 upon the Thracian side of the 
 Hellespont. 
 
 Xr)v, x»?i'oy> o, Vy goose. 
 
 ;(t'Xioi, -at, -a, a thousand. 
 
 xTk6(o (x^dsi fodder), f. -coacij to 
 feed or pasture horses, &c. 
 
 XiToiv, -(OVOS, 6, tunic. 
 
 Xi-Tavia-Kos, -ov, 6 (dim. of ;(tTa)i/), 
 a small or short tunic. 
 
 X^^v, -ovost T), snow. 
 
 Xop€vto {xdpos, dance, choir), f. 
 -fV(ro), to dance. 
 
 xdpTos, -ov, 6, gi'ass. 
 
 Xpdopai, f. ;^pj]0'0fiat, pf. K€xpr]pxu 
 (^ 284. 3), to use, manage. 
 
 Xprj, f- XPW^^y ""P^- ^'XP^^ ^^ XP^" 
 (^ 284. 4), impers., it is 'nec£s- 
 
 sary or proper, it must or ought 
 
 to be. 
 
 XPuC^ (XP^*'^» ncec?), f. -(roa, to 
 
 need, desire. 
 Xprjpa, -aros, to (xpdopai), thing 
 
 used ; pi. goods, property, money. 
 XPT)(ripos, -TJ, -ov (xpdofxai), useful. 
 Xpdvos, -ov, 6, time. 
 Xpva-fos, -fa, -eov, contr. xp^'frovst 
 
 -^, -ovv ixpva-os, gold), golden. 
 Xpvalov, -ov (dim. of ;(pvo-dff, gold) , 
 
 gold-money, gold. 
 X<^pa, -as (;(«poy), a country, ter- 
 ritory. 
 Xapiov, -ov (dim. of ;i^wpos), a 
 
 place or spot, esp. a fortified 
 
 place, hold. 
 Xwpty, apart from. 
 X^pos, -ov, 6, space, place, district. 
 y\revbrisi -is {^evdopai), false, 
 yjrevdopai, f. -aopai, pf. €\lr€vapMif 
 
 to falsify, lie, deceive. 
 yjriXos, -r], -ov, bare; not covered 
 
 with armour. 
 
 y^vxos 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 a^Pikov 
 
 121 
 
 ^X^^i "*off J '■o (^X<" » ^0 cool), cold. 
 o>* — 1. O, sign of address; — 
 
 2. subj. o{ flpl, 
 S>8f (oSe), thus, so. 
 ujpos, -J], -ov, cruel, savage, 
 fovcopai, f. -Tjo-opai, pf. fcavrjpai, 
 
 2 a. inpidpr)v (§ 301. 8), ^0 buy. 
 a>pa, -as, hour, season, tim£ for a 
 
 thing. 
 cos {os, TT 63), as; when; how; 
 
 thai, so that, in order that; w. 
 
 numerals, about; w. ace, as 
 
 prep., to. See && 601, 628, 
 ^ 640,662. 
 ctfo-avrcor (6 avrd?), in the same 
 
 manner, in like manner, 
 aajep (cos, nep, just, ^ 328. b;, 
 
 just as, as. 
 toare [as, re), so that, so as. 
 dyrisi -iBos (ovs), a kind of bustard 
 
 with long ear-feathers. 
 cocjieXov, see o^eiXw. 
 
 THE END. 
 
 /' I 
 
 ^ / 
 
 
 / 
 
 \ 
 
 / / 
 

 /u/t^ 
 
 f/ 
 
 'cS pv"^ i-y^tiY. 
 
 % adt-^a^ SvA/^'^^^^^'-^ 
 
 
 / / 
 
 V 
 
 / / 
 
 / 
 
 / 
 
 
 7^ t t. * 
 
 / 
 
 / 
 
 7 -/*' 
 
 .•!?"•'' 
 
 / 
 
 K«*"'-' 
 
 ./ -^ 
 
 
 //* m*' 
 
 / 
 
? 
 
 i^ 
 
 r" 
 
 / ( / 
 
 r 
 
 r 
 
 V a-v 
 
 n 
 
 7 
 
 COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY 
 
 0032214065 
 
 wmmmmm 
 
 \ 
 
 I 
 
 :\ 
 
 1/ 
 
*^^>i. 
 
 
 
 r^ssci 
 
 ■'.A 
 
 ?5>;'?i-: :...- / '/ 
 
 l->»